Home

Programming Manual, PowerFlex 700S AC Drive

1. Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Mtr DT Calibrat 339 PI Integ Output 190 Posit Offset 1 753 Mtr DT Count 341 PI Integ Time 187 Posit Offset 2 754 Mtr DT Curr Min 337 PI Lower Limit 192 Posit Offset Spd 755 Mtr 127 Spd Min 338 PI Lpass Filt BW 184 Posit Spd Output 318 Mtr 127 Trp ThrH 340 PI Output 180 Posit TP Select 737 Mtr NP Pwr Units 6 PI Preload 185 PositDetct1 Stpt 780 Mtr OL Pend Cnfg 372 PI Prop Gain 186 PositDetct2 Stpt 781 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg 371 PI Reference 181 Position Actual 763 Mtr Trq Curr Ref 305 PI TP Data 179 Position Cmmd 747 Mtr Vds Base 434 PI TP Sel 178 Position Control 740 Mtr Vqs Base 435 PkDtct1 In Dint 212 Position ErrCnfg 399 Mtring Power Lim 2 PkDtct1 In Real 213 Position Error 769 MtrPosit Simulat 229 PkDtct2 In Dint 216 Position Fdbk 762 MtrSpd Simulated 228 PkDtct2 In Real 217 Position Ref Sel 742 MulDiv 1 Div 055 PLL Bandwidth 722 Position Status 74 MulDiv 1 Input 053 PLL Control 720 PositionFdbk Sel 771 MulDiv 1 Mul 054 PLL EPR Input 725 PositRef EGR Div 746 MulDiv 1 Result 056 PLL EPR Output 726 PositRef EGR Mul 745 MulDiv 2 Div 059 PLL Ext Spd Ref 728 PositRef EGR Out 744 MulDiv 2 Input 057 PLL Ext SpdScale 729 PositReg Droop 771 MulDiv 2 Mul 058 PLL LPFilter BW 730 PositReg I
2. 54 DP Loss Port 6 The device at DPI port 6 has stopped communicating with the Verify that the DPI device is present and drive functional at port 6 A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg at 500k Baud 55 Net Loss DPI P1 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DPI port 1 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 56 Net Loss DPI P2 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DPI port 2 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 57 Net Loss DPI P3 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DPI port 3 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 58 Net Loss DPI P4 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DPI port 4 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 59 Net Loss DPI P5 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DP
3. HW Enable ES EE No HW Enable 7 90 Uu E i amp m o CG Di At regular intervals during the life of the machine check the protective system for proper operation Both channels shall be verified using the table below How frequently the protective system is checked is dependent on the safety analysis of the machine section controlled by the drive Drive In Drive In Drive In Drive Able Protective System Status Safe State Safe State Safe State To Run Channel Operation Safe Off Option No Power Power Applied No Power Power Applied Terminals 1 amp 2 Applied Applied PowerFlex 700S Phase II No Power No Power Power Applied Power Applied Enable Input Applied Applied Description For Verification Safe Off Option Closed Open Closed Open Monitor Contact Terminals 3 amp 4 PowerFlex 700S Phase II Bit 162 1 Bit 16 0 Bit 16 1 Bit 16 0 Drive Inhibits Bit 1 1 Bit 1 1 Bit 1 0 Bit 1 0 Param 156 Bits 1 amp 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 A alarm descriptions 157 ATEX applications drive hardware configuration 222 drive wiring 220 motor requirements 220 operation verification 222 BAT battery LED DriveLogix 154 C clear faults 156 COM LED DriveLogix 154 command word l
4. o 2 2 Name s No Description Values 5 ZS ud ida a f data displayed in Par 358 Curr Ref TP Data 7 7v 5 nter or write a value to select current reference data displayed in Par urr Re ata ione O Zar 2 Note Added values 20 52 for firmware version 3 003 Added value 53 for firmware version Options 1 vi Bum 2 4001 2 lq Lim In 29 RatedLamdVds 3 Iq Lim Out 30 RatedLamdlds 4 lg Rate Stat 31 RatedLamd ds 5 IqLmOutNoFil 32 RatedLamd qs 6 MtrCrLimStat 33 las 7 2 Lim dMtrCrlm 34 Ids 8 Iq Act Limit 35 Vqs 9 lq Cal Gain 36 Vds 10 Min Lim Stat 37 We 11 lq Prescale 38 Torque 12 Iqtols Stat 39 Torque Filtr 13 Flux Status 40 Lamda 105 14 Flux LPF Out 41 Lamda 105 15 s Per Unit 42 Lamda Vds 16 Iq Actl Lim 43 Lamda Vos 17 lq Actl Lim 44 Lamda ds 18 Fix Filt Hid 45 Lamda qs 19 Inverse Flux 46 Lamda ds Ht 20 Impedance PU 47 Lamda qs Flt 21 ImpedanceOhm 48 Torque Ref 22 Rated We 49 Iq Reference 23 Leak Induct 50 1 Motor Pole 24 Rated Torque 51 1 Rated 105 25 Rated Ids 52 1 Rated Torq 26 Ra
5. 2 e E Name S s No Description Values 588 154 Posit Offset 2 Default 0 V RVV 32 bit Supplies another position reference offset which is summed with Par 753 Posit Offset 1 Min Max 2147483648 Integer Used to trim the phase of the selected position reference Position offset will be internally rate limited to a velocity set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd 755 Posit Offset Spd Default 176 4000 V IRW Real Sets the speed of positi n offset A position offset command will not exceed this speed The Min Max 14112 0000 actual speed of offset is limited to a maximum value of 1 inertia pos gain so as not to cause Units rpm a torque pulse greater than 1 per unit The speed will change exponentially Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 756 X Offst SpdFilt Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output of a first order filter whose time response is shaped specifically to provide Min Max 14112 0000 an output that represents the actual speed of offset correction It may be used as a feed Units rpm orward into speed reference to secure minimal position error during changes to offset Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 757 AhsPosit Offset Default 0 V RW 32 bit Provides an offset to absolute position Setting Par 740 Position Control bit 8 Xzero Preset Min Max 2147483648 Integer prese
6. Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter SL Dir Data Rx03 932 Spd Fdbk TP Data 247 SrLssAngleStblty 537 SL Dir Data Tx00 965 Spd Fdbk TP RPM 246 SrvoAxis RotFdbk 707 SL Dir Data Tx01 966 Spd Fdbk TP Sel 245 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk 708 SL Dir Data Tx02 967 Spd Ref Bypass 37 Start Acc Boost 527 SL Dir Data Tx03 968 Spd Ref Bypass2 48 Start Inhibits 156 SL Error History 903 Spd Ref TP Data 79 Start Mask 671 SL Error Status 902 Spd Ref TP RPM 78 Start Owner 678 SL Mult A In 924 Spd Ref TP Sel 77 Start Acc Boost 527 SL Mult B In 925 Spd Ref1 Divide 11 Startup State 452 SL Mult Base 923 Spd Ref2 Multi 13 Stator Frequency 526 SL Mult Out 926 Spd Reg BW 90 Statorlnductance 490 SL Mult State 927 Spd Reg Damping 91 StatorResistance 491 SL MultErr Cnfg 390 Spd Reg Droop 86 Steg amp Heidn TPDta 262 SL Node Cnfg 904 Spd Reg Gain 82 Steg amp Heidn TPSel 261 SL Rev Events 915 Spd Reg Neg Lim 103 Stegmannt Cnfg 259 SL Real2DInt In 921 Spd Reg P Gain 81 Stegmann0 Status 260 SL Real2DInt Out 922 Spd Reg PI Out 302 Stop Dwell Time 54 SL Rx CommFormat 905 Spd Reg Pos Lim 102 Stop Oper TP Sel 63 SL Rx DirectSelt 906 Spd Reg TP Data 109 Stop Owner 677 SL Rx DirectSel1 907 Spd Reg TP Sel 108 StopOper TP Data 64 SL Rx DirectSel2 908 SpdRef SpdTrm1 47 STrim2 Filt Gain 25 SL Rx DirectSel3 909 SpdRef Filt BW 36 Swtch Dint 1 NC 026 SL Rx PO Regis 917 SpdRef F
7. Name No Description 269 ResolverO Status Indicates status of the resolver option card port 0 e Bit 0 Cable Tune e Bit 1 Tune Result indicates the tuning Parameter type When set it indicates the tuning is using the parameter database When cleared it indicates the tuning s using derived data Bit 2 Mtr Turning indicates that the motor is turning Bit 4 Energized indicates the resolver is energized e Bit 8 Open Wire indicates a problem with the cable open circuit Bit 9 Power Supply indicates problem with the option card s power supply Bit 10 Diag Fail indicates the option card has failed its power up diagnostics Options amp S 2 E ez S S 65 z iz sss 21515 215 simsimsisinii lZ S ele imlisiisis lsi i isoipisiolalini islielirE iziR e e 2 s S e ee 2 5 6 gt 2 S Default x x x x 0 0 0 0 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 n ralse Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 270 Reslvr0 TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select Fault data displayed in Par 271 Reslvr0 TP Data Options 0 Zero 4 ROEPR 1 RO Edge Time b RO Edge Mode 2 RO dEdge 6 RO 3 RO dTime 7 RO Delta2Err Reslvr0 TP Data J0 Displays the data selected by Par 270 Reslvr0 TP Sel Min Max 42147483648 Integer 272 Reslvr0 SpdRatio Default 1 2 poles x1 Specif
8. Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 181 Appendix B Motor Type 4 otor Rated Motor Type Base Speed Voltage Current Ex Current kW Catalog No 7 Poles RPM Vrms Arms Arms GD2 Kg m 15 M20 4 1500 280 5 4 2 2 MC M20 4 1500 280 7 3 3 7 MC M20 4 1500 280 12 3 5 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 17 3 7 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 22 11 MC M20 4 1500 280 34 15 MC M20 4 1500 280 42 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 30 MC M20 6 1000 280 88 37 MC M20 6 1000 280 125 Application Notes 1 Manufacturer Reliance Electric Japan catalog number for ordering Setpt 1 Data Setpt 2 Data 182 Provides data for comparison of Par 172 Setpt 1 Data to Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure 5 At Setpoint 1 Status P173 Setpt1 TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit P172 Setpt 1 Data c 6 B 5 o o bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt
9. mo in FORCE DriveLogix COM DriveLogix BAT DriveLogix OK DriveLogix SH Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 153 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 4 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicator Descriptions LED Color Condition Description RUN off The controller is in Program or Test mode solid green The controller is in Run mode 1 0 off Either There are no devices in the 1 0 configuration of the controller The controller does not contain a project controller memory is empty solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its 1 0 configuration flashing green One or more devices in the 1 0 configuration of the controller are not responding flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devices The controller is faulted FORCE off No tags contain 1 0 force values 1 forces are inactive disabled solid amber 0 forces are active enabled 1 0 force values may or may not exist flashing amber One or more input or output address have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled COM off No RS 232 activity flashing green RS 232 activity BAT off The battery supports memory solid red Either the battery is Not installed e 95 discharged
10. 2 Ex sz Name S s No Description Values 5882 1 NotchAttenuation Default 50 V RW Real Sets the depth for the Notch Filter Attenuation is the ratio of the output to the input at the Min Max 0 500 notch frequency An attenuation of 30 means that the notch output is 1 30 of the input at the specified frequency Calculation Attenuation Input Output Attenuation Freq Hz 1 Notch Filt Freq Default 0 0000 RW Real The center frequency for Notch filter To disable set to zero 0 in Max 0 0000 500 0000 Units Hz SLAT ErrorSetpnt Default 0 005 RW Real Determines the rpms at which the drive will switch from speed mode to the Speed Limited in Max 0 0 0 1 D Adjustable Torque SLAT min or SLAT max mode identified in Par 110 Speed Torque Mode bit Units rpm 7 SLAT Minimum or bit 8 SLAT Maximum ote This parameter vvas added for firmvvare version 3 001 1 SLAT Dvvell Time Default 10 0 RW Rea SLAT control dwell time The time in seconds that the drive can be above the error setpoint in in Max 0 0 2 0 D Par 119 SLAT ErrorSetpnt before returning to the SLAT min or SLAT max mode Units 15 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1 Trq PosLim Actl Default 1 0 RO Rea Sets the internal torque limit for positive torque reference values The positive internal motor in Max 0 0 8 0 orque will not be allowed to exceed this value Units PU 1 Trq NegLim Actl Defa
11. Name No Description Values 162 Logic TP Data Default 0 0000 Displays the indication selected by Par 161 Logic TP Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 163 Stop Oper TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select data displayed in Par 164 StpOper TPData at the time of the last Options 0 Zero 14 ZM1 Spd Fdbk initiated stop 1 Logic State 15 Speed Ref 2 Logic Input 16 Avg Spd Ref 3 Lcl In State 17 ZM1 Spd Ref 4 Logic Status 18 SReg PI Out 5 Run Inhibit 19 Trq Ref 6 Logic Ctrl 20 TrqRef Stat 7 Mtr Ctrl Cmd 21 DC Bus Volts 8 Mtr Ctrl Ack 22 Motor Volts 9 Reserved 23 Mtr Current 10 Fit Status 1 24 Motor Flux 11 Fit Status 2 25 Motor Freq 12 Motor Speed 26 Motor Power 13 Avg Spd Fdbk 27 Ht Status 3 164 StopOper IP Data Default 0 32 bit Displays the data selected by Par 163 Stop Oper TP Sel Min Max 2147483648 Integer 165 ee oe Default 0 None ndicates which test if any is in progress mE NEL Value 7 is retained and is used to continue the Auto Tune test from the last point at which it Options 1 L une ogee nent was stopped ee i 2 Power Diag 7 Slip Tes otes Value 5 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Value 7 Mtr Sys J was 3 Motor Direct 8 Fin
12. S o Name S s No Description Values 582 186 PI Prop Gain Default 18 0000 v RW Real Controls the proportional gain of the Process Control regulator If the proportional gain is 1 0 the Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 regulator output equals 1 PU for 1 PU error 187 Plinteg Time Default 8 0000 RW Real Controls the integral gain of the Process Control regulator If the integrator time is 1 0 the 0 0000 4000 0000 regulator output equals 1 PU in 1 second for 1 PU error Units s 188 Plinteg HLim Default 0 1000 4 RW Real The high limit of the integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 189 Plinteg LLim Default 0 1000 vd RW Real The low limit of the integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 190 PI Inten Output Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the output value of the integral channel of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 Min Max 8 0000 PU can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 191 PI High Limit Default 0 1000 V RW Real The high limit of the Process Control regulator output A val
13. 31 Chapter 2 32 Programming and Parameters Masks amp Owners 670 Logic Mask 671 Start Mask 672 Jog Mask 673 Direction Mask 674 Fault Clr Mask 677 Stop Owner 678 Start Owner 679 Jog Owner 680 Direction Owner 681 Fault Clr Owner DPI Data Links 650 DPI In DataType 651 DPI Data In A1 652 DPI Data In A2 653 DPI Data In B1 654 DPI Data In B2 655 DPI Data In C1 656 DPI Data In C2 657 DPI Data In D1 658 DPI Data In D2 659 DPI Out DataType 660 DPI Data Out A1 661 DPI Data Out A2 662 DPI Data Out B1 663 DPI Data Out B2 664 DPI Data Out C1 665 DPI Data Out C2 666 DPI Data Out D1 667 DPI Data Out D2 DriveLogix 1 0 600 Lgx Comm Format 601 From DL DataType 602 FromDriveLogix00 603 FromDriveLogix01 604 FromDriveLogix02 605 FromDriveLogix03 606 FromDriveLogix04 607 FromDriveLogix05 608 FromDriveLogix06 609 FromDriveLogix07 610 FromDriveLogix08 611 FromDriveLogix09 612 FromDriveLogix10 613 FromDriveLogix1 1 614 FromDriveLogix12 615 FromDriveLogix13 616 FromDriveLogix14 617 FromDriveLogix15 618 FromDriveLogix16 619 FromDriveLogix17 620 FromDriveLogix18 621 FromDriveLogix19 622 FromDriveLogix20 625 To DL DataType 626 To DriveLogix00 627 To DriveLogix01 628 To DriveLogix02 629 To DriveLogix03 630 To DriveLogix04 631 To DriveLogix05 632 To DriveLogix06 633 To DriveLogix07 634 To DriveLogix08 6
14. configuration Tx Dir Data Type Indicates the data type of each Direct Tran Peer Communication window to configure This is the SynchLink buffered data received See Par 933 Rx Buf Data Type for data type Rx Buf Data Type E I Sets the data type for the SynchLink received buffered data If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Options G 09 G G D O GDB IOS Bolo GG Blo G G G GG GG G G G G GS 16 olo o o 199 ir O WO SF CO IN CD JD CO ir CO L JAF co IN 1 OD 100 r CO O CO C Sle PIS ISIS 144 IQ 144 154 s s s ci 2 2 2 ses 2 s g o o E E B 149 3 m 83 03 Se ee m x 293 P3 LE 22 E 69 62 CC C CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO Default x x 0 jO O JO JO jO JO 0 O 0 jO 0 JO 0 jO 0 JO JO oo JO oj JO 0 o O q ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 li e SL Buf Data Rx00 Default 0 32 bit to in Max 32 bits o Integer SL Buf Data Rx17 smit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bi
15. RO Rea AddSub 3 Input nput value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be added with Par 1105 AddSub 3 Add The result will be subtracted from by he value in Par 1106 AddSub 3 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1107 AddSub 3 Result Equation Par 1104 Par 1105 Par 1106 Par 1107 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Default Min Max 1 0000 2200000000 0000 V RW Real 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values 1105 AddSub 3 Add Default 1 000 This value is added to the value of Par 1104 AddSub 3 Input The result will be subtracted from Min Max 2200000000 0000 by Par 1106 and loaded into Par 1107 See Par 1104 Linkable Read Write Data Type lt m W 20 o Bx Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1106 AddSub 3 Subtrct Default 1 0000 V RW Real This value is subtracted from the result of Par 1104 Par 1105 The result will be loaded into Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 1107 See Par 1104 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1107 AddSub 3 Result Default 1 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Add and Subtract function See Par 1104 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Equ
16. P gt Basic 1960 FGP FGP File Advanced Numbered List File 1 Name FGP Group Changed File2Name Group 1 Name gt FGP Parameter File 3 Name Group 2 Name Parameter Name Group 3 Name Parameter Name Parameter Name Y PowerFlex 7008 Device Select Connected DPI Devices Him CopyCat Device gt HIM Memory Storage 9 Reset To Defaults Device lt HIM Save EEPROM Delete HIM Set 0962 Recall EEPROM Start Up P Introduction Motor Control Motor Data e e em Feedback Config Pwr Circuit Diag Direction Test Motor Tests Drive Identity Preferences e Change Password oe gt Value Screen User Dspy Lines Speed Control User Dspy Time e User Dspy Video RE o Reset User Dspy SSES Contrast Press to move between menu items Press E to select a menu item Press 29 to move 1 level back in the menu structure Press E 62 to select how to view parameters 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 HIM Overview Appendix A Diagnostics Menu When a fault trips the drive use this menu to access detailed data about the drive Option Description Faults View the fault queue or fault information clear faults or resets the drive Status Info View parameters that display status information about the drive Device Version View the firmware version and hardware series of components HIM Version View the f
17. uondeox3 lt eg D un uno izi aw Co D 10194 qO nw s Kiz JojsiseJ gq jueuno nd durou ei pued 10 ul ore gt Hut dik izi a aul 26s eum pued 10 AWN dus 30 nw or K oze gt pu qdw Lo Liuo 3 uondeox3 nin jo 1y6u eee mareo 121 nw z D vid anonw Gee2 X jueunj indino our n jueuno nd yap 1lu uinO 105 nd x99qpioJ LI D LI s H ees I Md LA peo 4800 IN dul L It eyon sng SH uedo OLN peuous o1n o Keve gt oreinoeo lt lt sse gt peur b sneg 10 eAug 16 p duie jour 30 e ug sve pue 4415 ie 9049 king 4 120 33 Md 41 OLN 5015 Ouer 1 M0d 2 LI DEOH AQ 4 H AU 211 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C eyeqiabajujpauyeqiasy Kibojanug OL eyequabajujpeuyaqiesy xod OL 5 xod OL eyequabajujpeuyaquasy xod OL eyequabayujpeuyeqiasy xod OL eyeqs b lulp ull qs sn xod OL C C sx 10 M 00 ejegieeupeujequesm xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeujequesm xi6o3e ug OL ejegieeupeujequesm xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeuyequesm xi6o3e ug OL ejegieeupeugequesm xibo3e ug OL ejegieeupeugequesm xibo3e ug OL
18. Jw UOJANI BEIPd UOdAML Belpd o f f UONNI berpal UONML Bega gt E 5 UONML BeIPd o lio UONML io o o md UONMML o UONMML Beipd E uodMdfitBadla uodMdniB dio Z g o o c e e 604 8041 co s s UONA dMLBGd UONAdMLEGd 38 uoNAcdnBag s 2 UONM dNBdd o 2 8 E UONN dABGd o ERD BEI EK UONMAAL Adfo YONMA ddj 89 ER ER VONTAMUDOMl VONTTAMWUDOd D P Tn P a uoNA dMilB d UONA d ddo x z o c sea sy uuo o sea sy uiuo t 8 8 8 es s z es s euifis wwogj 2 s euifis wwogj s 5 pamasay z lt fe sea ur WOCH sea ur E p s vl 5 le s jpuzwqwwog Je sajsujwjwwo9 8 o o o peueseu mur jegurejequiuo jeguerequwog 2 s pewesey m E qunog un IS qunog uuuo9 S 5 2 pamasay 2 seu spugugwwogj o lt spugugwwogj gt lt 8 x o s 3 SC xou S WONG el 2 x m 2 E s sods 123 2 rwsyousnds l 2 fe 2 Fa z 2 2 2 les visaipui 2 M fiqin o S igusbeiqimd 5 5 6 eunjejeyogoN a E 8 p ss Hi 10 peesag e S p x s vl S 2 lt s panasay Je E panasay e E d 5 sm g pamas y pewesag x N E E panasay
19. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Reserved C 0pt0 Found 1 True 60 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PMOO1B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 E m Name S s No Description Values 5882 Opt 0 Regis Ltch Default 0 32 bit Displays the registration data of the feedback option card port 0 The registration data is the Min Max 42147483648 Integer position reference counter value latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by the Par 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 258 Opt 1 Regis Ltch Default 0 32 bit Displays the registration data of the feedback option card port 0 The registration data is the Min Max 42147483648 Integer position reference counter value latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 259 Stegmann0 Cnfg Configures the S egmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option O e Bit5 Direction determines counting direction If clear direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down e Bits 10 SmplRate bt0 12 SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR Filter see Table 259A FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces the effect of noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the
20. WUD x61 009 XIBOT ALQ OL JOMUOD eAuq 213 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C 0008xibo1SH 40 CL UOISJOA ul uoneinBijuoo AjUO eui YOYEW 0 Ul ep SW z l Ul uni jsnuJ doo7 uollisod 0 9t Ld OH S2 e Soda ejewyos y 10 jes jou SI ji JI uol99uuoO uolloN l 40 2IA D xur1uou g Jeujoue WOJ 11 Jalada Jo Jadaay eui 0 18s eq SNU 0 114 p06d xxx Uonoeuuoo SAUD eui 10 10113 p inBiJuoo JOU e MOUS Ilim xibo1eAug au JO 199 eq 1snui L xibo3e ug OL 5 xi6o3e ug OL zlereaieeupeuyequesn OL oleveqieeypeuyequesn OL glerequebejujpeuyequesn xi6oT Audq wo T lolereqs S nulp ull ql sn xiboqeAuq uo14 LL Tereareeupeugeqaesm xi6oT Audq Wo4 loJeveaieeupeuygequest xiBo1eAuq uuoij suolo uuoo e qejreAy p ull pun JOMUOD uonoyy x 5o7 Auq peeds diei sv D Z Jey peeds inding pds iisoq Care eC zz gt z wu p ds les uonisog 0 0 43002 UOROWN 10 Ho aq JSNW jeseJg oJezx 0 IonuoO uonoN 104 g eq snu HlOlIsodsqv 0 9 or D lqeu3 soyelodi nul Kore lqeuz doo7 uonisog Le ei Kisi e qeu3 101002 uolisod KIb
21. sa Bls Bls s e Bls d sC S S S S 6 Z ll 2 6 Zz es so lt au SIE c e e Q S S s pee S Si s s s 2 4 S c e Z o o z z S S Ai Zzi x Sus le S SG ISIE S o o Defaut x 0 0 0 x x 0g 0 x 0 0 p 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 k kojoj 0 0 0 ey False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 1 Tue Speed Reference Select Inputs Bit 30 29 28 Spd Ref Spd Ref Spd Ref Sel2 51 Sel0 Auto Reference Source 0 0 0 Speed Ref A Sel 0 0 1 Speed Ref B Sel 0 1 0 Preset Speed 2 To access Preset Speed 1 0 1 1 Preset Speed 3 set parameter 27 Speed 1 0 0 Preset Speed 4 Ref A Sel or 28 Speed Ref B Sel to 5 Preset Spd 1 1 0 1 Preset Speed 5 1 1 0 Preset Speed 6 1 1 1 Preset Speed 7 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 153 Options Default 00 0 0 0 Name Description Control Options Set bits to configure the option version 3 001 Added bit 31 Id LL Far o E ceo Ka Slip Test En PM Offset En s for operating the drive Note Bit 3 Flying Start was added for firmware version 2 004 Bit 20 21 and 29 were added for firmware s Test Enable for firmware version 4 001 Time Axis En PfTrim EnOut nrt TrqLPEn Motor OL Ret Slip Comp En SpdRegPreset Aux Pwr Sply Auto Tach Sw Reserved DM Reserved DM OL ClsLpDsbl Jo
22. 16 bit Integer 860 BitSwap 1A Data Default 10 v RW 32 bit 865 BitSwap 2A Data Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 870 BitSwap Data 875 BitSwap 4A Data 880 BitSwap Data 885 BitSwap 6A Data This is the main word in which 1 bit will be edited All of the data from this word except the selected bit in Par 861 BitSwap 1A Bit are passed to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result 861 BitSwap 1A Bit Default 10 RW 16 bit 866 BitSwap 2A Bit Min Max 0 31 nteger 871 BitSwap 3A Bit 876 BitSwap 4A Bit 881 BitSwap 5A Bit 886 BitSuvap 6A Bit This parameter specifies the bit to be replaced in Par 860 BitSwap 1A Datal 862 BitSwap 1B Data Default 10 v RW 32 bit 867 BitSwap 2B Data Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 872 BitSwap 3B Data 877 BitSwap 4B Data 882 BitSwap 5B Data 887 BitSwap 6B Data This parameter contains the word from which the replacement bit will be selected Only the selected bit is passed to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result 863 BitSwap 1B Bit Default 0 RW 16 bit 868 itSwap 2B Bit Min Max 32 31 Integer 873 BitSwap 3B Bit 878 BitSwap 4B Bit 883 BitSwap 5B Bit 888 BitSvvap 6B Bit 874 879 884 889 This parameter specifies the bit from Par 862 BitSwap 1B Data that will replace the specified bit in Par 860 BitSwap 1A Data and be loaded to Par 864 BitSwap 1 Result A negative bit selection may be used to invert the data Use 32 to invert the value of bit 0 BitSwap 1 R
23. 252 FB Opti Posit Displays position feedback accumulator from port 1 of the feedback option card 0 10 2147483648 32 bit Integer 253 FB Spd Fdbk Displays speed feedback from port 1 of the feedback option card r 0 0 in Max RO Real 8 0 PU pm 254 255 256 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg Configures the registration e Bits 3 00 RLTIrgEdg0 4 Settings Bits 5 00 RL DirRev 6 00 RL DirFwd 21 01 RL DirRev and 22 01 RL Bits 8 11 configure a digital filter for the regis before deciding that the nanoseconds from 0 or no delay up to 700 nanoseconds atch for port 0 of the feedback option card Options Reserved Reserved 01 RL DirFwd Reserved D D N 02 Default x DirFwd set the direc ration trigger signal This filter can be used to reject spurious noise The filter works by waiting a programmed time signal is valid This waiting imposes a mandatory delay in the registration signal The fi 00 RLTrgEdg1 19 01 RLTrgEdgO and 20 01 RLTrgEdg1 select which trigge ion of position edges si gnal the position see Table 254A Edge Selection capture see Table 254B Direction Settings ter delay is programmable in increments of 100 RL Filt bit3 00 RL DirFwd 00 RL DirRev B gt Reserved Reserved x 1 RO ze co n l c N Bit 31 30 20 Bit
24. ee jc e 2 c ff jc cx fc lt Z 5 OH Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 JO x x x x x x x x o n t ft 1 1 1 ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 p3 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12 l 109 87 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Tue 1001 UserFunct Actual This parameter displays the actual status of the user functions If a bit is set then the corresponding function is active When Par 1001 UserFunct Actual does not match Par 1000 UserFunct Enable it is an indication that the function could not activate because of an error Typically the limitation is caused by processor overloading Adjust Par 146 FW TaskTime Sel to a slower task cycle more time Options ms 812 zzzzz22227227222 g 8 8 1212121212121212222121 2 se is giz giz siz Ek i di 99 9 9 88 982g 9 98 9 8Glo d 2 9 s 2 Default x x x x x x Xx x Xx x Xx x x x JO x x x x x x x x x x x x l0 10 0 0 0 7 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 41 2 1 1002 UserData Dint 01 Default 10 v RW 32 bit to to in Max 2147483648 Integer 1011 UserData Dint 10 These are general purpose parameters available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data or DInt data by the user These parameters will be retained through power cycles 1012 User Data Real 01 Default 10 0000 V RW Real to to Min Max 2200000000 0000 1021 UserData Real 10 These are general purpose p
25. 540 V Hz Status Indicates the limit status of the V Hz Control Operation Note This parameter vvas added form firmvvare version 2 003 Options Ele EA UV Ve 43 e 239 E 13 oc io o o o o o o o o o o o o o 92 15 2 B2 28 28 8 8 B 8 B 8 B8 B B8 S fale Se e e iS S EE ie HHH Default k x k fx x x xk x x x x kok fe jp Van Bt 151413 12 T 109 8p 65 4B 7 541 Srlss Angl Comp Default 10 0 RW 16 bit Not c erin used in Max 16384 Integer D Note This parameter was added for future use not active for use with firmware version 2 003 and above 542 Srlss Volt Comp Default 100 0 RW 16 bit Not currently used in Max 1000 0 Integer D Note This parameter was added for future use not active for use with firmware version Units V 2 003 and above 544 External DB Res Default 49 0 RW Real Sets the resistance value of an external dynamic braking resistor This value is used to in Max 0 1 500 0 determine the power applied to the resistor and thus calculate its temperature Units Ohm Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 545 Bus Reg Ki Default 450 0 RW 16 bi Sets the responsiveness of the bus regulator in Max 0 0 100000 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 546 Reg Kp Default 1500 0 RW 16 bi Proportional gain for the bus regulator Used to adjust regulator response in Max 0 0 10000 0 nteg
26. Logic Cmpr State Logic 1 Result Logic 1A Data And Logic 1A Bit On Nor b Logic 1B Data na And Logic 3 Result Logic 1B Bit Or Nor 1062 02 Logic 2A Data 1067 m Nor iode 2 Fs Logic 2A Bit 1068 E 1052 o1 Logic 2B Data 1069 Nxor Logic 2B Bit GIE Tee s SIE mE ss s m ifs e ee s 2 8 8 2 3d33333 5 5555555666 Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 J0 0 10 0 0000 0 0 JO 10 0 0 JO 0 0 JO ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True 1062 Logic Cmpr State Displays the logical states of the Logic routine Pars 1063 1070 and the results of the compare functions Par 1071 1074 Logic Cmpr State ED s 1062 04 Cmpr 1 A B r z 1062 05 Cmpr 1 A gt B Logic Cmpr State m s 1062 06 Cmpr 2 A lt B 2 1062Y 07 Cmpr 2 A gt B Options a RIN RIN II TI V V muzl HlEuu HE a ES EC E ziziz z x ix ziz S NUS Z pq 2 2 2 2229 2 222 22 229 2 2 2 099 8 2 2 2 S 2 2 8 amp 12 12 Se ee ee e e ee e eee 2 4229 12 22 2 5i5s5uB5 su55s Default x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x JO 0 JO 0 10 00 0 ralse Bi 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 1 2 1 O0 True 1063 Logic 1A Data 0 Selects the data word for the first input to Logic Block 1 See Par 1061 Logic Config in Max 32 bits of data 1064 Logic 1
27. Sig Amplitud FW VersionEr Bootup Error MsgChecksum Er PowerUpDiag Er Over Voltage PstvValue Er D fasi 5 RE Over Current PPR Error Time Out Err Temprtr Alm gt FrqExced Alm gt Reserved LghtCtrl Alm Reserved 0 0 Bit Heidn M Configures 2 Reserved co N co N CO 27 kr Offset PowerSup Er C VoltagelvlEr Open Wire gt e lQuadrate Er gt 1Sig Amplitud Reserved Reserved l Reserved 9 Emul Enc Out Bo C c co _ S 2 EH Co oO E VM Enc Out 26 25 N m N co 22 21 20 Gu Default 0 32 bit marker offset values for the Heidenhain Encoder Feedback Option The marker offset Min Max 0 0000 4294967295 Integer is specified within one revoluti Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Heidn Encdr Type Configures the encoder type manually if the Endat type is not used Integer Bit 0 Reserved Automatically set after power up Do not change e Bit 1 Not EnDat Enables Disables EnDat serial communications Serial communications must be turned on for permanent magnet motors or if absolute position is required With EnDat serial communications enabled bit 2 Multi Turn and the value of parameter 267 Heidn Encdr PPR will be automatically set on power up Bit2 Multi Tur
28. UnbalanceSt 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 231 232 233 234 236 237 253 Added option 163 Flux Up Time for firmware version 4 002 CurrSnsChck1 CurrSnsthek3 CurrSnsthek5 FameSize Reserved Reserved Reserved PowerMon RawlwFdbk2 VasFbFlirCom VqsErrorComm ReconswFreq ReconAngleAc VsCmdAngleVf ReconFreqlnt SpeedRef CurFbkldsFbk CurFbklqsFbk VqsThetaEst VdsThetaEst RecnSwitch VqsFbTransf VdsFbTransf BusLimitVBEr ParDecelRtMC ACRIqsRef ACRIqsCmd qstmdFltr Spdemd AccDecRate RecThetaEx4 RecVqsFdbk RecVdsFdbk VdeFilter VqsFdbkTrans VdsFdbkTrans Excitation ExciteStatus CommldsCount ThetaEsample Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 91 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o5 Name S s No Description Values 5882 467 MC TP1 Value Default 0 RO 32 bi Displays the data selected by Par 466 MC TP1 Select This display should only be used if Min Max 2147483648 Integer D he selected value is integer data This parameter is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters 468 MC TP1 Bit Default 000000000000000
29. 17 MC Diag e 27 HpsDay Hour Elapsed time in days and hours since the last power up 4 Run Time Err 18 PwrlossState Note Values 24 27 were added for firmware version 4 002 5 LowBus Thres 19 12 volt loss 6 LowBus Detct 20 PwrEE Chksum 7 PwrLosBusVIt 21 Db Read Cnt1 8 MCPLosBusVIt 22 Db Read Cnt2 9 C Fit Reset 23 Db Read Cnt3 10 Ext Fit Stat 24 ElpsSec mSec 11 VPL TaskErr 25 Elps Min Sec 12 Mtr OL Input 26 ElpsHour Min 13 r OL Outpt 27 ElpsDay Hour 330 Fault TP Data Default 10 Real Displays the data selected by Par 329 Fault TP Sell Min Max 2200000000 331 LstFaultStopMode Default 10 Ignore Displays the action taken by the drive during the last fault When a fault occurs an action is Options 0 Ignore 3 Fit RampStop taken as a result of that fault Alarm 4 FltCurlimStop 2 FitCoastStop Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 73 Chapter 2 No 332 N Bi ote This parame Programming and Parameters Name Description 700L EventStatus Indicates the presence of certain dri 0 Options Default Latch Err1 indicates that the Cnv NotLogin the conve he primary structure ve anomalies for PowerFlex 700L LiquiFlo
30. 2 Reserved 33 Hrd OvrTrvl 13 Jog 2 34 UserGen Sel0 14 Normal Stop 35 UserGen Sel1 bz Spd Ref Sel0 36 UserGen Sel2 16 Spd Ref Sel1 37 UserGen Sel3 7 Spd Ref Sel2 38 ExtFault nv 8 CurLim Stop 39 Home Switch 9 Coast Stop 41 Find Home 20 Accel Decel2 42 Return Home 827 Dig In3 Sel Default 10 Not Used Enter a value to select the function of digital input 3 Options 0 Not Used 21 Indx Step 828 Dig In4 Sel PU 112 Enable 22 Indx StepRev Enter a value to select the function of digital input 4 Lo EL n 2 Clear Faults 23 MOP Inc 829 Dig In5 Sel Lo MO E lect the EE 3 Ext Fault 24 MOP Dec nter a value to select the function of digital input 5 4 NormStop CF 25 MOP Reset 830 Digln6 Sel 5 Start 26 PI Trim En Enter a value to select the function of digital input 6 f Reverse 27 PI Trim Hold d Refer to Par 825 for a description of options 34 UserGen 5610 37 UserGen Sel3 7 Run 28 PI Trim Rst Note all Stop Functions Low Stop High OK to Run In Norm Stop CF Low Normal 8 Reserved 29 ew Im Stop and Clear Fault 9 Reserved 30 PreCharge En 0 Jog 1 31 Reserved Note Notes Option 38 ExtFault Inv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 1 Reserved 32 4Hrd OvrTrvl Home Switch was added for firmware ve
31. 28 Sys Friction 1 Avg Spd Ref 29 Iq proc time 2 Avg Spd Fdbk 30 Enable Inhib 3 LastStopMode 31 DI Src Index 0 None 32 DI SreRevldx 1 Coast 33 DI TrendTrig 2 Current Limit 34 DI Prchg Ena 3 Ramp 35 Enable State 4 Torque Mode 36 LID Revision 4 Spd Ref Sel 37 DI MOP Incr 5 Start State 38 DI MOP Decr 6 Run State 39 DI MOP Reset 7 Stop State 40 Cmd Term Bik 8 PrChrg Logic 41 md DPI 1 9 Meas State 42 md DPI 2 0 Data State 43 md DPI 3 1 Diag State 44 md DPI 4 2 MC CaleState 45 Cmd DPI 5 3 Task 1 time 46 Cmd DPI 6 4 Task 1 max 47 Cmd ELC 5 Task 2 time 48 Cmd Debugger 6 Task 2 max 49 Reserved 7 Task 3 time 50 SelSw Posit 8 Task 3 max 51 DI SelSw 00 9 BkGnd Time 52 DI SelSw 01 20 BkGnd Max 53 DI SelSw 02 21 Task 1 96 54 DI SelSw 03 22 Task 2 Yo 55 Ids Motoring 23 Task 3 9o 56 IqsRef Motor 24 BkGnd 57 Ids Regen 25 RThru State 58 IqsRef Regen 26 RThru Timer 27 Health State Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 49 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
32. IOonuoS uolnisoq 10d SHO X Jo3uo uonisod pds silo 1504 Z ISHO 1504 L SHO 1504 eH6 ap4 dsog peeds wo uomne1edo 10 ejod1a u sadoid 40 669 d ol pexui eq isnul 002d 10 984d indujouAS di lul oo 0975 ou S 1sog WON CIC esing Su s xny oo 99 Snes ou sx Jojejodaeju aay di lul let Kore 1041002 uolnlisoqd e 1611 isoq sieoo 092 1611 pds sieoo m Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 200 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams zal u uonoun ded O JOU en eA eouaJ9jaJ JU YUM pepeo 9427 uurlIH pas Deux oz ore do sdumla d 166 rd pue ypzd sgzd egzd u ul jesei si 8 4q 0 ji Z 1onu02 uonisog zS d 1esyO usod sqv 29 4 uontsod yum p peol 3 106 pd pue ppd ggzd 92d uay Jes SI g uq OpZd Jl L I Kal go K ZSI gt exei E S44 urjo1 pds Deux n900 sjuawubisse yq Buimojjoj 0 SHSI woy eui leie 2 d LpZd jo uoneAnoe Buisu ou uo l 18s 1d 019ZX um pds x o K bee 4 SHO 1504 sayi so oc eui f q 1d 1d GD 0400 uonisod y wm pds x zo K ttz E teny uonisog au 1899Y dad us C192 MaN d d C641 be
33. Note This parameter vvas changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmvvare version 4 001 791 Xsync ut2 Default 0 RO 132 bit Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 790 Xsync In 2 every time bit Sync Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 792 Xsync Out 2 Diy Default 0 RO 132 bit Displays data of Par 791 Xsync Out 2 from the last sync period Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 793 Xsync n3 Default 10 vd RW 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 794 Xsync Out 3 Link any 32 bit 0 4294967295 Integer integer parameter to this input parameter Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 794 Xsync Out 3 Default 0 V RVV 32 bit Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 793 Xsync In 3 every time bit Sync Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integ
34. Position error tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 0 2147483648 nteger 697 Motn PositLock Tol Default 0 RW 32 bit Position lock tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 0 2147483648 nteger 698 Mom Posit Cmmd Default 0 RO 132 bit Position command input from the Motion Planner This is linked as the source to the Min Max 2147483648 nteger interpolators Course Position Target 699 Motn Speed Cmmd Default 0 0000 RO Real Speed Camana input from the Motion Planner Min Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 700 Motn Posit Sync Synchronization input signal from the Motion Planner Pulse received once per coarse update period This is linked as the course to Par 693 Interp SynchInput Note Bits 2 4 have been changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options amp z27 z2 7zzzz2 zz2zz 7 z zz7vi szz zz32 seelelelelelesleleleeleeleeleeleleleleleleleleleleleleleldxe e o o o o o e e e o o o e e e o o o o e e o o o e e e e e 2 2 222 222 222922 2 2 S 2 e 2 Defaut x x x x x x x x x k x x x x xk x x x k K w wk w xw k wk K w x xw e False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 Tue 701 117 FabkSel uu aa Default 00 Encoder 0 election for the Motion Feedback nly Axis feedback source jene N Lo Note Options 5 and 6 are only available when compatible feedback option card is installed Options 1 5 p 1177 Not
35. les 8 E 2 paniasay 22 5 pamasay eo 5 Be lt lt x9 22 p u s Hi 123 lin ge ES pamasay Ja es x SS paniasay p n s yi a s 2 S oc pamasay Je SS Ia Jace So 2158 Bs me mz F ka 2 z 22 5 ce E S E e S e 3 E Ss 8 SE 8 s I3 2 s 8 8 d c a 2 2 m HE 5 s ES 5 ss a izi 5 a iz Ee 5 s p co 2 z SE SE 2 3 99 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters s ox Name S s No Description Values 5842 521 PMD Inductance Default 20 00 RW 16 bit o Indicates the percent per unit inductance of the motor stator in the flux producing d axis Min Max 0 00 399 99 Integer Units 196 n Scale 1100 8192 522 Stator Resist Default 1 50 RW 16 bit o Indicates the percent per unit resistance of the motor stator Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer Units 196 m Scale 1100 8192 523 PM Mtr CEMF Coef Default 189 99 RW 16 bit Indicates the coefficient for Counter Electro Motive Force CEMF voltage normalized to base Min Max 0 00 399 99 Integer d motor speed Units n Scale 1
36. the second structure fault was genera er was added for firmware version 2 003 HW Disable2 Pwr Suply2 Ovr Current2 Dsat Phs W2 Dsat Phs V2 Asym DcLink2 vr Volt2 0 ed but no indi Dsat Phs U2 Cnv NotStart nbalanced DC Link ure detected a power supply failure NotLogin e D D e 0 2 D N 5 cc Reserved gt Reserved Data Type eh ni cx SCH X 1 X 1 x gt Reserved ll ateh Err1 S IHW Disable1 pyyr Suply1 S OlAsym DcLink1 Ovr Volti 0vr Current1 gt Dsat Phs W1 7 9 sat Phs V1 gt 9 sat Phs U1 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12 11 10 0 False 1 True 333 Bi 0 Note This parame Default Asym DcLink1 indicates that HW Disable1 indicates that Latch Err1 indicates that the 700L FaultStatus Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been c it 0 Dsat Phs UT indicates that the primary structure de Dsat Phs V1 indicates that the primary structure de Dsat Phs W indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase W Ovr Current indicates that the primary structure detected an over c Ovr Volt1 indicates that the primary structure detected an over voltage the primary structure detected an unbalanced DC Link Pwr Suply1 indicate
37. x Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Default x x x X X x 19 18 1 X X X X Bit 31 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 d o al ech o Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 61 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values 6 261 Steg amp Hiedn ES Default 10 Zero elects data displayed by Par teg amp Hiedn TPDta We ns Zar 2 P Hh Edge Time Latency counter value not used for Hi Resolution Feedback Option Options 1 SU Edge Time to EdheTime Hh dEdge Change in edge counts for one 500 microsecond update At constant speed this 2 910 dEdge 12 Hh dEdge value should be constant 3 St0dTime 13 Hh dTime e Hh dTime Change in update time This value should be constant 500 microseconds 4 St0 EPR 14 Hh0 EPR Hh0 EPR This value should be 1 048 576 counts per revolution this is a constant value 5 St EdgeMode 15 Hh EdgeMode Hh nMax This is a scaled value of 2 6 940 nMax 16 Hh nMax e Hho Delta2Err Derivative of value 2 7 SiO Delta2Er 17 Hh Delta2Er 8 Reserved 9 Reserved Steg amp Hiedn TPDta Default 10 Displays data selected by Par 260 Stegmannt Status Min Max 32768 Integer 263 Heidenhain0 Cnfg Configures the Heidenhain Encoder Feedback
38. 1 mer not be accepted 3 0 25 0 5 8ms 4 0 1 0 5 8ms 5 0 5 1 2ms 6 0 25 1 2ms 7 0 25 0 5 2ms 8 0 1 0 5 2ms 149 FW FunctionsActl Displays the actual state of the firmware functions If activating requested functions could overload the processor the change to Par 147 FW Functions En will not be accepted Note Bit 19 MotinPlanner and 24 PhaseLockLp were added for firmware version 3 001 Options 5 b m el sis a s Elese glia amp E 2 2 1 5 xi 2118 5 2218 8 81218 2 515 lElslelslelelslels 8 8 212 else ele ls 22 5 58 286 2219 x 521312 2335322 5355255222912441l333 2832 21l 5282 S E m R m A z lx lx fe lt ie lt 6 16 lt lt m c m 5 z e 2 E S 2 2 Defaut O 0 x D O x x O 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 0 01 0 O x kk ppp pq 9 09 oos Bit 31 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 i5 14 13 121 109 8 7 6 5 4 B 2 1 0 vie 150 Logic State Mach ar Default 0 Stopped ndicates the logical state of the drive one n e Stopped indicates zero speed has been detected and the speed and torque regulators are Options r disabled 2 Running Slip Test 8 Slip Test indicates that the Slip Frequency Auto Tune test is in progress 3 Stopping Finding Home e 11 Sleep Mode indicates that the drive has entered sleep mode 4 Inertia Test Homing Done Note Value 11 Sleep Mode was adde
39. 3 Motor NP Hertz ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 535 Mth CompOff Freq Default 1819 RW 116 bit The Mth compensation current amplitude is constant defined by Par 598 Mth Amplitude up Min Max 0 32767 nteger 0 this frequency then linearly reduced to zero at the frequency of Par 535 6 25 Scaling 4096 3 Motor NP Hertz ote This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 537 SrLssAng gleStbity Defa 51 0 RW 116 bit Adjusts the electrical angle to maintain stable motor operation An increase in the value Mi aen 0 0 32767 0 nteger increases the angle adjustment ech 00 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 the output voltage adjustment SrLss StbityFilt The coefficient is used to adjust the the coefficient the lower the bandwidth of the filter 2 a Name S lt s Description Values 5842 SrLss VoltStbity Default 193 16 bit Adjusts the voltage to maintain stable motor operation An increase in the value increases Min Max 0 0 32767 0 Integer Default 16 bit bandwidth of a low pass filter The smaller the value of Min Max 0 0 32767 0 nteger
40. 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk of the Hi Resolution Encoder feedback option card LsCnfgPosit Par 264 HeidenhainO Stat displays the fault status for port of the Heidenhain feedback option card Par 269 Resolver0 Status displays the fault status for port of the Resolver feedback option card 6 Opt Port 1 Loss Q The Linear sensor portion of the MDI feedback option card has Reconnect or replace the encoder detected a fault condition Reconnect the feedback option card Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par e Par 286 Linear1 Status displays the fault status for linear 386 Fdbk unlu Par 367 7 portion of the MDI feedback option card LsCnfgPosit 7 Params Defaulted All parameters are reset to default by user Informational Only 8 SLink HW Fail o A fault has occurred while loading the SynchLink firmware into Replace the Main Control board FPGA on the Main Control board at power up 9 SLink Comm Fail A SynchLink communication fault has occurred Verify the SynchLink configuration in e Par 904 SL Node Cnfg e Par 902 SL Error Status displays SynchLink errors e Par 905 SL Rx CommFormat and e Par 910 SL Tx CommFormat Reconnect SynchLink communication fibers Configured with Par 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg 10 Drive Power Loss One of the following has occurred Verify AC line power e DC Bus voltage has fallen below the minimum value e Par 306 DC Bus Voltage displays b
41. 59 Inertia Trq Add 64 FricComp Spd Ref 65 FricComp Setup 1160 VirtEncPositFast 66 FricComp Stick 67 FricComp Slip 68 FricComp Rated 69 FricComp Trq Add Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 a U Inpy ts amp Ctiong gt aa Se eu es Torque Current 110 Speed TorqueMode 303 Motor Torque Ref 302 Spd Reg H Out 309 Motor Flux 59 Inertia Trq Add 359 Motor Flux Est 69 FricComp Trq Add 360 Min Flux 111 Torque Ref 1 361 Fix LpassFilt BW 112 Torque Ref1 Div 350 q Actual Ref 113 Torque Ref 2 351 q Ref Trim 114 Torque Ref2 Mult 308 Output Current 115 Torque Trim 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim 119 SLAT ErrorSetpnt 356 Mtr Current Lim 120 SLAT Dwell Time 362 Current Lmt Gain 319 Selected Trq Ref 352 Is Actual Lim 116 Torque Step 488 Flux Current 129 Atune Trq Ref 312 MotorFluxCurr FB 117 NotchAttenuation 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 118 Notch Filt Freq 313 Heatsink Temp 415 BusReg Brake Ref 346 Drive OL Status 401 Rated Volts 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim 306 DC Bus Voltage 353 q Actual Lim 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 354 q Rate Limit 127 Mtring Power Lim 355 q Ref Limited 128 Regen Power Lim 305 Mtr Trq Curr Ref 353 Iq Actual Lim 125 Torque Pos Limit 126 Torque Neg Limit 123 Trq PosLim Actl 124 Trq NegLim Actl 303 Motor Torque Ref 132 Inert Adapt Sel 133 Inert Adapt BW 134 Inert Adapt Gain 221 Load Estimate
42. A value of 1 will disable the filter Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 0 7000 to 1 0000 for firmware version 2 003 96 SReg Out Filt BW Default 130 0000 RWReal Sets the frequency for the Speed Regulator output filter in Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s 97 Act Spd Reg BW Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the actual speed regulator bandwidth or crossover frequency The value represents the Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 bandwidth in Par 90 Spd Reg BW after the maximum bandwidth limits have been applied Units rad s 98 Slip RPM FLA Default on Motor NP RPM V RWI16 bit Seth the amount of compensation to drive output at motor full load current FLA in Max 0 0 1200 0 rpm nteger Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units rpm 99 Slip Comp Gain Default 40 0 v RW 16 bit Sete the response time of slip compensation in Max 1 0 100 0 nteger Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units rad s 100 Speed Error Default 0 0000 RO Real The error difference between the motor speed reference and the filtered motor speed in Max 14112 0000 feedback Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 101 SpdReg Integ Out Default 0 0000 RO Real The output aie of the Speed Regulator Integral channel Min Max 8 0000 PU Units PU Scale 1 0 PU Torque 102 Spd Reg Pos Lim Default 3 0000 v RWRea Sets the positive limit of the Speed Regulator output val
43. Disabled Disabled Fault Hold Input Set Input Lo Conc c Won H ou Linkable Data Type 32 hit Integer Set Input Hi oto Preset1 Hold OutFreq Con e Hog H Ico AddSub 1 Input Input value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be added with Par 1097 AddSub 1 Add The result will be subtracted from by the value in Par 1098 AddSub 1 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1099 AddSub 1 Result Equation Par 1096 Par 1097 Par 1098 Par 1099 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Default Min Max 1 0000 2200000000 0000 V RW Real AddSub 1Add This value is added to the value of Par 1096 by Par 1098 and loaded into Par 1099 Note This parameter was added 1096 AddSub 1 Input The result will be subtracted from See Par 1096 or firmware version 3 001 Default 1 in Max Rea AddSub 1 Subtrct This value is subtracted from the resu Par 1099 See Par 1096 ote This parameter was added of Par 1096 Par 1097 The result will be loaded into or firmware version 3 001 ax 42200000000 0000 Rea AddSub 1 Result This is the result output from the Add and Subtract func ion See Par 1096 097 Par 1098 Equation Par 1099 Par 1096 Par ote This parameter was added for firmw
44. Not configured as alarm 21 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 22 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 23 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 24 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 OO OO OO OO CO T 2 02 2 ZZ 02 2 CO 09 00 CO CO CE 00 CO Z 0000 02 9 Z Z e e e 90 6 ee ee ee ee ee e e o ions NonCnfgFault LL D 2 ce o 2 NonCnfgFau NonCnfgFau NonCnfgFau ech E 5 Lu D a o 2 Reserved NontnfgFault NonCnfgFau NontnfgFault Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved D 2 D c5 o X Reserved INonCnfgFau 9 INonCnfgFault gt INonCnfgFau e INonCnfgFau gt NonCnfgFau gt NonCnfgFau S INonCnfgFau gt 9 INonCnfgFau gt gt NonCnfgFault Default x 0 1 0 Bit 131 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 25 35 Ans OverSpd Lim Default 352 8000 RW Rea Sets an incremental speed above Par 76 Fwd Speed Limit and below Par 75 Rev Speed Limit Min Max 0 0000 1750 0000 that is allowable before the drive indicates its speed is out of range Units rpm Scale Bar 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 36 Motor OL Factor Default 1 1500 RW Rea
45. Option Parameter Option Parameter 7 Sum D er n Def 1 Output Freq 1310 Output Freq 16 MtrTrqCurRef 305 Mtr Trq Curr Ref 8 DC Bus Volts 22 Spd Reg Out 2 Sel Spd Ref 40 Selected Spd Ref 117 Speed Ref 301 Motor Speed Ref 3 Output Curr 308 Output Current 118 Speed Fdbk 71 Filtered SpdFdbkl Ws PI Error 25 Trend 1 Real 4 Trq Cur lg 1499 Trq Cur Fdbk lg 19 Torque Est 471 Estimated Torque 5 mum 2 M A 5 96 Motor Flux 309 96 Motor Flux 20 Scl Spd Fdbk 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 6 Output Power 311 Output Power 21 RampedSpdRef 43 Ramped Spd Ref 7 Output Volts 307 Output Voltage 122 Spd Reg Out 101 SpdReg Integ Out 8 DC Bus Volts 306 DC Bus Voltage 23 MOP Level 1090 MOP Level Real 9 PI Reference 1181 PI Reference 24 Trend 1 Dint 572 Trend Out Dint 0 PI Feedback 1182 PI Feedback 25 Trend 1 Real 573 Trend Our Real 1 PI Error 183 PI Error 26 Trend 2 Dint 576 Trend Out Dint 2 PlOutput 1180 PI Output 27 Trend 2 Real 577 Trend Out2 Real 5 Motor TraRef 303 Motor Torque Ref 832 Anlg Outi Dint Default 0 V RW 32 bit Link this parameter to an integer source parameter that will control Analog Output 1 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 833 Anlg Outi Real Default 0 0000 v IRW Real Link this parameter to a real floating point source parameter that will control Analog Output Min Max 2200000000 0
46. Phased Locked Loop internal low pass filter output This parameter is normally used to properly Min Max 2200000000 0 scale an external velocity reference See description of Par 729 PLL Ext SpdScale Units Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 734 PLL Speed Out Default 0 0 V IRW Real Phased Locked Loop velocity output This signal is used as a velocity feed forward It is in Max 2200000000 0 precisely in phase with the physical input device A link should be made to it from one of the Units PU inputs on the local drive The local drive is the one implementing PLL The 1 PU rpm of this parameter is set by Par 727 PLL VirtEncdrRPM ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 735 PLL SpeedOut Adv Default 10 0 4 IRW Real Phase Locked Loop velocity advanced output This signal is one velocity reference sample in in Max 2200000000 0 advance of Par 734 PLL Speed Out A link is normally made to this parameter from SynchLink Units U Velocity reference is performed in the same task as the position regulator Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 d M m lator data displayed in Par 738 PositTP Datalnt 275 nter or vvrite a value to select position regulator data displayed in Par 7 ositTP Datalnt inn Iis Zera imi and Par 739 PositTP DataReal Options a Vout m E 11 11 2 del Xemd 11 OffsetSpdLim 3 del Act Load 12 Pt Pt
47. Ramp Stop Sets the method of stopping the drive when a stop command is given Normal Stop command Options 0 Ramp Stop and the RUN input changing from true to false will command a Normal Stop as Curlim Stop Ramp Stop decelerates to zero speed at the decal rate 5 CurLim Stop Max torque current applied until zero speed Coast Stop power removed from motor motor coasts to zero 169 Srlss ZeroSpdLim Default 149 9975 Functionally equivalent to Par 160 Zero Speed Lim but is used exclusively in Sensorless speed 0 0000 875 0000 mode The value is automatically set from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Par 4 Motor NP RPM or Par 7 Units rpm Motor Poles The automatic setting corresponds to the rated slip speed of the motor synchronous speed nameplate speed The value can be manually set 170 Flying StartGain Default 4000 This parameter is currently not used Min Max 0 32767 D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 o 6 Name S lt s No Description Values 5882 171 Set Speed Lim Default 17 6400 v RW Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 41 Limited Spd R
48. Reserved 5 Reserved 6 MCP PPR 7 MCP 24n 8 EO Edge Time 9 0 dEdge 20 EO dTime Default 10 0 Min Max 8 0 PU Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU Default 0 Min Max 32768 Options NNNNN NNNNN Module ID No Version No Default C2 Co Co WWW WWW cO CO O O1 4 CO O cO CO O1 CO Read Write Linkable Es EO EPR EO Edge Mode EO nMax EO Error EO Oloss pk EO Ploss pk EO PleviHist E1 Edge Time E1 dEdge El dTime E1 EPR El Edge Mode E1 nMax El Error E1 Qloss pk E1 Ploss pk E PlevlHist EO Delta2Err EI Delta2Err EOB Present First Diff Real 16 bit nteger NNNN NNNN Revision No Lovv Revision No High 0 2147483648 Displays the position feedback accumulator from the feedback option card port 0 Min Max Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 59 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name Description Values Linkable Read Write Data Type 251 FB pt Spd Fdbk Displays the speed feedback from the feedback option card port 0 ault ts 0 0000 i n Max rpm Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 20 Es CD e 414000 0000
49. Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 27 Chapter 2 28 Programming and Parameters 181 182 184 183 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 180 H Reference H Feedback PI Lpass Filt BW PI Error PI Preload PI Prop Gain PI Integ Time PI Integ HLim PI Integ LLim PI Integ Output PI High Limit PI Lower Limit PI Output Time Axis Rate Time Axis Output LimGen Y axis Mx LimGen Y axis Mn LimGen X axis In Limit Gen Hi Out Limit Gen Lo Out Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Oni Top Position Config Point to Point Sync Generator Phase Lock Loop 740 Position Control 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref 741 Position Status 745 PositRef EGR Mul m 7 uar m z de Ref 742 Posit Ref Sel 746 PositRef EGR Div LL 7 317 SL System Time 722 PLL BandWidth 777 PositionFdbk Sel 744 PositRef EGR Out 788 Xsync In 1 723 PLL Rev Input 784 Posit Detct1 In 753 Posit Offset 1 ev npu 1 789 Out 1 724 Rev Output 780 PeositDetct1 Stpt 754 Posit Offset 2 790 Xsyncln2 725 PLL EPR Input 785 Posit Detct2 In 755 Posit Offset Spd npu I Sp 791 Xsync Out 2 726 PLL EPR Output 756 Offst SpdFilt 792 Xsync Out 2 Diy 727 PL VirtEncdrRPM 7
50. S o oO gt O Faulted 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 e Name m No Description d 157 Logic Ctrl State Indicates which logic control functions are enabled Bit 22 S Tst FulSpd set to 1 indicates that the Slip Auto Tune function is active e Bit 23 Slip Test En set to 1 indicates that the drive is at speed for the Auto Tune function Notes Bits 22 and 23 were added for firmware version 3 001 Bit 14 DC Brake En is not functional Options isi g gl lZ e z z g z 5 5 a s Sle ER 22 5 2 ele GESEIS 515 212 215 ae SSIS SIZES EE ELS s 15 5 l S S 2 iz 2 Z S z b S R S S IE o S ES 5 2 5 5 Default 0 0 0 0kr000000000000000000000000000 Fase Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 1 True 158 Drive Logic Rslt This is the logic output of the logic parser that combines the outputs from the DPI ports and the DriveLogix controller to determine drive control based on the masks and owners The control bits are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd bits 16 31 Options S z S a P s EIIS S E BISISISISIBIZIE S Ev e edes epe e e Ed im 2 5 EEE 55 z x sl5
51. Sets the minimum level of current that causes a motor overload trip under continuous operation Min Max 1 0000 2 0000 Current levels below this value will not result in an overload trip For example a service factor Units PU of 1 15 implies continuous operation up to 11596 of nameplate motor current 37 Mtr 12T Curr Min Default 0 5000 RW Rea Sets the minimum current threshold for the motor overload 2 T function The value indicates Min Max 0 0500 2 0000 minimum current at the minimum speed Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and these are the first Units PU current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by Par 336 Motor OL Factor 38 Mtr12T Spd Min Default 1 0000 RW Real Sets the minimum speed for the motor overload I 27 function The value indicates minimum Min Max 0 0500 1 0000 speed below the minimum current threshold Par 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min and these are the first Units PU current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor Par 336 Motor OL Factor For more information please see Motor Overload on page 179 x x 339 Mtr 12 Calibrat Default 12 0000 RW Real Sets the current calibration level for the motor overload 12T function The value indicates the i
52. Units Hz Output Curr Di Default 10 0 32 bit Integer 0 EMCS Iq Lim indicates tha 0 la from indicates that t Current Lim indicates tha Programming and Parameters Displays the limit status of conditions that may be limiting the current reference or torque reference torque producing current is at its positive limit MCS Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its positive limit orque producing current is limited to zero from the positive direction refer to Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Iq Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its positive limit the current reference has reached the positive Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Chapter 2 9 2 E 254 Name S s Description Values 5882 2 Elapsed Run Time Default 10 0 RW 32 bit Displays the total time that the drive has been running inverter power devices active witha Min Max 0 0 429496736 0 Integer resolution of 1 10 hour This parameter is saved in power EE non volatile memory The value in Units hr this parameter can be changed written to by the user Scale x10 2 Elapsed MWHrs Default 10 0 RW 32 bit Displays the total energy the drive has consumed or produced Calculated from the absolute in Max 0 0 429496736 0 Integer magnitude of the product of motor speed and motor torqu
53. VPOptOVelFbk VPOpt1VelFbk BitSelect1 BitSeleci2 SrLssWeEst2 MulqsRefZ EstThetaByMV ETVdsFbkA ETVqsFbkA ETVdsFbkS ETVqsFbkS ETAtanVqVd ETByMtrVDfr VelRef2 VelOutput Flux Up Time FrameSize VdTargetMon ThetaELiner PprCntDfcOt PprCntDfcTh LinearPprCnt ActiveFdbk VdsComp N N k NN no NH NH no PL 210 211 212 213 214 VasComp S4096 2 5V FregAdjustFS Reserved FeqintMonFB MtrCntrlSel VVeMon Reserved IqsCmd2 Reserved Reserved Reserved VLmtVqsRef VRefVqsRefNm VRefRslqsNm VRefVqsSpdVN EconoVoltGn F Output Fre TrqCreflgsCm Snk Wr SrLssVVrAve CurFbklqsFbk ACRIgsErr CrefsgldsCmd CurFbkldsFbk VasCmd700B VdsCmc700B VqsRefNom VasRslqsNom VasSpdVItNom VitLmtVqsRef IdsFbkDeriv VdsRefNom VdsRsldsNom VdsSpdVItNom VitLmtVdsRef IdsFbkDeriv VuvFbkOffset VvvvFbk ffset luFbkOffset IwFbkOffset KSlipNP IUnbalanceSt 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 CurrSnsChck1 CurrSnsChck3 CurrSnsChckb FrameSize Reserved Reserved Reserved PowerMon RawlwFdbk2 VasFbFlirCom VqsErrorComm ReconswFreq ReconAngleAc VsCmdAngleVf ReconFreqlnt SpeedRef CurFbkldsFbk CurFbklqsFbk VasThetaEst VdsThetaEst RecnSwitch VasFbTransf VdsFbTransf B
54. amp controlling motor 16 AtSetpt 1 Par 172 value is within limits defined by Par 173 and Par 174 2 Command Dir Commanded direction is forward 17 AboveSetpt2 Par 175 value is within limits defined by Par 176 and Par 177 3 Actual Dir Actual motor direction is forward 18 MC Active Drive is controlling motor same as enabled 4 Accelerating otor is increasing speed 19 MC Commis otor control commissioning in progress 5 Decelerating otor is decreasing speed 20 Spd Commis Speed control commissioning in progress 6 Jogging Jog command received amp controlling motor 21 Hw Enable On 7 Faulted Exception event that causes a fault has occurred 22 Torque Mode Par 110 value is 2 3 4 5 or 6 8 Alarm Exception event that causes an alarm has occurred 23 Speed Mode Par 110 value is 1 amp position control is not enabled 9 FlashMode Flash upgrade in progress 24 Position Mode Position control active amp Par 770 value is not 2 3 4 5 or 6 10 Ready Enable input is high amp drive is fault free 25 Start Active Start command received amp controlling motor 11 AtLimit Speed Power Current or Torque is being limited referto 26 Command Run Run command received Par 304 12 Tach Loss SW Failure is detected in primary speed or position feedback 28 Spd Ref Act1 3 device amp drive has switched to secondary device 30 13 AtZeroSpd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 160 31 LogixPresent 14 AtSetptSpd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 41
55. and is unit compatible with Par 768 Units S PositReg P Gain An integral gain of 25 means that a per unit position error of 0 1 sec will effect a 2 5 PU speed change per sec A typical maximum value is _ PositReg P Gain 2 Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed 771 PositReg Droop Default 0 0000 V RW Real Position Droop limits the low frequency gain of the position regulators integral channel to a Min Max 0 0000 0 2500 value of 1 droop It provides a means to fine tune the stability for load mounted feedback devices where lost motion may cause a problem Typically position droop will have a value that is less than 1 position gain perhaps even zero for tightly coupled loads Position droop has a gain value of per unit position per unit speed Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed 112 XReglnteg LoLim Default 176 4000 v RW Real The negative limit of the position regulator integral gain Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 Units rpm Scale Bar 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 113 XReglnteg HiLim Default 1176 4000 V RW Real The positive limit of the position regulator integral gain Min Max 0 0000 141 12 0000 Units pm Scale Bar 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 114 XReglnteg Out Default 0 RO Real The output of the position regulator integral channel after application of the limits This output Min Max 14112 0000 is set to zero if the int
56. c e o kee o o o e o o o o o de c o o N N N N N n N N N N pus N N wn N N N Ed N N N N N n N lt o o o o o e e e e Q o O o o o e e e o o o 2 2 lt o c c nc c C SC OC lt lt c nic CO C a C SC C n NC ie ie lt s jn c m Default O x x x x x x x x x x 0 x 0 x x x x jx x x x x x x JO JO x x Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 1009 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E 108 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 o s No Description 689 Mom Axis Resp A Command response from both the Servo and Feedback Only Axis to the Motion Planner Options z s 8 3 e 8 wgzz222z2zr 5z22z2zzzz2z 722525 BPieleleleeejslejlselenresgSispsisleesesislelelele ix l x18 x mo 2 2 o o 9 9 98 98 t 2 E S Pe p 2 9 9 a 9 9 e p 9 e trt 2 5 E oem o o o o o 2 oO o o o Q 2 2 oO lt o c jefe le lie fe le ie ie C SC SC c SC CO C a ie SC ie a le jc SC ie T T jc c C Default 0 x x x x x x x x x x 0 JO x 0 0 JO x x x x x x x x x x 00x 0 x Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O False 1 True 690 Motn Cnet Status Status of all Motion connections Also includes status for the configu
57. drive Dsat Phs U1 indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase U Dsat Phs V1 indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase V Dsat Phs W indicates that the primary structure detected a Dsat on phase W Ovr Current indicates that th e primary structure detected an over current primary structure de faul ter was expected bu Ovr Volt1 indicates that the primary structure detected an over voltage Asym DcLink1 indicates that the primary struc Pwr Suply1 indicates tha ure detected an unbalanced DC Link ected a power supply failure HW Disable1 indicates that the primary structure detected a hardware disable was generated but no indicating bit was set none logged in Cnv NotStart the conver Dsat Phs U2 the second stru Dsat Phs V2 the second structure detected a Dsa er was commanded 0 start but did not become active Dsat on phase U on phase V cture detected a Dsat Phs W2 the second s Ovr Current2 the second str Ovr Volt2 the second structu Asym DcLink2 the second structure detected an Pwr Suply2 the second struc cture detected an over current e detected an over voltage ructure detected a Dsat on phase W HW Disable2 the second structure detected a hardware disable cating bit was set Latch Eri Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Latch Er 2
58. ds 1959 5 C81 z peeds esou lt gt p ds s d 0601 gt eeu 18497 dOW v ZH8 Wold CEE un ziy pds a D z reu p ds t I pna Lieu pds 0 0 Co Jeu p ds G les g jeu p d gt gieupds parajos Cer gt wieupds papales T uod Idd Mod Idd uod Idd 990000 0601 ZH8 401 gt E G les v jeu peeds 0 e uuo Idd WIH 10 WIH WIH p lunoN id 2 p ds jesald 9 p ds jesald S p ds jesaldg v p ds jesaig p ds jesald 2 p ds jesaldg p ds jesalg 194 1 A T dOW HIN 2 pds z Io peeds epinid Lat PAS L au peeds Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 190 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams 28 1 Ionuoo zys onuo p ds o gssed g pds ppy eau p q spouz HA epa enulA suondo jonuo 9 Zaz IonuoS enbio dwog uonouj bil duioouJ Hd d poouz HA ueos e Sue Sod 4p9U3 HA tH Cre aw n S C ee D ausge ek fera Ce D 1 poy ueos Jeu pds peseg su dwey eAu
59. ejegieeupeugequesm xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeujequesm xibo3eAug OL ejegieeupeujequesm xibo1eAug OL r xi807 ALQ Wo4 g 5 xi507 ALQ Wo4 z e1equeBeiujpeuygequest xibo1eAug wo 1 e1equeBeiuppeugequest xibo31eAug Wold o e1equeBeiujpeuygequest xibo1eAug wo 6 Di CO sx 10 00 ejeq eq ejeq ejeq ejeq 120 ejeq ejeq ejeq ejeq jeeupeuyequesp xibo1eAuq uo14 jeeupeuyequesm xibo1eAuq jeeupeuyequesm xibo1eAuq W014 jeeupeuyequesm xibo1eAuq uo14 jeeupeuyequesm xibo1eAuq Wo4 jeeupeuyeguesm xibo1eAuq uo14 jeeupeuyeguesm xibo1eAuq uo14 jeeupeuyeguesQ xibo3eAuq Wo4 jeeupeuyequesp xibo1eAuq uo14 jeeupeuyeques xibo1eAuq uo14 Suonoeuuo e qejeAy peujgepur J041u02 peedsg xiboTeAug doo1gBeupds Be xi6o1 s0xibo1eAuquio14 deigenbuo Be xi6o1 poxibo1eAuquio4 4oejesepojNbio pds Be xi5o7 eoxibo1eAuquuor4 H H nbuol Be xi601 zoxi amp o1eAuquiojJ H Hp ds Be xi6o1 Loxi amp o1eAuquio4 puewwoyoibo7 Be xi607 ooxibo1eAuquio1J 48118190112007 xi5o7 soxi amp o1enug OL SMEISOW xi6o1 voxibo1enug OL uano indino Be xi5o7 eoxibo1eAug OL Jeuenbuo Loo xi6o1 zoxibo1eAug OL olqp ipdsp l yi i fo Loxiboenug oL 280121901607 xi601 o0xibo1enug OL Z 9seud S002 X l MO
60. errors Clearing Min Max 0 4294967296 Integer D fault resets this accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 for PowerFlex 7005 SynchLink topologies hardware and wiring details 895 SL CRC Error Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the number of CRC errors that occurred during the last test last 8 ms This data is in Max 0 4294967296 Integer D visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 896 SLBOF Err Accum Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the total accumulated number of Beginning of Frame BOF errors Clearing a fault 1 0 4294967296 Integer D resets this accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 897 SLBUF Error Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the number of BOF errors that occurred during the last test last 8 ms This data is in Max 0 429496 7296 nteger D visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 898 SL CRC Err Limit Default 2 RW 32 bit Identifies the number of CRC errors per test per 8 ms allowed before the drive declares a in Max 0 256 Integer D SynchLink CRC Error exception event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 899 SLBOF Err Limit efault 2 RW 32 bit The number of BOF errors per test per 8 ms allowed before the drive declares
61. motor Units ms m Scale x10 508 PM Test Freq Ref Default 10 0 RW 16 bit Defines the frequency reference that is used for the automated measurement of Par 504 PM Min Max 4799 9 Integer Qo AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units 96 n Scale x10 509 PM Test I Ref Default 30 0 RW 16 bit Defines the amplitude of the Flux Producing d axis current reference that is used for the Min Max 0 0 799 9 Integer de automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units 196 n Scale x10 e Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values 510 FVC Mode Config Configures Field Oriented Control FOC operation 4 SlipluneDone when set the value in Par 486 Rated Slip Freq is used as the slip gain before the slip regulator becomes active after power is cycled or hen the drive is reset by the system When the Slip Tune is completed this bit will be automatically be set and Par 486 will be updated 7 Ids Comp En setting this bit runs the Ids test to establish the initial flux current level for the motor and the inertia test even if already run 12 SlipRsCompEn when set the stator resistance will be compensated based on the output of the slip regulator it16 ManuCurOffst when set Par 453 lu Offset is used as the phase U current feedback offset value a
62. rating limitation If output current remains at or above present Configured with Par 376 Inv OL Pend Cnfg levels an inverter overload condition will occur 17 Inv OLoad Trip The drive s operating point has exceeded the intermittent current Reduce the mechanical load rating and a foldback to the continuous rating in Par 400 Rated Configured with Par 377 Inv OL Trip Cnfg Amps has occurred 18 Ext Fault Input Q A digital input has detected an external fault Enter a value of 3 Ext Fault or 38 ExtFault Inv in one of the following parameters to configure an input to detect an external fault e Par 825 Digin 1 Sel Par 826 Digin 2 Sel Par 827 Digin 3 Sel Par 828 Dig In4 Sel Par 829 Dig 115 Sel Par 830 Dig In6 Sel Configured with Par 379 Ext Flt Alm Cnfg 19 DSP Memory Error Flash memory does not match the SRAM memory Cycle the drive power If the fault remains replace the Main Control board 20 DSP Device Error A DSP Velocity Position Loop interrupt task has not been Cycle the drive power If the fault remains completed in the allotted time replace the Main Control board 22 Over Frequency The Encoderless algorithm failed to converge on the correct speed Two possible causes include 1 The Velocity regulator is attempting to run below the motors slip speed 2 The Frequency regulator pulls out and the commanded motor frequency slows to the maximum frequency limit 158 Rockwell Aut
63. 10 0 v RW 32 Position reference input to the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This parameter can be linked Min Max 2147483648 0 Intege to a position reference source such as Par 1180 VirtEncPositFast Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1165 EGR Pos Output Default 0 0 RO 32 bi Position reference output from the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This parameter can be n Max 2147483648 0 ntege linked to a position reference sink such as Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1166 EGR Pos Preset Default 0 0 v RW 32 A preset value for the Electrical Gear Ratio user function This value is set to the value in Dar n Max 2147483648 0 Intege 1165 EGR Pos Output when bits 0 Output Sel 0 and 1 Output Sel 1 of Par 1161 EGR Config are set Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1170 MC Generic 1 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1171 MC Generic 2 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1172 MC Generic 3 Default 10 RW 116 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1173 MC Generic 4 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware v
64. 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 928 929 to 932 933 Indicates the data O the Peer Communication window to configure this selection Name Description Rx Dir Data Type Sets the data type for the SynchLink received direct words If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real Data Type the bit is not set the data type is integer to SL Dir Data Rx03 configuration This is the SynchLink direct data received See Par 928 Rx Dir Data Type for data type Options s s s 5 CO lt l l l l ld 02 je je o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Gi isim iz iz AA e cici Isi IS II 1 1 o l o l lm lim lm lm lo jajajaja jajajajajajaja QO IQ I da e e o e e e e eo sb e e sb e e e e e e sb e e o 22 122 E 62 e I E 122 je TEE LEE JEE C JEE m 122 n LEE 122 le jf if LEE je LEE le 023 022 CO 05 Default x x x x x Xx x x x x Xx X X X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 00 0 g False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 54 32 1 0 1 True SL Dir Data Rx00 fault 0 32 bit in Max 32 bits o Integer
65. 16 PowerTec R2 8 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 6 c Chapter 2 No 278 Name Description Sleep Wake Mode Programming and Parameters Fhables disabies the Sleep Wake function Important When enabled the following conditions must be met A proper value must be programmed for parameters 280 Wake Level and 282 Sleep Level Aspeed reference must be selected in parameter 27 Speed Ref A Sel Atleast one of the following must be programmed and input closed in Dig Inx Sel Enable Stop CF Run Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Default 0 Disabled Options 0 Disabled 1 Direct 2 Invert Data Type ATTENTION Enabling the Sleep Wake function can cause unexpected machine operation during the Wake mode Equipment damage and or personal injury can result if parameter 278 Sleep Wake Mode is used in an inappropriate application Do Not use this function without considering the information below and in Sleep Wake Mode on page 184 In addition all applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines must be considered Conditions Required to Start Drive mas After Power Up After a Drive Fault After a Stop Command Input Reset by Stop CF HIM or Reset by Clear Faults HIM or TB Stop Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Clo
66. 2 No 145 146 Name Description Values Hardware Present m ndicates if optional hardvvare is installed ptions im i x 5 o z S gt lt T cn 55 5 29 Sle slo lo m m m m s S g e Mjo 2 eo eo 0 5 ej os ejes s esj s ce eje sip lt G S S S lt S lt E 2 2 21 81 2 2 2 66 56 615 2 216 2 1 21212158 22 2 9 2 2 12 212 212 1212 12 2 2 s 9 2 s PP iZ 28 e 212126 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l liEibis o o giolouwo o tru c j i I I j Q C 25 120 SC 00 Io ICH Default x x x x X X x x x x x x x x x O 0 x 00 0 0 J0 0 xx 0 x x O O Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 87 6 5483210 FW TaskTime Sel m Default 0 5 2 8ms Sets the scan times for the drive firmware Changing the firmware scan times will affect drive Options 0 5 2 8ms performance Faster scan times may allow for higher bandwidth of the internal regulators To 05 A 8ms achieve faster scan times some functions may need to be disabled Only the most demanding 0 25 1 mer application may benefit from faster scan times Typically adjusting this parameter is not needed it is recommended you consult the factory before changing FW Functions En true the associated function is enabl
67. 236C Edge Selection Settings 0 0 10 800ns filter default setting Bit 4 20 13 19 0 0 900 ns filter 0 0 Capture on rising edge 0 0 1000 ns filte 0 1 Capture on falling edge 0 1100 ns filte 1 0 Capture on both edges 1 0 1200ns filte 1 1 Disable capture 1 0 1300 ns filte 1 0 1400 ns filte 1 1500 ns filte Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 57 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description 237 RegisLtch0 1 Ctrl Configures the control for registration latch 0 and 1 Set bit 0 RLO Arm Req and bit 16 Arm Reg to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next occurrence of the trigger input Set bit 1 RL0 DisarmReq and bit 17 RL1 DisarmReq to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event After the registration is captured bit RLO Arm Req and bit 16 RL1 Arm Req automatically resets back to 0 after found Bit 1 RLO DisarmReq and bit 17 RL1 DisarmReq are only needed to disarm a registration latch that has not been found yet Setting bits 1 and 17 will clear the bits 0 and 6 Setting bits 0 and 6 sets bits 0 RLO Armed and bit 16 RL1 Armed and clears bits 1 RLO Found and bit 17 RL1 Found of Par 238 RegisLtch0 1 Stat Data Type Options RL1 Arm Req Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserv
68. 395914 di y ye d HGD 1 EKD DED USEI Buyo Head snielg Idee S d HIMO Hd Dees s pead joejeq Heed pioH 2 488d ul HO PITA pioH L 428d ul HO PIMA ul HO PIGYeed LAS 10 u iHl szye d Ul HO DCH lulq l ZIMA ye k ul zoo uge reed ul HO DOG yq ul HIT fey ul HIM Leier yP d 1O19919D OU J AS 1v4 01 1es ospe si 6ueuO 3S 1v4 195 si Ng e6ueuo y swu ulo s Bueuo nieA ye d eui J INYL s si Z 10 x Buu x ye q iq 6ueuo eu ALON l ldulo snes puas snjejs puai YSEL BulpueJ 198105 qua Jojuo puai ya puss ejeg pue quid g l pues V HL pues quid pues Caos 5 Eat 1oxre y puai Cass qujg Josey puau Coos sejduregeud pues spuoo silltuu Egg d aye ayy ye yoeq eld o ejep pua u s sne 9990 jo g 14 Bumes CD y pu IL 1ndino ony st Koss 1onuo2 puai Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 210 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams aul oe ye d jo oz Jey exeig Deusng Cou spem exei ses spem asind snemesind eyeig Eed dl 10 8964 195 dL TO r d Sjutogise L 1 wera enee Crip o eiqeua exea Duc sng eyeig Cees uw pds izi a Doan i dul 109219 40jouu nd 01 i
69. 5 M 51012 4 1500 180 81 071 18 5 M 51012 4 1500 180 81 0 71 22 M 51013 4 500 180 95 0 82 22 M 51013 4 500 180 95 0 82 30 M 51050 4 500 55 145 0 83 37 M 51051 4 1500 155 183 11 45 M 51052 4 1500 155 220 14 55 M 51053 4 1500 155 265 2 75 M 51054 4 1500 155 346 2 7 20 otor Jd 5104 4 1500 14 5 0075 1 5 M 51015 4 1500 140 11 4 0 0100 22 M 51016 4 1500 140 15 0 0120 3 7 M 51017 4 1500 140 24 5 0 0180 5 5 M 51018 4 1500 140 348 0 0390 1 5 M 51019 4 1500 140 44 0 0470 11 M 51020 4 1500 140 67 1 0 0810 15 M 51021 4 1500 140 80 7 0 1370 22 M 51022 4 1500 140 120 0 2000 30 M 51023 6 1000 155 176 0 5800 37 M 51024 6 1000 155 210 0 7000 55 M 51026 6 1000 135 334 1 1000 55 M 51027 6 500 155 315 4 0000 TOSTDMotor 15 M MZ T 1T 77177100777720 47 2005 77 22 2052 4 500 320 6 3 3 24 37 MC M2053 4 1500 320 10 5 25 5 5 MC M2054 4 500 320 15 5 88 75 MC M2055 4 500 320 20 5 11 25 11 MC M2056 4 500 320 29 14 3 15 MC M2057 4 500 320 37 16 4 18 5 MC M2058 4 500 320 45 19 65 22 2059 4 500 320 53 23 30 2060 4 500 320 71 28 15 37 MC M2061 4 500 320 85 297 45 MC M2062 4 500 320 97 30 55 55 MC M2063 4 500 320 121 75 MC M2064 4 500 320 163 90 MC M2065 4 500 320 188 110 MC M2066 4 500 320 227 132 MC M2067 4 500 320 280 160 MC M2068 4 500 320 335 200 MC M2069 4 500 320 375 Application Notes Appendix B
70. 62 1 63 ErStatFromCp 64 FlxCurRteOut 65 ThetaE 66 SinThetaE1 67 SinThetaE2 68 SinThetaE3 69 SinThetaE4 n n 70 SinThetaFb 71 SinThetaE6 72 ThetaEco htaEcor1 htaEcor2 htaEcor3 htaEcor4 77 MulRef2B 78 SpdFdbk 79 Spdintegra 80 SpdPrportnal 81 SpdPl 82 SpdRef 83 SlipGainEst 84 LatchSlipGin 85 Ws2 86 SlipGainRate 87 FiltSlipGain 88 SlipScale 89 SlipSelShif 90 VdsError 91 MotorRegen 92 VqsSlwRtCLim 93 MotorVlis 94 BusUtil 95 ldstompMon 96 IqsLimit 97 VqsSlwRtCnt 98 VasErrMon 99 VqsNoErrCnt 100 VqsldsCmd 101 VqsMaxMotor 102 VqsMaxVbus 103 FregMinFB 104 FreqMaxFB 105 IdsCmdFilter 106 DelFeqlntFB 107 VqsError 08 SlipBrkErrFB 09 FastBrkOnFB 10 FreqOutput 11 AbsFreqOut 12 TestMark70 13 TestMark71 14 TestMark72 15 TestMark73 16 TestMark74 17 TestMark75 18 TestMark76 19 TestMark76 20 TestMark78 21 TestMark79 22 TestMark7A 23 TestMark7B 24 TestMark7C 25 TestMark7D 126 TestMark7E 127 TestMark7F 28 RWVuOut 156 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 1712 RWWOut RWVwOut RWuErr RWveErr RWwErr RWVuOut2 RWWvOut2 RWVwOut2 RVVPosState RWNegState BusDropVolts RecoverVolts DbDuty VdsFdbkFltr VaqsFdbkFltr VbusFdbkF ltr VbusMemory VpEnctVelFbk VpEnc1VelFbk
71. 7 6 5 48 2 1 0 1 True 326 Alarm Status 1 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from Par 320 Exception Event1 Options oe u za s zs ei 5 ls Elelg lela x 2 s ass g P p p p p p p p p p e sp p E e m sess p s ua S S 3 Ps 5 Es S ESE ESE SSZ 3123265 E S E ESCHER e sees e e E lS 42 8 181515 8 8 212 m ei z x Z Z22222 2 2 ziz x E z S S Siz iz ziz mlels sz 2 Default 0 0 0 0 0 00000 00000 00000 0 0 0 0 0 JO 0 0 O 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 87 6 5418021 4 True 327 Alarm Status 2 m Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from Par 321 Exception Event2 Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 A Options elz El m l lg le lo x sz s EE Ele lee le lee S zR eTsscesss2222 292222 752 28E 25E2 SISJEJSOISISISISISISIS SIS SISISISIS 1 se IS ISIN ISI BIS 15 15 S xx sl al 99 se 821815 5 28 186128191861815 215 SIS gt 2 zZ a s s s gt S LG le S z 16 z z gt z Default 00 00 o 0 O D O D D o o o o o p o p opo o o 0 0 o ojj jo jo 0 0 ey False 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 1 2 1 O0 Bit 131 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
72. Anlg Outi Scale 835 Break Frequency 530 Name Anlg Out1 Sel 831 Break Voltage 529 Param Name Text Parameter Anlg Out Value 837 Bus Reg ACR Kp 548 Motor Flux 309 Anlg Out1 Zero 836 Bus Reg Kd 547 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg 397 Anlg Out2 Dint 839 Bus Reg Ki 545 Sft OvrirviCnfg 395 Anlg Out2 Offset 841 Bus Reg Kp 546 700L AlarmStatus 334 Anlg Out2 Real 840 Bus Util Limit 500 700L EventStatus 332 Anlg Out Scale 942 BusReg Brake Ref 415 700L FaultStatus 333 Anlg Out2 Sel 838 BusUndervoltCnfg 393 Abs OverSpd Lim 335 Anlg Out2 Value 844 Cnv NotLogin Cfg 368 Abs Posit Offset 757 Anlg Out2 Zero 843 Coarse Spd Trgt 750 Accel Time 1 32 Applied LogicCmd 152 CoarsePosit Trgt 748 Act Spd Reg BW 97 Atune Spd Ref 74 Compare 1A 1071 CurrFdbk AdjTime 551 Atune Trq Ref 129 Compare 1B 1072 AddSub 1 Add 097 Aux Posit Ref 743 Compare 2A 1073 AddSub 1 Inpu 096 Basiclndx Output 799 Compare 2B 1074 AddSub 1 Result 099 Basic ndx Preset 798 Control Options 153 AddSub 1 Subtrct 098 Basiclndx Step 797 CurrFdbk AdjTime 551 AddSub 2 Add 01 BitSwap 1 Result 864 Current Limit Gain 362 AddSub 2 Inpu 00 BitSwap 1A Bit 861 Current Reg BW 503 AddSub 2 Result 03 BitSwap 1A Data 860 Curr Ref TP Data 358 AddSub 2 Subtrct 02 BitSwap 1B Bit 863 Curr Ref TP Sel 357 AddSub 3 Add 05 BitSwap 1B Data 862 DC Brake Level 1125 AddSub 3 Inpu 04 BitSwap 2 Result 869 DC Brake Time 1126 AddSub 3 Result 07 BitSwap 2A Bit 866 DC Bus Voltage 306 AddSub 3 Subtret 06 BitSwap 2A Data 865 Dead Time 404 AI 1 Fil
73. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12111 10 1 True 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 466 Name Description MC TP1 Select Enter a value to select Motor Control diagnostic tools you can use to view internal drive parameters The default value is option 0 MulqsRef2 Notes Options 209 212 were added Data Type C data displayed in Par 467 MC TP1 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit Par 467 MC TP1 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit are or firmware version 2 004 Options 213 254 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the following selections for firmware 4 001 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 95 97 98 99 103 104 105 106 108 109 110 111 163 164 165 174 175 176 177 178 179 181 182 183 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 Options 0 MulqsRef2 1 SlipRatio 2 Ws 3 WrEst2 4 VVe 5 VdsCmd 6 Vastmd 7 VuCmdl 8 VvCmd1 9 VwCmdl 0 luFdbk 1 IwFdbk 2 IdsFdbk 3 qsFdbk 4 VdsFdbk 5 VuvFdbk 6 VvwFdbk 7 VqsFdbk 8 IdsCmd 9 IqsRatio 20 Mulqshef 21 IqsCmd 22 We2 23 VuTd 24 25 Wd 26 VuCmd2 27 WCmd2 28 VwCmd2 29 Kpwm 30 Vds_cemf 31 Vqs cemf 32 VdsCmd2 33 VqsCmd2 34 IdsIntegral 35 qsintegral 36 DcBus 37 AGnd 38 Wr2 39 Huxhatio1 40 VbusFdbk 41 FluxRatio2 42 Flu
74. Controller is OK Bit 19 DL Loading The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory Bit 20 DL CF Flash The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card Bit21 DL CF Format The CompactFlash memory is not initialized e Bit 22 DL CF Error CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options s 9 21 12 58 812 5 s SS IEIZS len JE kuon zz xB amp gTIS2 Ez 5 5 585 ES 5 5 S 5 S 215 8 S SS 8 2 Biz e e e x 51 Se 6 e 6 e e lglg np nan ns a ESO St m ms mim m eye le cC ie O JO Iy JO JO Y OO OO Q GQ VO jc 202 2 102 IN MN Default x x x x x x x x x op 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 q ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 efe 555 MC Status Indicates the status of the Motor Control MC Processor and related functions Note Changed bit 18 from Reserved to Vqs Reg Act for firmware version 3 003 i 2 CN 15 Options 88 2 3 3 S 2 E E E a Sis Jas 5 15 EZ es z e a Zege gt lt s 5 s e i Sg 8122912412151 sa ES s se zi Z282 525gsBs8 g SsEBSSPLIIS S S 8 212 sB8s55z 5elzsosisss55oosgss9s5sgsoonoioessbxegse gt gt gt 2 gt z E e SE Z e Se SE SEE 2 E i ISIS gt gt gt S
75. Coos XIN sxe A ueguir D UN sxe A u Duur1 1012190495 17 1 Co ul sixe x u pulri 1nO H qur ug sixy euin Ki puewwo9 91607 01 eui uz sixy au ye K 89 suondo nuog LE 1ndinO sixy eui m CD ayey sixy eun Id euin Id SH Id Ces D urn Baur id 1 D wink Bouw Ca Ca si un PIOH l Id K s puewwog 31607 Bos ma 11 ssedy Id 8r beqpooa id ured PL inding Bau Id 061 il S SR wun 7 e UWA Id me UE d SSBd7 j o indino 14 imoua wut id Kes suondo Ionuoo age mo 91607 1211 4 181 gt Id 10113 Id eer EKD L K SSL ug up 182014 ug wi 182014 puewwog 91607 Buluuny snes 21601 193 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C ywn L n v ur16 N nbio L eg ur jemoy bi uir Jamog Sd JoyeinBoy s HoA sng wr Jamog Buu hoy ur soq enbio L lt JLo ywq mu S D yun soq enbio pds 100 pds pasiod 1VISC en gt di Dou pds Con D bau MJ YION voc Cou uonenu llVu31oN seis Wun use 4 X 1 L i urey 1depy youl ifo eer Ma idepy veut uz yoy b
76. Displays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by the Min Max 25 00 100 00 Integer auto tune procedure Units 495 Jos Command Default 10 0 RO 16 bit n Displays the torque producing q axis current command Min Max 800 0 nteger Units Scale x10 496 1845 Command Default 10 0 RO 16 bit n Displays the flux producing d axis current command Min Max 800 0 nteger Units Scale x10 497 Vqs Command Default 0 RO 116 bit n Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the torque producing axis q axis Min Max 200 nteger Units Scale 1100 8192 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 95 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 3 25 Name S lt s No Description Values 588 498 Vds Command Default O RO 116 bit D Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the flux producing axis d axis Min Max 200 Integer Units Scale 1100 8192 499 TrqCurFdbk Iq Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays torque producing q axis current feedback Min Max 8 0000 D Units PU 500 Bus Util Limit Default 90 0 RW 16 bit Sets the maximum allowed bus voltage utilization for the Motor Control Do not change this Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer D value Higher values may result in control instability or over current faults Units Scale 00 8192 501 Torque En Diy Default 100
77. Drive Rated Voltage gt Nominal Motor Voltage gt Drive Rated Voltage 10 gt Actual Line Voltage Drive Input Example Calculate the maximum power of a5 HP 460V motor connected to a 480V rated drive supplied with 342V Actual Line Voltage input Actual Line Voltage Nominal Motor Voltage 74 3 74 3 x 5 HP 3 7 HP 74 3 x 60 Hz 44 6 Hz At 342V Actual Line Voltage the maximum power the 5 HP 460V motor can produce is 3 7 HP at 44 6 Hz Actual Line Voltage Drive Input Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 5HP i 3 7 HP o 2 5 5 2 No Drive e Output a 342V gt U 480V xi 460V gt 528V gt Application Notes Appendix B Motor Control Mode Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode selects the type of motor control to use This parameter is set during the HIM assisted startup when asked to select the Motor Control The settings for Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode are 0 FOC selects field oriented control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance 1 FOC 1 selects field oriented control and is only used for a specific type of AC induction motor with motor thermal feedback Note FOC 2 is used only for motors manufactured by Reliance Electric Japan 2 Pmag Motor selects control for permanent magnet motors 3 V Hz selects volts per hertz control This selectio
78. HO UB SI uono s indui peysa eu p odp 1ndui eysa y se xies UBHJOSN SN ZZOL Jeyeurejeg 40 sinduj ieli5iq eui BIA p llonuoo eq UBD uoiMg 10109 9 DI Buipunoy y m MOUIA uowsles 006000000008 e H MOLY YAMSI S Foof 207 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C psu wel ib sul Is sw al esos lol of swsof sl engl r wf sl swsof gil osos wf 1 Hom pasayng jog pana eum 105 s l vil o esui gil ens v 805 C el Eyep pue 128iJlp eui 104 seje1 ayepdn jadi yuYOUAS An ds l out pue ejep pue JIWSUBI 10 sjeuuoj 1ue1ejjip eui wous s lqe Buimojioj eu emp USULI pue OU 10 FLUO BY 195 IpuuoduuuuoO x1 191 016 pue 1euuoJ4uiuo 191 S06 siejeueied d yore 00 swous luo WeJBeIp siy spom luusue1 8L pue Sp1oM 3A418994 peiejjng 8 SpJOM HWSUBI Oe t SPIOM BABE PAIA t JO 20 ere ejeu S loN lulq Ie8q H AUOQ erempieH 1S 01 00 POM XLJn8 1S vo Kee sep 00Jng1s adh eieq yng XL EYEQ usuegi 9JeMpJeH IS Ou 0 00 ING 19 00 xu ea ing 15 o ke leet consis ol Lee ed eyeq ng yuru u4As 6100 9Aie2eH Io quq H AUOO e uio uiuo
79. IS gt Default 0 0 0 0 JO 0 0 0 0 0 0 x jx 0 0 000 0 jO 0101 JO 0 0 001 1 oj ojo 000 oes Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 D 4 True 102 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 4 Name S lt s No Description 58s 556 Trend Control Set bits to configure the Data Trend function Bit 0 Enbl Collect Trend data collection begins on the rising edge of this bit and continues until either this bit is set low or the trend data has been completely collected This bit should be cleared following either the Triggered status or Complete status in order to complete the trend sequence This bit can also be cleared at any time to force the trend data sampling to stop and set the Complete status bit Setting bit 1 Ini Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 1 The source for Real data is Par 571 Trend In1 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 570 Trend In1 Dintl e Setting bit 2 In2 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 2 The source for Real data is Par 575 Trend In2 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data
80. If this failure occurs do the following Verify the connections between the motor and the drive make sure that a disconnect device or contactor is not interfering with the signal Press Enter to continue and perform the Direction Test If the Direction Test is successful continue with the Start Up routine ignoring the failure If the Direction Test fails check for an open connection or bad current sensor 7 When the Assisted Start routine is finished and Done Exit displays on the HIM press Enter e to save any changed and or updated data IMPORTANT Always exit the Assisted Start routine before cycling power to the drive Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 17 Chapter 1 Drive Start Up PowerFlex 700S Start Up Motor Control Select Motor Control Mode DB Resistor Motor Tests Field Oriented Control Measure Stator Resistance Leakage Inductance Magnetizing Inductance Slip Frequency PMag Motor Measure Encoder Offset Stator Resistance Stator Inductance Back EMF 18 Figure 1 PowerFlex 700S Assisted Start Routine Flow Chart 68 Select a menu option or move down one level G9 Go back one selection or one level 963 Scroll through all choices Motor Data Enter Motor NP Data Power amp Units FLA Volts Hertz RPM Poles Inertia Measure Measure System Inertia Feedback Configuration Setup Select Encoder Resol
81. Load Gear Ratio as a 32 bit integer and forms the primary Mi Max 2147483648 Integer feedback for the position regulator integral channel It is very important that the load gear ratio be precisely set such that the delta pulse count of one motor revolution equals the delta pulse count of this parameter When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 AbsPositCtrl 766 Posit FB EGR Mul Default 1 V RVV32 bit A 32 bit integer in the numerator of the load EGR function It is multiplied by Par 764 Posit Min Max 1000000 Integer Load Fdbk and divided by Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div to reflect the load pulse count to the motor effectively removing the gear box ratio The accumulated position values Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Act Load will be equal if the ratio is set properly There may be some difference due to lost motion in the gear train but there should not be an accumulated difference It is often necessary to count gear teeth as gear box manufacturers often approximate exact ratios with decimal numbers Enter a negative value in the numerator 0 account for reversed motor rotation 767 Posit FB EGR Div Default 1 RW 32 bit This is a 32 bit integer that forms the denominator of the load EGR function Min Max 1 2000000 Integer 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN
82. Loss Port 2 50 Motor OLoad Pend 12 DPI Loss Port 3 51 Motor OLoad Trip 11 DPI Loss Port 4 52 Motor Stalled 13 DPI Loss Port 5 53 Net Loss DPI P1 55 DPI Loss Port 6 54 Net Loss DPI P2 56 Drive Homing 83 Net Loss DPI P3 57 Drive Power Loss 10 Net Loss DPI P4 58 Drv Waking 89 Net Loss DPI P5 59 DSP Device Error 20 Net Loss DPI P6 60 DSP Memory Error 19 No Ctrl Device 48 Enable Health 45 Opt Port 0 Loss 5 Encoder 0 Loss 3 Opt Port 1 Loss 6 Encoder 1 Loss 4 Over Frequency Fault 22 Ext Fault Input 18 Parameter Chksum 35 Faults Cleared 129 Params Defaulted 7 Fault 0 Cleared 130 Position Error 85 Ground Fault 26 PowerEE CRC Fail 39 HiHp Bus Com Dly 66 Precharge Error 31 HiHp Bus CRC Er 68 PWM Asynch 32 HiHP Bus Data 79 PWM Signal short 29 HiHp Bus Link Ls 67 Ridethru Timeout 41 HiHp Bus WtchDog 69 Ride Thru 92 HiHP CurrUnblnce 77 Runtime Data Rst 44 HiHp Drv OvrLoad 71 SLink Comm Fail 9 HiHp Fan Fdbk Ls 70 SLink HW Fail 8 HiHP HardwareVer 76 SLink Mult Oflow 40 HiHp In PhaLs 65 Stahl Optics 88 HiHp PrChrg Cntc 73 VoltageFdbk Loss 43 HiHP PwrBd Otemp 75 VPL MC Comm Fail 28 HiHp PwrBd PrcEr 72 Vref Decel Fail 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 External and Internal Connections Appendix A HIM Overview This section provides information on using the PowerFlex 7 Class DPI HIM Refer to the Enhanced PowerFlex 7 Class HIM User Manual publication 20HIM UM001 for information on using the Enhanced HIM if
83. Math amp Logic 1000 UserFunct Enable 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl 1047 Dint2Real1 In DelTmr1 TrigData 1001 Userfunct Actual 1023 Switch Real 1 NC 1048 Dint2Reall Scale DelTmr1 Trig Bit 1002 UserData Dint 01 1024 Swtch Real 1 NO 049 Dint2Real Result 10 Delaylimer1PrSet 1003 UserData Dint 02 1025 Swtch Real 1 Out 1150 DInt2Real2 In 1111 DelayTimer1Accu 1004 UserData Dint 03 1026 Swtch Dint 1 NC 1151 Dint2Real2 Scale 12 Delaylimer1Stats 1005 UserData Dint 04 1027 Swtch Dint 1 NO 152 Dint2Real2Result 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData 1006 UserData Dint 05 1028 Switch Dint 1 Out 1050 Real2Dint In 1114 DelTmr Trig Bit 1007 UserData Dint 06 1029 Sel Swtch In00 1051 Real2Dint Scale 15 DelayTimer2PrSet 1008 UserData Dint 07 1030 Sel Swtch In01 052 Real2DInt Result 1116 DelayTimer2Accu 1009 UserData Dint 08 1031 Sel Swtch In02 1053 MulDiv 1 Input 1 DelayTimer2Stats 1010 UserData Dint 09 1032 Sel Swtch In03 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul 1011 UserData Dint 10 1033 Sel Swtch In04 055 MulDiv 1 Div 1012 UserData Real 01 1034 Sel Swtch In05 1056 MulDiv 1 Result 1013 UserData Real 02 1035 Sel Swtch In06 1057 MulDiv 2 Input 1014 UserData Real 03 1036 Sel Swtch In07 058 MulDiv 2 Mul 1015 UserData Real 04 1037 Sel Swtch In08 1059 MulDiv 2 Div 1016 UserData Real 05 1038 S 5 n09 m Mu 2 2 Result 1017 UserData Real 06 1 el Swtch n10 61 Logic Config i i 1018 UserData Real 07 1040 Sel Swtch In11 1062 Logic Cmpr State Hour I Fans 1019 UserData Real 08 1041 Sel Swtch In12 1063 Logi
84. Max 0 1000 16 bit Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 463 Diag Error 1 i Displays the first diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which they occurred D Note Bits 7 amp 8 have been changed to Ground Fault for firmware version 2 004 Options 8 sz s s elele E E s z 3 2 3 S 3 6 Melle 99 95 995959 sos9zsg925253899 s2g92g9g9g g2go u5 s ss5224 s 666 s s eee gs se S S Z S Z E E LIS IS IEE EIS gigisis izisizis sis Sloe 6203 xx l lz ZZ 5 12 215 3 s 6 o Go o G G o G GG GG G o S SS ms 2 22 xl aA fa 212 ae m a zza Default x x x x x x x x x x x x l0 0 0 x x l0 J0 0 0 00 001000 0 JO 0100 0 0 Q False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 543 2 1 0 laue 464 MC Diag Error 2 A Displays the second diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which they occurred Options zz i HM o o o o o o o o o o o o o o gt o o 1 r o o o o o o uz 2 121 2122 21 212121212121212 12 212 2 6 s s s 5 s s s s s s s s s s ss s Z YT F ssssss s 832 ee e ee eee een eee r r Z ee s5Bs8Be 85x 64 6 65 Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x J
85. Mult 14 UserData Real 03 014 Xsync In 788 Torque Step 16 UserData Real 04 015 Xsync In 2 790 Torque Trim 15 UserData Real 05 016 Xsync In 3 793 Total Inertia 9 UserData Real 06 017 Xsync Out 1 789 Trend Control 556 UserData Real 07 018 Xsync Out 2 791 Trend In1 Din 570 UserData Real 08 019 Xsync Out 2 Diy 792 Trend Ini Rea 571 UserData Real 09 020 Xsync Out 3 794 Trend In2 Din 574 UserData Real 10 021 Xsync Out 3 Diy 795 Trend In2 Rea 5 5 UserFunct Actual 001 Xsync Status 786 Trend In3 Din 578 UserFunct Enable 000 Zero Speed Lim 160 Trend In3 Rea 579 V Hz Mode Config 513 Trend In4 Din 582 V Hz Status 540 Trend In4 Rea 583 Vds Command 498 Trend Mark Dint 567 Vds Fdbk Filt 441 Trend Mark Real 568 Vds Max 438 Trend Out1 Dint 572 Vds Min 440 Trend Out1 Real 573 VirtEncPositFast 160 Trend Out2 Dint 576 Virt Encdr Dlyed 63 Trend Out2 Real 577 Virt Encdr Posit 62 Trend Out3 Dint 580 Virt Encoder EPR 61 Trend Out3 Real 581 Virtual Edge Rev 225 Trend Out4 Dint 584 Voltage Class 403 Trend Out4 Real 585 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 394 Trend PreSamples 566 VPL Build Number 315 Trend Rate 559 VPL Firmware Rev 314 Trend State 558 VPL Mem Address 479 Trend Status 557 VPL Mem Data Bit 482 Trend Trig Bit 565 VPL Mem Data Fit 481 Trend Trig Data 564 VPL Mem Data Int 480 Trend TrigA Dint 560 VPL Mem Link Flt 484 Trend TrigA Real 561 VPL Mem Link Int 483 Trend TrigB Dint 552 VPL Mem Passvvord 478 Trend TrigB Real 563 Vos Command 497 TrendBuffPointer 569 Vos Fdbk Filt 442
86. Option e Bit5 Direction determines the counting direction Set to 0 to count up or forward Set to 1 to count in reverse or down e Bit 6 SW Reset setting this bit to 1 resets and restarts the option card e Bit 7 VM Direction determines the direction of the encoder pulse output from the Heidenhain option card when bit 6 VrtlMasterEn of Par 266 Heidn Encdr Type is set When this bit is off 0 the direction of the encoder pulse output is the same as Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref and the reverse of Par 1155 when this bit is set 1 e Bits 10 12 form a 3 bit moving average filter sampling rate See Table 263A Sample Rate Bit Settings Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 7 for firmware version 4 001 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved SmpiRate 12 SmplRate bt1 SmplRate 610 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved SIVM Direction e SW Reset 071 2 Direction 5 Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved 0 False 1 True xox X x 23 22 21 20119 1 wo e N ce R x co NI gt x M R gt a NI Se c n l Se 9 18 17 Reserved gt Reserved x x x x 15 14 13 12 6 Table 263A Sample Rate Bit Settings Bit 12 11 10 Exponent Val
87. Power Only Lower the ambient temperature Power Board Over Temperature the temperature of the Fiber Optic Power Interface board has exceeded 85 C 76 HiHP HardwareVer High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the version of each inverter left and right The left and right side inverter units have different current ratings Units then replace the unit or the ASIC board or the Fiber Optic Power Interface board is not functioning 77 HHP CurrUnblnce High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the motor wiring for each unit The output current between the left and right side inverter units are unbalanced 20 of current feedback rating e g 184A 920A 0 2 78 HiHP VoltUnblnce High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check the input power and wiring for each unit The bus voltage for the left and right side inverter units is unbalanced 6 of normal bus voltage e g 41Vdc 675Vdc 0 06 79 HiHP Bus Data High Horse Power Star coupler Frame 12 amp 14 Drives Only Check communication bus lines 10 pin Communication Bus data are mismatched between the left and connector on Main Control board Fiber Optic right side unit Power Interface board and fiber optic connections 81 Soft Over Trvl Motion Only Configured with Par 395 Sft OvrTrvICnfg The position feedback exceeds the maximum positive travel setting in Par 694 Motn Mx Pos Trvll 82 1 Soft O
88. RW 16 bit Sets the delay between the time the drive is enabled and the time the Motor Control applies Min Max 0 32767 Integer de torque Units ms m Scale 00 8192 502 Rotor Resistance Default 1 00 RW 16 bit Displays rotor resistance as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer do rated motor impedance Do not change this value Units 196 n Scale 00 8192 503 Current Reg BW Default 600 RW 16 bit Sets the bandwidth for the current regulator Par 402 PWM Frequency limits the maximum Min Max 100 30000 Integer O value Reducing the value reduces current regulator over shoot Units rad s 504 PM AbsEncd Offst Default O RW 16 bit Determined by auto tune procedure Min Max 0 65535 Integer 505 PM TestWait Time Default 2000 RW 16 bit Defines the time interval used for the automated measurement of Par 504 IPM AbsEncd Min Max 500 5000 Integer d Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units ms 506 PM Test Idc Ramp Default 10 RW 16 bit Defines the ramp rate of the Flux Producing d axis current reference that is used for the Min Max 0 0 195 3 Integer de automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Units ms n Scale x10 507 PM Test FreqRamp Default 10 RW 16 bit Defines the ramp rate of the frequency reference that is used for the automated Min Max 0 0 195 3 Integer de measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM
89. RW Real Sets the bandwidth of a low pass filter which affects smoothness at the start of deceleration Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 in the point to point mode A high filter bandwidth will produce a more square deceleration Units rad s orque one with a higher level of jerk Typical values range from 5 to 100 rad sec A zero value will bypass the filter Tail out is influenced mainly by Par 768 Posit Reg P Gain 762 Position Fdbk Default 10 RO 32 bit Displays the accumulated pulse count of the selected position feedback Select a position in Max 2147483648 Integer eedback device with Par 777 PositionFdbk Sel 763 Position Actual Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the accumulated motor position as a 32 bit integer It tracks Par 762 Position Fdbk Min Max 2147483648 Integer When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 AbsPositCtrl 764 Posit Load Fdbk Default 0 V RVV 32 bit Tracks the load position as a 32 bit integer When a gear box connects the load to the motor Min Max 2147483648 Integer Par 766 Posit FB EGR Mul and Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div must be set to account for the gear ratio Set Par 766 Posit FB EGR Mul equal to Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div if the load is directly connected to the motor 765 Posit Act Load Default RO 132 bit Holds the accumulated output of the
90. Ramp and S Curve Par 110 Speed TorqueMode setting when stopping s how the drive uses stop dwell time s the drive for 3 wire control Motor Dir Changes direction of the motor rotation q Delay Enables the Torque Current Delay option s the speed regulator s integrator to hold when jogging Closeloop Calculation Disable for use by the Drive module for Invert Speed Feedback for use by the Drive module for Invert Motor Torque Current the drive to secondary motor feedback This bit cannot be set when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 PMag Motor AuxPwrSply Enables the use of an auxiliary power supply When set to 1 the Main Control Board MCB examines internal 12V DC power to see when it is energized When set to 0 the MCB examines the voltage of the DC Bus This bit enables the MCB to remain energized when 3 9 voltage is de energized SpdRegPreset When set to 1 this bit selects Par 303 Motor Torque Ref for the Speed Regulator preset When set to 0 Par 87 SReg Trq Preset is selected Slip Comp Enables slip compensation Motor OLRet Enables motor over load retention Inrt TrqLPEn Enables Him En0ut Enables Time Axis En Ramps th he Inertia Compensation Torque Output Low Pass Filter he output of Process Trim e output of the Time Function Generator MC Atune En Enables Autotune tests Trq Trim En Enables 1 Pwr Diag En Enables PM Offset Enables Slip Test En Enables Sys Inrt En Enables Ids Test Enable Enable
91. Rated Volts For example on a 480V drive 0 615 x 480Vac x 42 418Vde 410 PreChrg TimeOut Default 130 0000 RW Real Sets the time duration of precharge If bus voltage does not stabilize within this amount of Min Max 10 0000 180 0000 time a Precharge Error exception event occurs Units S 411 PreChrg Control Default 1 Enbl PrChrg Must equal 1 to allow drive to exit precharge and begin to run Link this parameter to a controller output word to coordinate the precharge of multiple drives Options 0 Hold PrChrg 1 Enbl PrChrg Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 8 c Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 412 415 Description P Power EE TP Sel Enter or write a value to select drive power EEPROM data displayed in Par 413 Power EE TP Data The default is 0 Zero Note Options 74 92 were changed and options 93 111 were added for firmware version 3 001 Options 0 Zero 19 Bus VitScale 38 IGBT Rated A 61 Convt Type 80 HH1 P B ID 99 HH2 P B ID 1 Volt Class 20 Sml PS Watts 39 IGBT V Thres 62 DC Bus Induc 81 HH1 S W ID 100 2 S W ID 2 Assy Rev 21 Sml PS Min V 40 IGBT Slope R 63 AC Induc 82 HH1 P B Rev 01 2 Rev 3 ASAS N 22 Lrg PS Watts 41 IGBT Sw Engy 64 Precharg Res 83 HH1 S W Rev 02 HH2 S W Rev 4 Manuf Year 23 Lrg PS Min V 44 IGBT CS Tres 6
92. Ref 1 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale 173 Setpt1 TripPoint 11 Spd Ref1 Divide 22 Speed Trim 2 174 Setpt 1 Limit 12 Speed Ref 2 25 STrim2 Filt Gain 175 Setpt 2 Data 13 Spd Ref2 Multi 26 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 176 Setpt2 TripPoint 14 Preset Speed 1 74 Atune Spd Ref 177 Setpt 2 Limit 15 Preset Speed 2 75 Rev Speed Lim 16 Preset Speed 3 76 Fwd Speed Lim 17 Preset Speed 4 301 Motor Speed Ref 18 Preset Speed 5 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 19 Preset Speed 6 93 SRegFB Filt Gain 20 Preset Speed 7 94 SReg FB Filt BW 29 Jog Speed 1 71 Filtered SpdFdbk 39 Jog Speed 2 100 Speed Error 40 Selected Spd Ref 89 Spd Err Filt BW 30 Min Spd Ref Lim 84 SpdReg AntiBckup 31 Max Spd Ref Lim 85 Servo Lock Gain 41 Limited Spd Ref 87 SReg Trq Preset 32 Accel Time 1 9 Total Inertia 33 Decel Time 1 90 Spd Reg BW 34 S Curve Time 97 Act Spd Reg BW 43 Ramped Spd Ref 91 Spd Reg Damping 53 Drive Ramp Belt 81 Spd Reg P Gain 45 Delayed Spd Ref 82 Spd Reg Gain 61 Virt Encoder EPR 92 SpdReg P Gain Mx 62 Virt Encdr Posit 86 Spd Reg Droop 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed 101 SpdReg Integ Out 37 Spd Ref Bypass 106 SrLss Spd Reg BW 35 SpdRef Filt Gain 104 91 55 Spd Reg Kp 36 SpdRef Filt BW 105 91 55 Spd Reg Ki 38 Speed Ref Scale 102 Spd Reg Pos Lim 46 Scaled Spd Ref 103 Spd Reg Neg Lim 21 Speed Trim 1 95 SRegOut FiltGain 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 96 SReg Out Filt BW 56 Inertia SpeedRef 302 Spd Reg PI Out 9 Total Inertia 57 InertiaAccelGain 58 InertiaDecelGain 60 DeltaSpeedScale 55 Speed Comp
93. Rx01 SL Dir Data Rx02 SL Dir Data Rx03 Rx Buf Data Type SL Buf Data Rx00 SL Buf Data Rx01 SL Buf Data Rx02 SL Buf Data Rx03 SL Buf Data Rx04 SL Buf Data Rx05 SL Buf Data Rx06 SL Buf Data Rx07 SL Buf Data Rx08 SL Buf Data Rx09 SL Buf Data Rx10 SL Buf Data Rx11 SL Buf Data Rx12 SL Buf Data Rx13 SL Buf Data Rx14 SL Buf Data Rx15 SL Buf Data Rx16 SL Buf Data Rx17 Security 714 Port Mask Act 669 Write Mask 712 Write Mask Act 670 Logic Mask 713 Logic Mask Act Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Digital Inputs Digital Outputs BitSwap Control 821 Analog 1 0 Units 821 Analog 1 0 Units 823 Digln Debounce 845 Dig Out Sel 860 BitSwap 1A Data 803 Anlg 111 Offset 831 Anlg Out1 Se 825 Digln1 Sel 846 Dig Out1 Data 861 BitSwap 1A Bit 801 10 In1 Value 832 Anlg Out Dint 826 Dig In2 Sel 847 Dig Out Bit 862 BitSwap 1B Data 802 AnlgIn1 Scale 833 Anlg Out Rea 827 Digln3 Sel 848 Dig Out n Time 863 BitSwap 1B Bit 804 Al1 Filt Gain 834 Anlg Out Offset 828 Dig In4 Sel 849 Dig Out OffTime 864 BitSwap 1 Result 805 Anlg In1 Filt BW 835 Anlg Out Scale 829 Digln5 Sel 850 Dig Out2 Sel 865 BitSwap ZA Data 800 AnlgIn1 Data 836 Anlg Out Zero 830 Dig In6 Sel 851 Dig Out2 Data 866 BitSwap ZA Bit 1093 Anlg IniLossCnfg 837 Anlg Out1
94. S BIB B S 2 2 2 6 P 2 ee e 21212 s FSIS S SS SS S S SSS SS JS S Sis SS S S S 115 15 1515 S S S S S S S 2 100 lt IN o Jt IN e je T Oo st IN OO st IN e st c S c je e e je ro ye ro ro o xr x S e2 S im d cc OJOO GAGA GGO aso 2022 CA O Cox 22 B F aya m m SIS D um Default x o 0 0 o o p p jO 0 JO 0 m JO 1 0 JO JO JO JO JO 0 JO 11010 10 JO J0 jO 1 Kx 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 87 65 43 21 0 1 True 824 Local 1 0 Status Displays the status of the local 1 0 ptions E 2 a oocrocomcsvcoldv mo mcvemso o emsdvceat mmelmci mc oim aqi sgsb elmlelelelieie eleisi E 5 5 ie L ojola elvmivsimimimisiolololg O CO Q JJ lt lt lt lt lt e 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 G 6 2 llls G G G 5 G 2 AI gt m m gt E C E m m m C m jojo Ian C m SC O A O LO o I Default x x x x x x x x X X X X 0 0 0 0 x x x x x x x x l0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q False Bit 31 30 29 28 127 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 33 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 192 825 Digln1 Sel Default 10 Not Used Enter a value to select the function of digital input 1 pue q s s 2 ET Selecting options 34 UserGen Sel0 37 UserGen Sel3 sends Binary Coded Decimal BCD
95. Sne uonisog 9 2 4 911d BS Jeu isod 10jejn6e1 uonisod ay ejeAnoe 1es eq o speeu liq 4d uo Bay sod 2 Y ok 2 epoweiniosqy dino xpujoiseg jeseidxepujorseg 662 Iqu3 xpujosg 091 J01u02 uonisoq ELL 0pz 94 xpulosg HO St Cord D Audisxputosg D HO zi ord deis xpulosg t dn jeMod HO yi Core sia xpurosa 101002 uonisogd 10nu02 A eyixny Cees usod ur z812 usod ul 102190 UONISOd ul uonisod ul snes uonisog OLA te I eer 10113 uohisod 4827 poled uec ou sx JOje1euec aging JUAS Guido SUIG O sug o CISH 1dis zpod esing aug 00K 987 snieis JuAsy r z n sri 6L K orz uq z yM X I wajsAs IS Z YOVEM Uonisod ai ove 3 z yore x mpm 1 Ionuoo uonisoq I I 1604 CSC u s snes vonisog LO KHPA Cee Dun lt e gt t Z pen Sar seu ul Sta 1904 leny uonisod Ald ino u sx euo uj ou sx eeu C082 idis Lioiequsod S
96. Stat 36 Intg Hold 0 Reserved 37 Srlss ZeroVVe 1 Reserved 38 GainParLim 2 Rate Limit 39 P GainParLim 3 RtLim Stat 40 Srvlek ParLm 4 PGain Max 41 AntiBkup PLm b GnMxLimStat 42 Droop ParLim 6 Damping 43 Pos Lim Stat 7 Dmp Lim Stat 44 Neg Lim Stat 8 Reserved 45 Limiter Out 9 Srls KpMxBVV 46 Active Pgain 20 Srls BWLimit 47 Active oam 21 SrisinrtMxBW 48 Reserved 22 SrlsBWSelect 49 Reserved 23 915 BW Calc 50 Reserved 24 Snsr BW Calc 51 Reserved 25 Reserved 52 Reserved 26 Reserved 53 Reserved 109 Spd Req TP Data Default 10 0000 Displays the data selected by Par 108 Spd Reg TP Sell Min Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 110 Speed TorgueMode x Default 11 Speed Reg elects the source for the drive torque reference me _ z Note Values 7 amp 8 were added for firmware version 3 001 Options I RA 2 E 2 Torque Ref 7 SLAT Minimum 3 in Spd Trq 8 SLAT Maximum 4 Max Spd Trq 111 Torque Ref1 Default 0 0000 v RW Rea Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is divided by the value Min Max 2200000000 0000 in Par 112 Torq Ref1 Div A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 112 Torque Ref1 Div Defau
97. This value is summed with Par 350 Iq Actl Ref before the current limit is applied Scaling is in Units PU per unit motor current 352 15 Actual Lim Default 1 0000 RO Rea Displays the largest allowable stator motor current The range of allowable motor current is 1Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 imited by the maximum drive current Scaling is in per unit motor current Units PU 353 q Actual Lim Default 1 0000 RO Rea Displays the largest allowable torque producing lq motor current The range of allowable lq IMin Max 0 0000 8 0000 motor current is limited by the maximum drive current and is adjusted by the motor flux current Units PU Scaling is in per unit q motor current 354 q Rate Limit Default 1000 0000 v RW Rea Enter the maximum rate of change for Current Reference in per unit current sec Par 90 Spd in Max 5 0000 10000 0000 Reg BW will be limited to 2 3 of this value Units 5 355 Ig Ref Limited Default 10 0000 RO Rea Displays the current reference output of the rate limiter Min Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 356 Mtr Current Lim Default 1 5000 4 RW Sets the largest allowable motor stator current The online maximum value of this parameter is Min Max 0 0000 Calculated Par 2 Motor NP FLA The online minimum value is 105 of the current indicated in Par 488 Units PU Flux Current Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 7 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
98. Units S 1089 Low Limit Default 1 0000 s V RW Rea Sets the lower limit for the MOP output The MOP cannot be decremented below this level in Max 2200000000 0000 0 0000 Units S 1090 Mor Level Real Default 0 0000 RO Rea Actual output value of the MOP as a real number This value is also found in the speed in Max 2200000000 0000 reference selection A value of 1 0 equals base motor speed Units S 1091 MOP Scale Dint Default 1 0000 v RW Rea Set this value for scaling of the Dint MOP output The MOP is calculated and controlled as a in Max 2200000000 0000 Real value MOP Use this scaler to adjust for an integer value Use this parameter to scale the conversion from Par 1090 MOP Level Real to Par 1092 MOP Level Dint Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 135 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 1092 1093 Name Description MOP Level Dint Actual output value of the MOP as a Dint number This value is scaled by Par 1091 MOP Scale DInt Anlg In1LossCnfg Anlg In2LossCnfg Anlg In3LossCnfg Selects drive action when an analog input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1 V or 2 mA The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal is greater than or equal to 1 5 V or 3 mA Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Values Default Min Max Default Option 5 0 0000 2147483648
99. Value 44 HH PwrBdTemp was added for firmware version 2 004 Added values 45 IGBT Options 1 2 Aer CndLoss 46 IGBT SwtLoss and 47 Fwd CndLoss for firmware version 3 003 2 fDelta 26 fFdThres 3 fAbslqCurr 27 fFdSlope 4 foL 28 fFdJunCase 5 m 29 fFdWatts 6 fOL_k 30 fMaxHsDegc 7 fOL g 31 fCslmp 8 fOL intg 32 fCsFItr 9 fCL intg 33 fPwmHz 10 flnvOLClim 34 fElecHz 11 fJuncDegc 35 fModldex 2 fJunTmprMax 36 fBoost 13 f60sPUCur 37 fTotalWatts 14 fe sAmp 38 fHSDegc 5 fasPUCur 39 iAdconv 16 f3sAmp 40 Jct Temp 17 fRatiolnvMtr 41 Jct Imp HiHp 8 fRatioMtrlnv 42 Jct Tmp Fwd 19 iConvertStat 43 HH Loss Intg 20 flgbtThres 44 HH PwrBdTemp 21 flgbtSlope 45 IGBT CndLoss 22 flgbtEnergy 46 IGBT SwtLoss 23 flgbtJuncase 47 Fwd CndLoss 348 Drive OL TP Data Default 0 0000 RO Displays the value selected by Par 347 Drive OL TP Sel in Max 2200000000 0000 350 Ig Actual Ref Default 10 0000 RO Rea Displays the value of motor current reference that is present at the output of the divide by flux Min Max 8 0000 PU calculation Units PU 351 q Ref Trim Default 0 0000 v RW Rea Provides an external source to command trim or offset the internal motor current reference in Max 8 0000 PU
100. Value 824 Local 1 0 Status 852 Dig Out2 Bit 867 BitSvvap 2B Data 809 Anlg In2 Offset 838 Anlg Out2 Se 853 Dig Out2 On Time 868 BitSwap 2B Bit 807 Anlg In2 Value 839 Anlg Out2 Dint 854 Dig Out2 OffTime 869 BitSwap 2 Result 808 Anlg In2 Scale 840 Anlg Out2 Rea 855 Out3 Sel 870 BitSwap 3A Data 810 AI2Filt Gain 841 Anlg Out2 Offset 856 Rly Out3 Data 871 BitSwap 3A Bit 811 Anlg In2 Filt BW 842 Anlg Du Scale 857 Out3 Bit 872 BitSwap 3B Data 806 Anlg In2 Data 843 Anlg Out2 Zero 858 Riy Out3 On Time 873 BitSwap 3B Bit 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg 844 Anlg Out2 Value 859 Riy Out3 OffTime 874 BitSwap 3 Result 815 Anlg In3 Offset 824 Local 1 0 Status 8 5 BitSwap 4A Data 813 Anlg In3 Value 876 BitSwap 4A Bit 814 Anlg In3 Scale 877 BitSwap 4B Data 816 AI3Filt Gain 878 BitSwap 4B Bit 817 Anlg In3 Filt BW 879 BitSwap 4 Result 812 Anlg In3 Data 880 BitSvvap 5A Data 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg 881 BitSwap 5A Bit 882 BitSwap 5B Data 883 BitSwap 5B Bit 884 BitSvvap 5 Result 885 BitSvvap 6A Data 886 BitSwap 6A Bit 887 BitSwap 6B Data 888 BitSwap 6B Bit 889 BitSwap 6 Result 1 The calculation is based on the drive frame size and input voltage Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 33 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Param amp Config Select Switches
101. Vote This p 10 to 1 Resolver0 Cnfg Configures options for the resolver option card port 0 or firmware version 4 001 Values Default 2048 Units PPR e equal to the Heidenhain encoder PPR e g 2048 This value is automatically set Min Max 1 100000 NotEnDat of parameter 266 Heidn Encdr Type is set to 0 False arameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Changed the minimum value from r to the section on Resolver Cable Tuning Tests 2 e 2 zs CC RW n Setting bit 0 Cable Tune enables the cable tuning test resetting the bit to zero disables the test Refe publication PFLEX RMO003 Reference Manual PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase Il Control for more information Bit 1 Tune Param has been disabled e Bi are calcu Significant Bits Used Also the resolution sets a limit on the maximum tracking speed see Table 268C Resolution and Resolver Tracking Speed Setting bit 4 Energize energizes the resolver resetting the bit to zero de energizes the resolver e Bit 5 Resolver Dir determines counting direction If clear direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down e Bi bi sample the speed calculation e Bits 10 effect o PFLEX RMO03 for details Bit 3 0 0 1 1 16 bit 14 bit 12 bit 10 bit 10 bit 12 bit 14 bit 16 bit 2 0 1 0 1 Table 268A Resolution Settings Resolutio
102. XL 1910 Lued yewo eje iuisuei osos rl ob 6 snos zf wf Z Hom jop pom pana prepdn sxy EZ jeuuo4 ejeq AI999H usod Lido 84 winooy kd qpJ wos Kosz gt sod 0100 wnooy 01dO yqP4 Woy Core uonisog Lipou3 uonisoq Q1pou3 winooy Jpou3 woy unooy QJpou3 uo14 00 xu ea 10 16 Lee 00 XL Bea 0 18 io suang 49 1S S gz 3 enea yorsay L uoje uoneisiBeH wold enieA 0 uorisibeg 0 u9je1 uoneusiBeH uio14 g aseg x Keze gt seg nn 18 iu reed yeauog CZE u tuqzis n s N H AUOQ 19 01 00 PIOM XL 10 1S po 0041419 adh 6120 10 XL G 110 widzelesy 1S o IESPA XL 19 Bed 1090 S U AZ 9H 1S si6ey Ld XH 19 sibed Od 1S IEeu utq H AUOO e1ewpieH IS uo 0 00 POM ek k 0041418 adh e1eq JIG no WNW IS 00 xu 8120 10 1S ul vini 0195199119 1S 812d 3A128994 og Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 208 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams 9poIN ZH A un uen sng l Kors gt Ur queuing e Ko epon mouon ser SnielS ZH A 104 U09 ZH A H4 ssed1 Id Jui unejep e jou yur ds s i lt 6 s ld pueg paads dag C 61 99 pis peads dis C G pds 1eseJd gt z p
103. a SynchLink BOF Min Max 0 256 Integer D Error exception event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window 900 PSynehlink Rev Default 0 1 RO 16 bit ndicates the current revision of the local SynchLink Programmable Logic firmware in Max 0 1 999 9 Integer 901 SL System Rev Default 10 001 RO 32 bit ndicates the system revision of the SynchLink network To be compatible on the network all in Max 0 001 999 999 Integer nodes must have the same major revision 902 SL Error Status 903 S Error History ndicates the presence of SynchLink faults This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Bit 0 Sync Loss indicates SynchLink communication has failed after it had been established Bit 1 Rx Loss indicates the receive port is not receiving data and the receive port configuration is set to receive data e Bit 2 Many BOF Err indicates the number of Beginning Of Frame BOF errors exceeds limit set by Par 899 SL BOF Err Limit Bit 3 Many CRC Err indicates the number of Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC errors exceeds limit set by Par 898 SL CRC Err Limit e Bit 4 Pckg Msg Err indicates the received package sequence number has not matched for 1 08 Bit 5 CommForm Err indicates the format of received data does not match the configuration of the receive port Bit 6 Sys Rev Err indicates the system revision in the received data does not match the
104. and Par 171 156 Start Inhibits Indicates which condition is preventing the drive from starting or running e Bit 16 GateShutDovvn is set when the shunt jumper in the 16 15 position on the Main Control board is missing and a Safe Off option board is not present Bit 17 SafeOff Enbl is set when the HW Enable jumper P22 is in the Bypass position on pins 1 amp 3 and the Safe Off option board is present A HW Enable is required when a safe off board is used e Bit 21 Sleep Stop is set when the sleep mode has stopped the drive Bit 22 Sleep Config is set when sleep mode has not been setup correctly Check the sleep wake levels and digital input configuration Note Bit 18 MC Config was added to this parameter for firmware version 2 003 Added bit 20 High BusVolt for firmware version 4 001 Bits 21 and 22 were added for firmware version 5 002 Options Motin Shtdwn Digln Config Bus PreChrg Encoder PPR e Ol og GateShutDovvn O Start Sleep Config Sleep Stop High BusVolt PositFdbkSel PM Mtr Fdbk Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved MC Config SafeOff Enbl Default x X X 0 Fal Bit 131 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 10 Vale gt 9 Flash Upgrd 9 Power EE 91 gt Power Loss 5 S SW I Lim Stp S SW Coast Stp S SW Ramp Stop 9 No Enable l Se ni Xx N gt RO gt n l c
105. as Options 0 Ignore detected by the drive Ha Alarm e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Fit RampStop this event occurs 4 FltCurLimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 388 Lux Closed Cnfg Default 12 FltCoastStop 777 to configure the drive s response to the controller closing the Controller to Drive Options 0 Ignore e Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Ce D Late e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Flt Ram
106. can change will be highlighted Press Enter to save the value If you want to cancel a change press Esc Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the parameters in the group or press Esc to return to the group list Numeric Keypad Shortcut Key s 6 e 9 6 Example Displays GBP File Monitor Motor Control Dynamic Control FP Group Monitoring Drive Config FG Parameter Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA Motor NP Hertz FGP Motor Par 2 P FLA UO Amps ALT VIEW gt Limits FGP Par 2 1 500 Amps ALT VIEW gt Limits If using a HIM with a numeric keypad press the ALT key and the key to access the parameter by typing its number Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 HIM Overview Appendix A Parameter Links Most parameter values are entered directly by the user However certain parameters can be linked so the value of one parameter becomes the value of another For Example the value of an analog input can be linked to Accel Time 1 Rather than entering an acceleration time directly via HIM the link allows the value to change by varying the analog signal This can provide additional flexibility for advanced applications Each link has 2 components Source parameter sender of information Destination parameter receiver of information Most para
107. counts Par 233 bits 4 amp 11 The drive cannot precharge because a precharge input is Reprogram the input or close the precharge control contact programmed and no signal is present 12 Start input configured but stop not configured Program Par 825 830 to include a stop button rewire the drive E Run input configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to 0 2 wire control Start input configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to 1 3 wire control gt Multiple inputs configured as Start or Run Reprogram Par 825 830 so multiple starts multiple runs or any S combination do not exist Multiple inputs configured as Jog1 Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Jog1 Multiple inputs configured as Jog2 Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Jog2 Multiple inputs configured as Fwd Rev Reprogram Par 825 830 so only 1 is set to Fwd Rev 14 Invalid Feedback Device for Permanent Magnet Motor Control Set Par 222 to Value 5 FB Opt Port Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 19 Chapter 1 Notes 20 Drive Start Up Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters This chapter provides a complete listing of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II drive parameters The parameters can be programmed viewed edited using a Human Interface Module HIM Refer to HIM Overview on page 165 for information on using
108. e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Sft OvrTrviCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a positive software positioning ove condition e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Sft OvrTrviCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a negative software positioning over travel condition e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this
109. event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Hrd OvrTrviCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a positive hardware positioning over travel condition e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Hrd OvrirvICnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a negative hardware positioning over travel condition e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Ft RampStop configures the drive to
110. i ek Ces D dooig Bey pds d m oL poyy nbio i p ds L 4 Joy enbio pee Joy p ds Cis puewwog 21607 xiBo3eAuq Wo Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 d4 oe 9 1815 91607 410 peeds 9 1euuo4 uuo x61 009 xibodeAug OL J04u02 ga 212 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams 9 eyequebayu pauyaques xod OL s eyequabayu pauyaques xibo1eAug OL r eyeqiabayu pauyeques xibo1eAug OL g eyeqiabayu pauyaques xibo1eAug OL z xibo1eAug OL i elequeB luIp uij qi sn xibo1eAug OL 0 xibo1eAug OL s eyeqreaypeuyequesn xi6oT Audq OL y e eqieeupeugequesn xi6oT Audq OL e e reqieeupeugeqiesn xod OL g ereqreeypeuyequesn Kibojanug OL L ereqreaypeuyequesn xod OL 0 ereqieeupeugequesn xi amp o1eAug OL ejeque amp eiupeuueqiesq xi65oT Audq Wo4 eyeqs b lulp uy ql sn xiBo1eAuq Wo4 eyeque amp Beiujpeuyegiest xog uo44 ejegieBeiu peugegiest 1 Wol4 5 1 xiBo3eAuq uo44 eyequabayu peuyaquesy xiBo1eAug wo ejeqieeupeuyegiest xibo1eAuqg wo ejegieeupeuyegiest xi o1eAug Wo4 ejeqieeupeuregqiest xibo3eAuq uo14 eyeqreaypeuyaqies xibo3eAuqg Wo4 ejeqieeupeuuegiest xibo3eAuqg uo14 ejegqieeupeuyegiest xi807 ALQ Wol4 ejegieeupeuregiest xibo1eAug uo14 6 1 xi o3eAug Wo4 ejegieeupeuyegiest x
111. in malfunction of the system ATTENTION This drive contains ESD Electrostatic Discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing drive assemblies Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage publication 8000 4 5 2 or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION A contactor or other device that routinely disconnects and ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as under sizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or reapplies the AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive hardware damage The drive is designed to use control input signals that will start and stop the motor If an input device is used operation must not exceed one cycle per minute or drive damage will occur Class 1 LED Product transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical A radiation Do not look into module ports or fiber optic cable connectors Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 1 Preface Notes 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Drive Sta
112. input before it is converted to floating point 925 SLMult B In Default 1 0000 V RW Real The B Multiplier Input This must be a floating point real value The SynchLink Multiply Min Max 0 25000 2 0000 function takes this input after it is converted to integer 926 SL Mult Out Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output of the SynchLink Multiply function as a floating point real value The value Min Max 0 0000 65535 0000 is the result of the formula Par 924 SL Mult A In source integer x Par 925 SL Mult B In Par 923 SL Mult Base or Par 924 SL Mult A In x Par 925 SL Mult B In Note The SynchLink Multiply function produces an output that is always positive 927 SL Mult State Displays the status of the SynchLink Multiply function e Bit 0 Local Ovflow indicates a math overflow due to local multiply e Bit 1 Rx Ovflow indicates a math overflow in received data e Bit 3 Ftol Ovflow indicates a math overflow in the real to integer conversion function Options 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o eleis e e e E PE giziZiZ Z giz 2 2 e z k c 6 2 2 o o o So o Qo 9 Q S QO So Q S O 9 S Qo 9 o So Qo S Q O PE E LEES CE E L 162 JEE JOE TEE EES EE EE JEE JEE Se Se ae ae LE 22 OC 22 162 122 22 Se Se ae ee Default x x x x x x x x x x x xxx x x fx x x x x x K x x x ix x j0 x ge False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
113. installed For Information on See Page External and Internal Connections 165 LCD Display Elements 166 Human Interface Module HIM Key Functions 166 ALT Functions 167 Access the Start Up Routine 167 Menu Structure 168 View and Edit Parameters 170 Parameter Links TH Remove Install the HIM 122 The PowerFlex 700S provides a cable connection for a hand held HIM or Port Expander Splitter Frame 1 shown YS Eej Weg 12 24 THRD CH c CCP o 142424 A KOR AA EE DOD I Connector Description Q DPI Port 1 HIM connection when installed in cover DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options DPI Port 3 or 2 Splitter cable connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 165 Appendix A HIM Overview LCD Display Elements Human Interface Module HIM Key Functions 166 Display Description F Pover Loss Auto Direction Drive Status Alarm Auto Man Information RPM Commanded or Output Speed Main Menu Diagnostics Parameter Device select Programming Monitori A o lt Description Exit a menu cancel a change to a parameter value or acknowledge a fault a
114. is Par 574 Trend In2 Diet Setting bit 3 In3 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 3 The source for Real data is Par 579 Trend In3 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 578 Trend In3 Diet Setting bit 4 In4 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 4 The source for Real data is Par 583 Trend nd Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 582 Trend In4 Dintl e Setting bit 15 Auto Output causes the trend output parameters to automatically cycle through the entire trend buffer at the rate specified in Par 559 Trend Rate Typically you link the output to an analog output for display on an oscilloscope Auto output is accomplished by writing to Par 569 TrendBuffPointer Clearing this bit requires manual selection of Par 569 TrendBuffPointer to view the trend buffer contents Options S 5 se ses reosesi eyle ms 9816 s 2161 S z e e 12 S s s e s o ee eee S es S az 229 e se ft ise s S s ses lt Default x x x x x x x x x x 0 J0 JO jO 40 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 54 3 2 1 0 1 True 557 Trend Status Bits indicate the status of the Data Trend function Bit 1 Triggered indicates a Trend Trigger event has been detected This bit will clear in response to the rise of Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect Bit 2 Complete indica
115. is also referred to as the crossover frequency Small integral time response is Units rad s approximately 1 BW and is the time to reach 63 of set point A change to this parameter will cause an automatic update of Par 104 Srlss Spd Reg Kp and Par 105 Srlss Spd Reg Ki To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to zero 107 Slip RPM Meter Default 10 0 RO 16 bit Displays the present amount of adjustment being applied as slip compensation in Max 3000 0 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units rpm Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 4 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values 108 Spd Reg TP Sel RR Default 10 Zero nter or write a value to select Speed Regulator data displayed in Par 1 pd Reg atal ne In Zerg Note The values for options 10 amp 11 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options Lech BW ch e 2 Reserved 29 Spd ServLock 3 PGain Max BW 30 Prop Output 4 BW Limit 31 Intg Input 5 InertiaMaxBW 32 Scld Int Pre 6 BW Lim Stat 33 Sel Int Pre 7 2 BW Select 34 Droop Output 8 Totl Inertia 35 Out Lim Stat 9 TI
116. is set the timer is enabled Bit 1 Timer Timing when this bit is set the timer is running Bit 2 Timer Done when this bit is set the timer is done Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options o Flg s lalalalala 5 g s 12 121212121212122 2 2121 12 1612 o o e o o e o o o o o o o o o i22 22 2f P EE Default x x x x x x x x x x Ix x 0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True 1120 Home Accel Time Default 10 00 v JRW Real Acceleration rate when Homing in Max 0 01 6553 50 D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units s 1121 Home Decel Time Default 10 00 V JRW Real Deceleration rate when Homing 1 0 01 6553 50 D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 5 1122 Home Speed Default 0 005 V RW Deal Speed reference used when Homing in Max 8 000 D Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed Units rpm from 0 000 to 0 005 for firmware version 4 001 1123 Home Position Default 10 v RW 32 bit User defined Home position After the Homing function is completed the following parameters Min Max 2147483648 Integer D are updated with the value of Par 1123 Par 744 PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Actl Load Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was activated f
117. mli lg o o o o o o o o o o ele ee e e Pe ze giziziz 2 Z o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Pu 8 8 8 Default x x x x x x x x x x x x JO 10 x 10 0 False Bit 15 14 13 122111 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 1 True SO f SynchLink data This d h efines the node s communication format for receiving SynchLink data This determines the P A number of axis data direct data and buffered data words received Configure the format by Value Axis A Direct D Buffered B using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software Options 0 0 0 0 Option 14 can be used to allow the drive to receive position data that can be used as a 6 1 2 4 position reference Notes Options 6 and 16 were added for firmware version 2 004 Option 14 was added and this 7 0 2 18 parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 9 0 4 8 14 1 3 14 16 1 4 4 17 0 4 18 906 51 DirectSel0 Default 0 No Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 0 of direct received data Configure Options 0 No Data 14 Reserved Qo he selection by using the Peer Communication window h Sb Multiply 15 Reserved 907 5 DirectSel1 2 Event PO 16 Reserved Determines the destination for the data received at word 1 of direct received data Configure 3 Event P1 17 Reserved 8 he selection by using the Peer Communication window 4 Rese
118. n Scale x 100 489 Hx CurFdbk Id Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays flux producing d axis current feedback Min Max 8 0000 PU D Units PU 490 Statorlnductance Default 100 0 RW 16 bit Displays the sum of the stator and cable inductances of the motor in per unit percent Min Max 0 00 799 99 nteger representation as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor Units impedance Do not change this value Scale 00 4096 D Note the default value was changed from 8192 to 4096 for firmware version 3 001 491 StatorResistance Default 1 00 RW 16 bit Displays the sum of the stator and cable resistances of the motor in per unit percent Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer representation as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor Units n impedance Do not change this value Scale 00 8192 492 LeakInductance Default 20 00 RW 16 bit Displays the sum of the motor stator and rotor leak inductance and motor cable inductances Min Max 0 00 100 00 Integer d b in per unit percent representation as determined by the auto tune procedure Scaled to Units m percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this value Scale 100 8192 493 HLeak Indc Satur1 Default 100 00 RW 16 bit Displays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by the Min Max 25 00 100 00 Integer autotune procedure Units 494 Leak Indc Satur2 Default 100 00 RW 16 bit
119. negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1069 Logic 2B Data Default V RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the second input to Logic Block 2 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 1070 Logic 2B Bit Default RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1069 Logic 2B Data for the second input to Logic Block 2 Min Max 31 32 nteger Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1071 Compare 1A Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets input A for the Compare 1 function The compare function allows the user to compare two Min Max 2200000000 0000 values The results of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are A lt B A B 1072 Compare 1B Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets input B for the Compare 1 The compare functions allow the user to compare two values IMin Max 2200000000 0000 The results of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are A B A B 1073 Compare 2A Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets input A for the Compare 2 The compare functions allow the user to compare two values Min Max 2200000000 0000 The results of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are A B A gt B 1074 Compare 2B Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets input B for the Compare 2 The compare functions allow the user to compare two values in Max 2200000000 0000 The res
120. our times 4x the Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each full revolution of he encoder shaft Used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL to close the position loop if position control is selected 231 Encdr0 Spd Fdbk Default 0 0000 R Real Displays the speed feedback from encoder 0 Calculated from the change of Par 230 Encdr Min Max 14112 0000 Position and Par 232 Encodert PPR Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 232 Encoder0 PPR Default 11024 RW 16 bit Sets the pulse per revolution rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 0 input Min Max 10 20000 Integer This parameter must be set to one of the values displayed in bold in Table 232A below Units PPR Table 232A PPR Rating Values n 27 x mod75 mod125 mod 225 mod375 mod625 mod1125 0 1 75 125 225 375 625 1125 1 150 250 450 750 1250 2250 2 300 500 900 1500 2500 4500 3 600 1000 1800 3000 5000 9000 4 16 1200 2000 3600 6000 10000 18000 5 3 2400 4000 7200 12000 20000 6 16 7 128 8 1256 9 512 10 11024 11 2048 12 14096 13 188192 14 116384 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 233 Name Description Encdr 0 1 Config Read Write Data Type SE the configuration options for the encoder 0 and encoder 1 e Bits 0 Enc
121. parameter settings and functions of this drive and programmable controllers for PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives with DriveLogix All the recommended documentation listed in this section is available online at www rockwellautomation com literature The following publications provide general drive information Title Publication Wiring and Grounding for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives DRIVES INO01 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid SGI 1 1 State Control A Global Reference Guide for Reading Schematic Diagrams 100 2 10 Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage 8000 4 5 2 The following publications provide detailed PowerFlex 700S Phase II drive information Title Publication PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drive Frames 1 6 Installation Instructions 20D IN024 PowerFlex 7005 Phase Reference Manual PFLEX RM003 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 9 Preface Obtaining Manuals 10 The following publications provide specific PowerFlex 700S drive features information Title Publication Stegmann Feedback Option for PowerFlex 7005 Drives Installation Instructions 1 20D IN001 Resolver Feedback Option for PowerFlex 700S Drives Installation Instructions 20D IN002 Multi Device Interface for PowerFlex 700S Drives Installation Instructions 20D IN004 Second Encoder Option for PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase H Control 20D IN009 Insta
122. perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 385 Lux CommLossData 1 Last State Enter a value to configure what the drive does with the data received from the DriveLogix 0 Zero Data controller when the connection is closed or times out 1 Last State 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero e 1 Last State Holds data in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 385 Lgx CommLossData lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 386 Lux OutOfRunCnfg Default 12 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the DriveLogix processor being in a Non Run qntigne 0 Options 0 Ignore mode Non Run modes include Program Re
123. perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Position ErrCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a position error condition e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Rated Amps Current rating of the inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up Notes The maximum value was changed for firmware version 2 003 The maximum value was changed from 2500 0000 to 3000 0000 for firmware version 4 002 travel Values Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Min Max Units Data Type CoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Alarm gnore Alarm FitCoastStop Flt Ra
124. pueululo2 2 172 indino soq ddd ra s s eg lJO1d See sz indino pds dilda Zrt i gt O9 OL sod ddd Pp LL I 1 I 1 0 D 9plH 14940 dildd I I i a Qerb Qu PWD p re s ddd I WA pds we dildd WA pds p 4 ddd Ges esneg 103002 ddd Z xseL uz pik 1340 lonuo dilda Jeuue qd uolloN luloq 01 JUIOY lolluo2 UONISOY u3 Buijeos 1033002 ddd Nd AQ 504 ddd INW Sod diNdd PUBWWOD 504 dWdd 203 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C lesged 11d 61 4 uleq 174 81 4 b s 41 714 2124 sluloq 199 indino Tid z2 zL maui yaa Ta Suondo tonuoo indino Tid Cosi Le Ceci 3 indul Tid duo emieu ppv b l eau ging soq Tid 66 5 apyino isod Tid 264 mosoq Tid 192 apy inopeeds Tid S64 gt mo Tid K ez D jeg uonisod 114 d pioo1eseug UNJ M4 ulpiwpueg 174 i Ix Baz b k pds va Tid Ma Tid CD 10u09 TId 1 dWoOv Des lt 10u09 Tid L se WA ajeospds 1x3 Tid lonuoO Td doo7 p y207 eseud Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 204 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams oegu lul xurquou As lt god pueg uondo ureuuepieH pueo uondo uteuu pi H D uuoo2 J lseN PENYA L HO3 01q0001 d uofpunj 1es
125. respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures Pb P IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Allen Bradley DPI DriveExecutive DriveExplorer PowerFlex Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation SCANport and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Summary of Ch
126. s No Description Values 5828 1146 PPMP TP DataDint Default 10 0 RO 32 bit Test point integer data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 1145 PPMP TP Min Max 2147483648 0 nteger Select is integer data Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1147 PPMP TP DataReal efault 0 0 RO Real Test point real data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 1145 PPMP TP Select Min Max 2200000000 0 is not integer data Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1150 Dint2Real2 In Default 10 V RVV 32 bit nput value for a second Dint to Real value conversion in Max 2147483648 0 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1151 Dint2Real2 Scale Default 0 0 V RW Real Input value to scale the second conversion from Dlnt to Real This is a multiplication to the in Max 2200000000 0 input value after conversion to a Real value Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1152 Dint2Real2Result Default 10 0 RO Real This is the resultant output of the second conversion form a DInt value to a Real value after in Max 2200000000 0 scaling Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Default 0 0 v RW 32 bit Virtual Master position reference for the Heidenhain option card This value is used by the in Max 2147483648 0 Integer Virtual Master function as a position reference This parameter
127. terminal and the chassis and between the DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements ATTENTION Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage exists when using bipolar input sources Noise and drift in sensitive input circuits can cause unpredictable changes in motor speed and direction Use speed command parameters to help reduce input source sensitivity ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists DPI or SCANport host products must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables Unpredictable behavior can result if two or more devices are connected in this manner ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg let you determine the action of the drive in response to operating anomalies Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of the parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 383 SL CommLoss Data 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg let you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted You can set the parameters so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of the parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Preface Product Safety excessive surrounding air temperatures may result
128. that have been configured as fault conditions These events are from Par 322 Exception Event3 e Bit 11 HH HW Ver is sed to indicate a High Horsepower hardware version fault e Bit 12 HH CurUnblInc is used to indicate a High Horsepower output current unbalanced fault e Bit 13 HH VitUnb nc is used to indicate a High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault e Bit 29 Anlgin1 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 1 loss fault e Bit 30 Anlgln2 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 2 loss fault e Bit 31 Anlgln3 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 3 loss fault Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 21 to Drive Homing and bit 28 to 12v Pwr for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 NonCnfgAlarm was added for firmware version 3 004 Options E E E elelelElE 3 uu em glelel s zzz SIS S SIZIMISIZ s EE sz 5 Sl le ce ek s Sla H F Z Z 5 S S 8 SSIES EEE ss sas SS SZ X 12 515155 221514 sss s s sis s s z s lz SiS 412 le la S E 66 ja in miz x bz s 12 17 12 2 Z S Z x o Z Z Z Z z Default 0 0 0 0 x x x x 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 00010 l0 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 1211 109 8
129. the motor 11 Spd Bett Divide Default 1 0000 4 RW Rea Par 10 Speed Ref 1 is divided by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 10 Speed Ref 1 12 Speed Ref 2 Default 0 0000 v RVVRea Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel or Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor 13 Spd Ref2 Multi Default 1 000 vd RW Rea Par 12 Speed Ref 2 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 12 Speed Ref 2 14 Preset Speed 1 Default 0 0000 4 RW Real through through in Max 8 0000 PU 20 Preset Speed 7 Units pm Provides an internal fixed speed command value The preset speeds may be selected with Par Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 27 Speed Ref A Sell or Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel 21 Speed Trim 1 Default 0 0000 4 RW Rea Provides an additive trim value to Par 38 Speed Ref Scale Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 22 Speed Trim 2 Default 0 0000 4 RW Rea Provides an additive speed trim value to Par 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 with a Lead Lag filter The Min Max 14112 0000 Position regulator output is linked to this parameter by default This speed trim value affects the Units pm speed reference input to the speed regulator Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 23 Speed Tri
130. this value Used only in FOC modes 440 Vds Min Default 1246 RW 16 bi Displays the minimum flux producing d axis voltage required for motor control adaptation Min Max 32767 Intege D Adaptation is disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value 441 Vds Fdbk Filt Default 10 RO 116 bi D Displays measured filtered motor flux producing d axis voltage Min Max 32767 Intege 442 Fdbk Filt Default 0 RO 116 bi A Displays measured filtered motor torque producing q axis voltage Min Max 32767 Intege 88 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 o E Name S s No Description Values 588 443 Flux Reg P Gain1 Default 150 RW 16 bit A Sets the Proportional P gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 nteger 444 Flux Reg I Gain Default 350 RW 16 bit n Sets the Va 1 gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Min Max 10 32767 nteger 445 Slip Gain Max Default 1300 RW 16 bit Displays the maximum slip frequency allowed in the motor control The scaling is in hertz x Min Max 100 10000 nteger D 256 This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units 446 Slip Gain Mi
131. turns command input from the Motion Planner to the Servo Axis when Min Max 32767 nteger configured in rotary mode 707 SrvoAxis RotFdbk Default 0 RO 132 bi Position feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo Axis when configured in rotary Min Max 0 4294967295 nteger mode 708 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk Default 0 RO 116 bi n Position unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo Axis when configured in Min Max 32767 nteger rotary mode ech 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 E Name S s No Description Values 5828 709 FdbkAxis RotFdbk Default 0 RO 32 bit Positon feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only Axis when configured in Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer rotary mode 710 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk Default 0 RO 16 bit Position unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only Axis when Min Max 32767 Integer D configured in rotary mode 711 MotnCnfgErrParam Default 0 RO 16 bit Identifies a parameter that is not configured properly for a motion connection to be accepted Min Max 0 65535 Integer The parameter identified could either have a wrong value or an incorrect link When bit 0 Config OK of Par 690 Motn Cnct Status is set then this
132. value of Par 900 SynchLink Rev Bit 7 Mult TKeeper indicates more than one node on the SynchLink system is configured as a time keeper Options E z 5 080 6121 12 12 5 m 2 ez E e e e e e e e gt S sS 3 Ss SlisilelelVlsisisie SIP SIP S Z AIS gt gt Z Default x x x x x x x x 0 00 0 0 JO 0 O 0 0 F False Bit 15 14 131211109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True 128 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 o s No Description 904 51 Node Cnfg Set bits to configure the SynchLink node e Setting bit 0 Time Keeper configures the local node as the Time Master Setting bit 2 Sync Now configures the node to synchronize with the Time Master immediately 1 2S per node on power up or recovery If you do not set bit 2 the node will stay in the fast mode taking up to 36S per node to synchronize on power up or recovery e Setting bit 3 Reset SL resets SynchLink This can be used to reset SynchLink after a configuration change instead of cycling the drive s power Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Options s c li l l l l l l
133. x x x x x 1 0 1 0 x x 0 00 1171001010 00 1 J0 1 1 0 J0 x x x 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4132 1 0 1 True 511 2 Mode Config Configures Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 operation Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result o 2 Options m 2 E E xi kmimi ocrlmo Siola ooo ooo ocio ocioiooi cioiloiloioilolo o o simcemidue sm e ele z e ze z me mim c e sie e e e e S S S Z 1918 e S S 019181919 np e S 9 9 9 e e 2 S S 9 9 9 EE o lx FE lolo iioo oo oo o o oo o o oo oo ao o 1 oo 050000000095 I 12 C ac ac I nc nc m cc SC CA Te cc Im cC C C Default 0 0 x O 1 x x X X x x x x x X X x x X x X x 1 Xx x x x X x x x Fal False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 1 Tue 512 PMag Mode Config Configures Permanent Magnet PM operation Gen Bit 0 PM Cogging when set enables torque ripple compensation Bit 9 ReflVVaveComp when set Reflected Wave Correction is enabled Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 9 for firmware ver
134. ziz z ISIE BIS H et el Sle ESS 5 s sie esse fr EEEE 8 AAE 2 8 E E IZ E s g 2 82 82 amp E 22 2 99295 amp ls 25256 ZZzg285 2 elie Z E lt x lt x lt x lt amp S 1H Ble 2 2 lt lt x lt x lt ZS S S e Default x x 0 0 JO O JO x x x on 0 1 0 JO JO JO JO JO 0 1 0011010101 x Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 l1 laue 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 o s No Description 741 Position Status Indicates status of position control algorithms e Bit 0 X IGain LLim indicates the position integrator is at the low limit Bit 1 X IGain HLim indicates the position integrator is at the high limit e Bit 2 X Spd LLim indicates the position regulator output at the low limit e Bit 3 X Spd Hlim indicates the position regulator output is at the high limit e Bit 4 PtPtRRef Act TBD Bit 5 XOffRRef Act TBD e Bit 7 Regulator On indicates position regulator is active Bit 8 Posit VVatch1 indicates Position Watch 1 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from t
135. zu E RW ala gsl ile zl 65214 5151555 222 Lol 5 14 s e siz g se e gsl e s Z E S s ss l e g zs iolz S lt e 5 Sioje 2 l l iiz S s S XS ES la o e s e s lt ge 8 z 9g9 ol e co o couwG 1215 g 9 E 9 5 5 1 5 c le l e la t els elle o s 3 SIE e lz z F Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 jO 0 000 00 0 0 0 1 rFalse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 9 2 1 0 l lue Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 69 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 26 Name Sge No Description Values 2882 305 Mtr T q Curr Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the torque current reference present at the output of the current rate limiter 100 is Min Max 8 0000 PU equal to 1 per unit P U rated motor torque Units PU 306 Bus Voltage Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays measured bus voltage in Max 0 0000 1170 0000 Note The maximum value was increased from 1000 0000 to 1170 0000 for firmware version Units V 3 001 307 Output Voltage Default 10 00 RO Rea Displays RMS line to line fundamental motor voltage This data is averaged and updated every Min Max 0 00 3000 00 50 milliseconds Units V 38 Output Current Default 10 0
136. 0 5000 9000 4 16 1200 2000 3600 6000 10000 18000 5 132 2400 4000 7200 12000 20000 6 164 7 128 8 1256 9 512 10 11024 11 12048 12 14096 13 8192 14 116384 Spd Fdbk TP Sel Enter or write a value to select the data displayed in Par 246 Spd Fdbk TP RPM and Par 247 Spd Fdbk TP Data Note Option values 5 15 were changed to Reserved and option 41 First Diff was added for firmware version 2 004 Spd Fdbk TP RPM Displays the value selected in Par 245 Spd Fdbk TP Sel in rpm This display should only be used if the selected value is floating point data Spd Fdbk TP Data Displays the value selected in Par 245 Spd Fdbk TP Sel This display should only be used if the selected value is integer data Fdbk Option ID Displays information about the Feedback Option Bits 15 11 indicate Module ID Number Bits 10 6 indicate Version Number Bits 5 3 indicate Revision Number High Bits 2 0 indicate Revision Number Low Hexadecimal 1000 indicates resolver hexadecimal 2000 indicates old high resolution board and hexadecimal 2040 indicates new high resolution board FB Opt0 Posit Values Default 1024 Min Max 10 20000 Units PPR Default 0 Zero Options 0 Zero 1 Clock Time 2 nactvFbkDev 3 ActiveFbkDev 4 MCP Fibk Dev 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4
137. 0 8 84 3 18 60 4000 MPM A2152F 1240 33 7 133 3 2000 5 20 8 89 0 27 00 4000 MPM A2153F 1240 32 8 133 3 2000 5 80 8 85 2 34 00 4600 MPM A2154C 1240 24 8 116 7 1750 6 50 8 89 8 55 00 2000 MPM A2154E 1240 29 6 133 3 2000 7 00 8 90 7 44 00 2650 MPM B1151F 1480 1 5 266 7 4000 0 75 8 7 0 2 18 5000 MPM B1151T 1480 3 1 333 3 5000 0 90 8 14 5 2 18 7000 MPM B1152C 1480 2 3 166 7 2500 1 20 8 8 8 2 18 3000 MPM B1152F 1480 2 9 266 7 4000 1 40 8 15 5 4 74 5200 MPM B1152T 1480 5 2 266 7 4000 1 40 8 26 8 4 74 7000 MPM B1153E 1480 2 7 200 0 3000 1 40 8 15 3 6 55 3500 MPM B1153F 1480 3 2 266 7 4000 1 45 8 22 6 6 55 5500 MPM B1153T 1480 5 5 266 7 4000 1 45 8 39 2 6 55 7000 MPM B1302F 1480 3 4 266 7 4000 1 65 8 15 6 5 99 4500 MPM B1302M 1480 5 0 266 7 4000 1 65 8 22 6 5 99 6000 MPM B1302T 1480 6 6 266 7 4000 1 65 8 30 7 5 99 7000 MPM B1304C 1480 3 4 183 3 2750 2 00 8 15 8 10 20 2750 MPM B1304E 1480 4 1 166 7 2500 2 20 8 24 2 10 20 4000 MPM B1304M 1480 73 233 3 3500 2 20 8 42 9 10 20 6000 MPM B1651C 1480 47 200 0 3000 2 50 8 20 6 0 70 3500 MPM B1651F 1480 8 2 200 0 3000 2 50 8 36 0 10 70 5000 MPM B1651M 1480 10 9 200 0 3000 2 50 8 40 2 0 70 5000 MPM B1652C 1480 7 0 166 7 2500 3 80 8 23 8 6 00 2500 MPM B1652E 1480 8 0 233 3 3500 4 30 8 42 8 9 40 3500 MPM B1652F 1480 11 0 233 3 3500 4 30 8 59 5 9 40 4500 MPM B1653C 1480 10 5 133 3 2000 4 60 8 41 9 26 80 2500 MPM B1653E 1480 10 2 200 0 3000 5 10 8 51 6 26 80 3500 MPM B1653F 1480 13 2 200 0 3000 5 10 8 66 7 26 80 4000 Rockw
138. 0 Kzo01 s 1dw9 21607 gz yz jieduoo g lt v 4dw9 g adwog Vi g gt v 1dw0 eme 1dw9 21601 unsay angppy t Croll indui qnsppy G Co 1onqns c ansppy H qnsppv unsey z angppy o0 D indui z angppy 1onqns qnsppv qnsppv indu angppy unsey ansppy YSE1 suoijoun J8sf 0401 wa gz 91607 JOXN ox ON O unseu z 91607 puey puy unsey 1 31607 9JeIS 1dw9 91607 ns k L IGInIN 0501 eros wiagieey Ul 1ulqele k ns ki lulaele ki opos x HCD eros zieeuziuia Io 2100 venuoy FCL ul ziesuziuiq unsoy zleeyziuid le5S x eror eles iLeaHaiuld Ie u 1ulq Venue ul LIeegziuia inseg LUpo eu indino jeed MS uO jeu MS so KoD HO YAMS 13S 1ndinO 1 wid MS CD uo 1 310 MS HO YAMS res x SL ul u9WsSIeS c k vL ul u9WSI9S c k EL Ul ups ea ZL ul u9WsSIleS c k LL Ul u9Wwsl s c n OL ul u9Wsl S c k 60 Ul u91wsl s c k 80 ul YOMS eS jeou 10 ul u9WsSI9S c k 90 ul uoles po S0 ul u9WsSIeS c k YO ul YOMS IES c k 0 Ul uowsies x 2041 u9wsi es c 10 u u9Wsl s jeou 00 ul yoWsies to KoD mo ums ies 000 v I8 ZZ0Ld HO 6195 pl sn UG ZZ0Ld HO 2195 uegiesn Z201d HO H S uegies 22014 HO 0195 4 220L d ul reu amp iq 9 qe1 IonuoO 10398010S 2601 1ejeuueg UHA uonouni
139. 0 RO Rea Displays measured RMS motor current in Max 0 00 10000 00 Units A 309 Yo Motor Flux Default 10 0 RO 116 bit Displays the motor flux in of nominal in Max 0 0 100 0 nteger Units Scale 100 4096 310 Output Freq Default 10 00 RO Real Displays the motor stator frequency in Max 250 00 nits Hz 311 Output Power Default 10 00 RO Real Motor Power is the calculated product of the torque reference and motor speed feedback A in Max 9999 00 125ms filter is applied to this result Positive values indicate motoring power negative values Units Hp indicate regenerative power Note The units were changed from kW to Hp for firmware version 2 003 312 MotorFluxCurr Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the measured per unit motor flux producing current in Max 0 0000 1 0000 Units PU 313 Heatsink Temp Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the measured temperature of the drive s heatsink in Max 30 0000 200 0000 Units PG 314 VPL Firmware Rev Default 1 003 RO 16 bit Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Velocity Position Loop VPL software Min Max 0 001 99 999 Integer Notes The default value was changed from 1 11 to 2 003 for firmware version 2 003 The Scale 000 default value was changed from 2 003 to 3 001 for firmware version 3 001 Changed all values to three decimal places for firmware version 4 001 315 VPL Build Number Default 11 RO 116 bit Displays the build number of the drive s V
140. 00 of the rated flux current at 1 PU of qs command when the Vos regulator is off and Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 Ids Comp En 1 No Ids command compensation will be applied when Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 0 Notes Refer to Ids Compensation Coefficient Set Up in the PowerFlex 7005 with Phase Il Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMOOS for more information This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 461 Slip pReg Off Iq qs Default 200 RW 16 bit Defines the torque producing current 105 reference level below which the slip regulator Min Max 32767 Integer turns off when the slip regulator turn off point is defined as Par 461 10 5 96 of the rated 145 reference The slip regulator turn on point is defined as 461 10 10 96 of the rated 105 reference with the condition of the Vos regulator is turned on Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 c Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 8 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters m 22 Name S s No Description Values 5882 VqsReg 0ff Fre Defines the output level below which the Vos regulator turns off when the Vos regulator turn off point is defined as Par 462 10 96 of the rated motor frequency The Vos regulator turn on point is defined as Par 462 10 2 of the rated motor frequency Default Min
141. 000 0000 841 Anlg Out2 Offset Default 10 0000 V RW Real Provides an offset for Analog Output 2 before the scaling and limit blocks in the Analog Output Min Max 2200000000 0000 2 function This parameter value is summed with either Par 839 Anlg Out2 Dint or Par 840 Anlg Out2 Real at the beginning of the function 842 Anlg Out2 Scale Default 0 0000 v DW Real Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 2 For example If Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 838 Anlg Out2 Sel is set to 1 Output Freq the output frequency of the drive is 0 60Hz and Units V you enter 6 in this parameter Par 844 Anlg Out2 Value 6Hz per 1V or 0 60Hz Par 839 Anlg Out2 Dint or Par 840 Anlg Out2 Real is multiplied by this number after the limit function Note The turn off point for this parameter has been changed from 0 001 to 0 0001 for firmware version 4 002 843 Anlg Out2 Zero Default 0 0000 V RW Real Applies an offset to the scaled value of Analog Output 2 This parameter is summed with the Min Max 20 0000 output of the scaling block This sum produces Par 844 Anlg Out2 Value Typically this value Units V corresponds to OV for Analog Output 2 844 Anig Out2 Value Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the voltage reference for Analog Output 2 before the digital to analog conversion Min Max 10 0000 Units V 845 Dig Outi cu WEEN meses ME Default 3 Ready identifies the signal u
142. 000 0000 834 Anlg Out Offset Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides an offset for Analog Output 1 before the scaling and limit blocks in the Analog Output Min Max 2200000000 0000 1 function This parameter value is summed with either Par 832 Anlg Out Dint or Par 833 Anlg Out1 Real at the beginning of the function 835 Anlg Outi Scale Default 0 0000 V RW Real Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 1 For example If Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 831 Anlg Out1 Sel is set to 1 Output Freq the output frequency of the drive is 0 60Hz and Units V you enter 6 in this parameter Par 837 Anlg Out Value 6Hz per 1V or 60Hz Par 832 Anlg Our Dint or Par 833 Anlg Out Real is multiplied by this number after the limit function Note The turn off point for this parameter has been changed from 0 001 to 0 0001 for firmware version 4 002 836 1 Dutt Zero Default 0 0000 V RW Real Applies an offset to the scaled value of Analog Output 1 This parameter is summed with the Min Max 20 0000 output of the scaling block This sum produces Par 837 Anlg Out Value Typically this value Units V corresponds to OV for Analog Output 1 837 Anlg Outi Value Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the voltage reference for Analog Output 1 before the digital to analog conversion Min Max 10 0000 Unit V 838 Anlg Out2 Sel Default 3 Output Curr Identifies the signal used on Analog Outp
143. 00000000000000000 RO 132 bi Displays the data selected by Par 466 MC TP1 Select This display should only be used if Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean D he selected value is bit enumerated data Par 468 MC TP1 Bit is a diagnostic tool you can Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 use to view internal drive parameters 469 FVC CEMF Comp Default 0 RW 16 bi A Displays the current regulator feedforward compensation Do not change this value Min Max 0 100 Integer Units Yo 470 Flux Reg P Gain2 Default 11000 RW 16 bi Displays the additional proportional gain used at the start of Bus voltage limited field Min Max 0 32767 nteger D weakening Do not change this value 471 Estimated Torque Default 10 0 RO Real Displays the calculated motor shaft torque Min Max 8 0 P U D Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 The Units and Scale Units PU information were added for firmware version 4 002 Scale 11 0 10096 of the Motor Torque 472 PreCharge Delay Default 12 0 RW 16 bit Adjusts the delay between the time all other precharge conditions have been met and the Min Max 0 0 Calculated Integer time the drive leaves the precharge state Can be used to control the sequence of precharge Units s completion in a drive system The maximum value of this parameter is calculated as follows Par 472 PreCharge Delay Par 410 PreChrg TimeOut 1 0 second e N Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B
144. 022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 5 Min Max 2200000000 0000 SW Real 1 n is low this input is updated to Par 1025 Swtch Real 1 Output 1024 Swtch Real 1 NO Default 10 0000 V RW Real This is the Normally Open input to the Real switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 5 SW Min Max 2200000000 0000 Real 1 n is high this input is updated to Par 1025 Swtch Real 1 Output 1025 Swtch Real 1 Out Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result of the Real switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Par _ Min Max 2200000000 0000 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 5 SW Real 1 On If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 g E z Name S s No Description Values 5828 1026 Swtch Dint 1 NC Default 0 0000 v RW 32 bit This is the Normally Closed input to the DInt switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 6 SW Min Max 2200000000 0000 nteger DInt 1 n is low this input is updated to Par 1028 Swtch Dint 1 Output 1027 Swtch DInt 1 NO Default 0 0000 v RW 22 bit This is the Normally Open inpu
145. 048576 RW 32 bit Edges Per Revolution of the physical input device Use highest line count device possible to Min Max 1 67108864 nteger insure smoother PLL operation Units EPR ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 726 PLLEPR Output Default 1048576 RW 32 bit Edges Per Revolution of virtual the physical output device Min Max 1 67108864 nteger ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units EPR 727 PLLVirtEncdrRPM Default 1750 0 RW Real Revolutions per minute rpm of the virtual output device The value specified determines the 1 Min Max 1 0 30000 0 PU velocity at Par 734 PLL Speed Out and does not otherwise affect performance Units rpm ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 728 PLL Ext Spd Ref Default 10 0 v RW Real External Speed Reference This is a velocity feed forward input It is normally linked to an Min Max 2200000000 0 external velocity reference or the velocity output of the chosen physical encoder Units PU ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 729 PLL Ext SpdScale Default 1 0 v RW Real External Speed Scale This parameter is used to properly scale the velocity feed forward Adjust Min Max 2200000000 0 or zero average at Par 733 PLL FiltPositOut while running at moderate speed ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 00 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Paramet
146. 1 Dag u uA uollsod o IIIA eu ee ir aed eu pue 1SIx M 10440 uolisod e 92 u y Eqp eut L weeg IonuoO uonisod uey jueJeyip si 89 dye enje au 1 200 1924 peyennoe Con q V Do ees onuo uonisod ueuw y Eqp einjosqe eui o eoue1eje1 0 uonisod eui II 909 0rt d BugeAnov Buluonisod puuoumsq 2 2 1 I Y lod 01 1 lod 40 pesn si 3913p yoeqp lniosqe Wousogsqy uinj WNW e uaym jes eq eui 909 OpZ JJ Wed Lt mo H R yp go Koy tonuco uottsoq CzrL t s jeu usod 118040 219 2220 Wousogsqy x 60V 072 031007 uonsog 011002 uonisog O1 z ey p yoeqp j pue uonisod y p lqeu z ysel 3511 si doo uonisod y ueuM eDueuo ey p e s 1100 siu L 1uloq o lutoq IolJuo2 uollisog V 201 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Buiuuny 10 SS 2 aii Ino apen ravi port 816960 d uz uonsod Te Kier 9 ImOuontsoq Suis OSES erKest gt 9 u3 suonouny Md Iqu3uonisog pui2oiBo1 paddy EL 4 Iqu3uonisog 21607 10K bee HO 9 relodl yul jeg jeu isod uo AOY uonoeuuo
147. 1 True 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description 328 Alarm Status 3 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions These events are from Par 322 Exception Event3 e Bit 11 HH HW Ver indicates a non configurable High Horsepower hardware version fault e Bit 12 HH CurUnblInc indicates a non configurable High Horsepower output current unbalanced fault e Bit 13 HH VItUnblInc indicates a non configurable High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault Bit 14 HH Bus Data indicates when Communication Bus data are mismatched between left side unit and right side unit e Bit 21 Drive Homing when the drive is in Drive Homing mode parameter Par 740 Position Control bit 24 Find Home or bit 27 Return Home is set to 1 this alarm is triggered and the drive moves to a home position automatically Bit 24 Drv Waking when set the drive is in wake mode and could start at any time Bit 28 12v Pwr identifies when the12V dc control voltage is outside the tolerance range The positive voltage power exceeds 15 50 V dc and the negative voltage power exceeds 15 50V DC e Bit 29 Anlgln1 Loss indicates a non configurable Analog Input 1 loss fault e Bit 30 Anlgln2 Loss in
148. 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off Provides data for comparison of Par175 Setpt 2 Data to Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure 6 Above Setpoint 2 Status bit 17 Above Setpt 2 turns on P175 Setpt 2 Data P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P177 Setpt 2 Limit P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint 2 x P177 Setpt 2 Limit 0 bit 17 Above Setpt 2 turns off Time Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Application Notes Appendix B Stop Dwell Time Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when responding to a stop command IMPORTANT Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter Figure 7 Drive Operation When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time Equals Zero Speed When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time equals zero the drive turns off the velocity and torque regulators when it detects zero speed P 160 Zero Speed Lim 0 Time Drive Receives Stop Command Drive Detects Zero Speed and Turns Off Regulators Figure 8 Drive Operation When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time is Greater Than Zero Speed When Par 154 Stop Dwell Time is greater than zero the drive delays turning off the velocity and torque regulators for the amount of time specified in Par 154 P 154 Stop Dwell Time P 160 Zero Sp
149. 1 4 ba 1 cb DB IGBT Amp 420 Pwr Strct Mode Displays the power structure used in the drive This is an identifier to the firmware for power structure control e Bit 0 Lo Pwr Stret PowerFlex 700S Frame 1 to 6 Bit 1 Hi Pwr Strct PowerFlex 700S above Frame 6 e Bit 3 Parallel Drv PowerFlex 700S Frame 12 Note Bit 3 Parallel Drv was added for firmware version 3 001 Options gt elg BISISISISISISISISISIS BIEI_e 1a e e mese ee e e ee SS s 2 2 o Qo o 2 Qo o 8 IS je e iP e kk Default x x x x x x x x x x x x J0 J0 JO 0 0 F False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Tu 421 qs Integ Freq Default 110 RW 16 bit Sets the break frequency of the torque producing q axis current regulator This and Par 422 Min Max 0 32767 nteger D lqs Reg P Gain determine the integral gain for the q axis current regulator Set by the Units rad s autotune procedure Do not change this value 422 qs Reg P Gain Default 1 0 RW 16 bit Sets thee proportional gain of the torque producing q axis current regulator Set by the Min Max 0 0 100 0 nteger D autotune procedure Do not change this value Scale x 10 423 lis Rate Limit Default 800 0 RW 16 bit Sets the limit of the rate of change for the torque producing q axis current regulator Do not Min Max 0 0 800 0 nteger D change this parameter Use Par 355
150. 1 90 2510 MPG A050 091 230 5 0 275 0 2750 0 75 12 15 6 2 60 3775 MPG A110 031 230 20 2 122 0 1220 2 20 12 53 0 17 20 2875 MPG A110 091 230 17 0 184 0 1840 1 60 12 33 2 8 30 3500 MPG B010 031 460 1 6 162 7 2440 0 34 8 44 1 33 6450 MPG B010 091 460 0 7 357 3 5360 0 23 8 1 5 0 41 6450 MPG B025 031 460 40 219 0 2190 0 92 12 11 3 4 02 4838 MPG B025 091 460 1 9 175 0 1750 0 54 12 5 2 2 95 5900 MPG B050 031 460 16 3 92 0 920 1 20 12 32 5 12 40 2510 MPG B050 091 460 3 4 290 0 2900 0 79 12 9 9 2 60 4560 MPG B110 031 460 12 9 112 0 1120 2 00 12 31 1 17 00 2420 MPG B110 091 460 10 6 184 0 1840 1 60 12 20 5 8 30 3500 1326AB B410G 460 2 5 18 0 3540 1 00 4 74 2 70 5000 326AB B410J 460 3 5 165 0 4950 1 40 4 10 4 2 70 7250 326AB B420E 460 2 8 70 0 2100 1 10 4 8 5 5 00 3000 326AB B420H 460 5 5 137 3 4120 2 20 4 15 6 5 10 6000 326AB B430E 460 3 9 67 7 2030 1 40 4 11 7 6 60 3000 326AB B430G 460 5 6 114 3 3430 2 30 4 16 8 6 40 5000 326AB B515E 460 6 1 70 3 2110 2 30 4 18 3 10 40 3000 326AB B515G 460 9 5 88 7 2660 2 90 4 28 5 10 40 5000 326AB B520E 460 6 7 71 0 2130 2 90 4 20 1 13 00 3000 326AB B520F 460 8 8 70 3 2110 2 90 4 26 4 13 10 3500 326AB B530E 460 9 5 74 3 2230 4 20 4 28 5 18 00 3000 326AB B720E 460 17 5 70 0 2100 6 80 4 52 5 30 90 3500 326AB B720F 1460 27 5 117 0 3510 11 70 4 66 5 31 80 5000 326AB B730E 460 22 8 78 3 2350 9 60 4 66 5 39 00 3350 326AB B740C 460 20 9 52 3 1570 8 70 4 62 7 53 00 2200 326AB B740E 460 32 0 79 7 2390 1
151. 1 SLTxDirectSel0 _ Default 10 No Data Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit vvord 0 The source type Options No Data 14 Reserved selec ions are no data event feedback and drive parameter 1 SL Multiply 15 Reserved 912 SLTx DirectSel1 2 Event PO 16 Reserved Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 1 The source type 3 Event P1 17 Reserved O selec ions are no data event feedback and drive parameter 4 Reserved 18 Reserved 913 SLTx DirectSel2 m 5 Reserved 19 Reserved Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 2 The source type B Reserved 20 Reserved O selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter 7 Reserved 21 Dir Tx Data 914 SL Tx DirectSel3 A o 8 Reserved 22 Dir Rx Data Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 3 The source type 9 Reserved 23 E0 Accum g selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter 10 Event Status 24 El Accum Note These parameters were changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 11 Reserved 25 pt Accum 12 Reserved 26 Opt Accum 13 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 129 Chapter 2 Programming a
152. 100 8192 525 Silip Ratio Default 0 00 RO 16 bit Used by the Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 mode Indicates the present operating slip Min Max 0 00 327 67 Integer frequency at 100 Torque Producing Current Iqs scaled to hertz x 100 Units Hz Scale x 10 526 Stator Frequency Default 10 0 RO 116 bit A Displays stator frequency as a percentage of Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Min Max 800 0 Integer Units 196 Scale x10 527 Start Acc Boost Default 50 0 RW 16 bit ets the voltage boost level for starting and acceleration when V Hz mode is selected Min Max 0 0 1150 0 nteger D e This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 528 Run Boost Default 50 RW 16 bit Sets he boost level for steady state or deceleration when V Hz mode is selected Min Max 0 0 1150 0 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 529 Break Voltage Default 1150 0 RW 16 bit Sets he voltage the drive will output at Par 530 Break Frequency Min Max 0 0 6900 0 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units WA 530 Break Frequenc y Default 150 0 RW 16 bit Sets the frequency the drive will output at Par 529 Break Voltage Min Max 0 0 400 0 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Units Hz 531 Maximum Voltage Default 460 0 RW 16 bit Sets the highest voltage the drive will output Min Max 60 0 690 0 Integer D Note This parameter was ad
153. 101 leo Kusi gt S 149 91607 Jey enbio 100 Jey bil p lo l s zo uia hol isa peo7 1depy emul og er eegen Zoe yap PAS 101014 uondepy E r Cs epou ol 1 YSBL nbuo1 Jo4ju02 nbio pds peo103 9JeIS HO 91607 jeusng lqeuzi exeig Bey sng sng exeig sng exeig QS G done gt e6eyoA sng ya ge a2 4 s li SI I e by a E x ES WNW Z y nbio 1 Z Ia nbio l SA lt AQ Lat gt jeu arbiot E i rov bil duioouJ SZ L OX Ces 2 5 Stout 208 rHs poN enbio 1 pds e i X kat 1 INO Id Bey pds 1onuo2 peeds woy 8d 41 jeu bil Leld 195 41 Jeu bil 0614 Slulod1s L Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 194 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams eq dl Jeu 4n 8964 les dL Jeu UNO 2964 Sjulodise L u nuwu Ao eq Aew eunjoiny Aq peje noje2 x Aejaq bi suondo Ionuoo 0102 JOJO 0 JOY uno bil niy peyur bi zm Ee D n v CEO nbio 1 n r eme bi 2011 STEI WT WA 162 anbuot EHZ Woy uz uiu suondo 014020 S HIO 91607 jeg enbio 1030 Joy enbio 1040W Cove gt smes 10 enia e
154. 147483648 Integer registration data by the Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window 921 SLReal2DInt In Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides the floating point real input to the real to integer conversion function in Max 16 0000 922 SLReal2DInt Out Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the integer output of the real to integer conversion function The value is the result of Min Max 0 65535 Integer the formula Par 921 SL Real2DInt In x Par 923 SL Mult Base 923 ISL Mult Base Default 10000 0000 RW Real Specifies the base for SynchLink real to integer and integer to real conversion functions in Max 0 2000 50000 0000 Determines the resolution of the conversion results You must use the same value at the transmitting node and receiving multiplying nodes Enter a value that will not produce an overflow the product of this value and the inputs to the conversion and multiply functions must be less than 65 536 924 SL Mult Aln Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the A Multiplier Input as a floating point real value This value is divided by the Min Max 0 0000 655535 0000 923 SL Mult Base The source of the A Multiplier is determined by the Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 The possible sources are zero Par 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul Par 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Par 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul or Par 1060 MulDiv 2 Result The SynchLink Multiply function takes this
155. 2 70 4 66 5 50 80 3400 1326AS B310H 460 0 8 204 5 4090 0 30 6 24 0 70 6200 326AS B330H 460 2 1 204 5 4090 0 90 6 6 0 2 10 6500 326AS B420G 460 2 6 179 0 3580 1 20 6 78 3 20 5250 326AS B440G 460 5 4 149 0 2980 2 00 6 16 2 6 40 5250 326AS B460F 460 6 2 148 5 2970 2 80 6 18 6 9 00 4300 326AS B630F 460 78 142 7 2140 2 40 8 18 5 10 70 4500 326AS B660E 460 11 8 100 7 1510 3 40 8 29 8 21 50 3000 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 217 Appendix D PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA Motor NP Motor NP Motor NP Motor Current System Cont Motor line to line V A rms Frequency RPM Power Poles peak Stall Torque Max RPM rms Hz oper rpm KW Arms Nem rpm 1326AS B690E 460 19 0 87 3 1310 5 00 8 41 3 36 40 3000 1326AS B840E 460 21 2 79 3 1190 4 70 8 39 5 37 60 3000 1326AS B860C 460 17 6 77 3 1160 6 00 8 444 49 30 2000 1326AH B330F 460 2 1 0 0 3000 0 75 9 0 3000 1326AH B440F 460 3 3 0 0 2500 1 22 13 8 2500 1326AH B540F 460 11 1 0 0 2500 2 60 47 2 2500 3050R 7 390 66 0 50 0 500 30 00 12 132 0 500 11050R 7 390 218 0 50 0 500 110 00 12 436 0 500 Due to low inert velocity applica 218 ia and low electrical ions ime constant characteristics it is recommended that the system iner ia be at least 0 02 seconds when using this moto Rockwell A
156. 2 Input Default 0 0000 4 RW Real Input value to be scaled as need with the Multiplication and Division function This input will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 multiplied by Par 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul and then divided by Par 1059 MulDiv 2 Div The result will be loaded to Par 1060 MulDiv 2 Result Equation Par 1057 Par 1058 Par 1059 Par 1060 1058 MulDiv 2 Mul Default 0 0000 v RW Real Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1057 MulDiv 2 Input The result will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 divided by Par 1059 and loaded into Par 1060 See Par 1057 1059 MulDiv 2 Div Default 0 0000 v RW Real Set this value as the divisor of the result of Par 1057 Par 1058 The result will be loaded into Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 1060 See Par 1057 1060 MulDiv 2 Result Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Multiplication and Division function See Par 1057 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1060 Par 1057 Par 1058 Par 1059 1061 Logic Config Set this parameter to configure the logic routine in Pars 1063 1070 The result of this logic routine is displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State There are three configurable logic blocks as displayed below Each block can be configured as AND NAND OR NOR XOR NXOR Select the functions as desired Multiple operation selection for one block will result in the first selection least significant bit being the active mode Logic Config 1061 xx
157. 2 bit Input to the interpolator This is a coarse position target reference in Max 2147483648 Integer 749 Interp Position Default 0 RO 32 bit Input to the interpolator This is a fine position target reference in Max 2147483648 Integer 750 Coarse Spd Trgt Default 10 RW Real Input to the interpolator This is a coarse speed target reference in Max 2200000000 0000 751 nterp Speed Default 10 RO Real Output from the interpolator This is a fine speed target reference in Max 8 0000 PU 752 Interp AccelRate Default 0 RO Real Output from interpolator This is a fine acceleration rate First derivative of Par 750 Course Spd Min Max 8 0000 PU Trgt if available or zero 0 if not available 753 Posit Offset 1 Default 0 RW 32 bit Supplies a position reference offset which is summed after the EGR and used to phase trim in Max 2147483648 Integer position reference A step in the offset position will be internally rate limited and added to the selected reference position The rate of correction is set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd The initial value of this parameter is latched upon position enable without causing a change in reference Subsequent changes to this value will be relative to the latched value See Par 740 Position Control bit 5 for re referencing the offsets Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 115 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
158. 2 bit Provides the input variable for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured Min Max 42147483648 Integer with Par 740 Position Control bits 18 amp 19 Position Watch 2 compares this value with Par 781 PositDetct2 Stpt and sets bit 9 Posit Watch of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Position Actual 186 Xsync Status Bit Sync Pulse will go high for 0 5ms latching the Sync Generator inputs to the Sync Generator outputs The period at which this bit is set is determined by Par 787 Xsync Gen Period Note Bit 1 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options 4 BIS ISIBISISISISISISSISISIBISISISISIBIBISISIZ 2 Z Z2 2212222 222121212 12 121 121 121 121212 1212121212 1212 12121212121212 lp gis l l l l ilnan a 1210 1100 0100 Q So Q 9 Q Q e ua una Pe PE s 2 o o o e o e e o o e e o e o o e e o e e o o e o gt gt o 22 22 ele le OC 122 E ee JEE W E eE PE 22 52 22 122 122 122 2 22 EE JEE OC 1073 102 2 E Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x x x l0 10 10 x 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 77 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 l5 14 13 12 11 109 87 6 5 43 2 1 O 7 181 Xsync Gen Period 1 msec Sets the period for the Sync Pulse Generator Bit 0 of Par 786 Xsync Status will be set for 0 5 Options O 0 5 msec 4 8 msec O msec and will be clea
159. 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 212 Name S s No Description Values ses 3 Speed Ref Scale Default 1 0000 4 RW Rea This parameter is multiplied with the value in Par 37 Spd Ref Bypass in Max 1000 0000 3 Jog Speed 2 Default 0 0000 4 RW Rea Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 23 Jog 2 of Par 152 Min Max 8 0000 PU Applied LogicCmd Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Selected Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the speed command before the speed reference limit block in Max 8 0000 P U Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Limited Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the speed command after the limit block limited by Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim and Dar Min Max 8 0000 PU 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 42 Jerk Default 900 RVV16 bit Allows you to adjust the amount of S Curve or Jerk applied to the Accel Decel rate in Max 2 30000 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 4 Ramped Spd Ref Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command af
160. 218 PeakDtct2 Preset Default 0 0000 V RW Rea The second detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input for level detection in Max 2200000000 0000 When the detector trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output 219 PeakDetect2 Out Default 10 00 R Rea Output from the second peak level detector 1 0 00 1200 00 221 Load Estimate Default 0 0 RO Rea Displays the estimated load torque which is the side effect of the speed observer and does not Min Max 48 0 P U include torque to accelerate or decelerate the motor if the inertia input is correct The value is Units PU provided for display purposes 222 M Fdbk 2 5 VENCER Default 0 Encoder 0 elects primary feedback device The primary feedback device configuration must not be set to Lane 2 im do fault on an event in order to allow operational feedback switch over to the alternate feedback Options m poe 7 E Pont device set in Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt 2 Sensorless Notes Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode must be set to FOC for Sensorless feedback selection to be 3 Reserved active Selection 5 is only available when compatible feedback option card is installed This parameter vvas changed to non linkable for firmvvare version 3 001 223 HMMtr Fdbk Sel Alt Default 2 Sensorless 7 alternate feedback device if the feedback device selected in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri Options 0 Encoder 0 4
161. 3 9 79 3 1190 7 50 8 67 9 60 00 3000 MPL B860D 1460 33 6 96 0 440 12 50 8 67 5 83 10 2000 MPL B880C 1460 33 6 72 7 090 12 60 8 69 0 110 00 1500 MPL B880D 1460 40 3 86 7 1300 15 00 8 113 2 110 00 2000 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 20 PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Appendix D Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA Motor NP Motor NP Motor NP Motor Current System Cont Motor line to line V Arms Frequeney RPM Povver Poles peak Stall Torque Max RPM rms Hz oper rpm KVV A rms Nem rpm MPL B960B 1460 29 7 62 0 930 12 70 8 63 6 30 00 1200 1 960 7 1460 38 9 76 0 1140 14 80 8 88 4 24 30 1500 MPL B960D 1460 50 2 76 7 1150 15 00 8 102 5 24 30 2000 MPL B980B 1460 31 8 59 3 890 15 02 8 70 7 62 70 1000 MPL B980C 1460 48 2 67 3 1010 16 80 8 99 0 58 20 1500 MPL B980D 1460 63 6 747 1120 18 60 8 141 4 58 20 2000 MPG A004 031 230 1 8 222 7 3340 0 21 8 4 0 0 60 6000 MPG A010 031 230 2 1 189 3 2840 0 36 8 6 0 21 4875 MPG A010 091 230 0 9 295 3 4430 0 19 8 2 3 0 41 5900 MPG A025 031 230 9 9 181 0 1810 0 88 12 19 8 4 65 5200 MPG A025 091 230 3 0 168 0 1680 0 52 12 8 5 2 95 5625 MPG A050 031 230 24 7 120 0 1200 1 50 12 53 0 1
162. 3 filter Min Max 5 0 Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM 817 Anlgin3Filt BW Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides the Lag term for the Analog Input 3 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter Units rad s cannot be viewed from the HIM his parameter Light Heavy Par 816 Al 3 Filt Gain 0 25 0 1 Par 817 Anlg In3 Filt BW 150 10 821 Analog UU Units Use to configure the type of units voltage or current for the analog 1 0 Zen e For analog input 1 configure bit 0 to match the selection of hardware switch S5 2 bit 0 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA Also the units for Pars 801 Anlg Ini Value 802 Anlg Ini Scale and 803 Anlg In1 Offset will correspond to this setting For analog input 2 configure bit 1 to match the selection of hardware switch S5 1 bit 1 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA Also the units for Pars 807 Anlg In2 Value 808 Anlg In2 Scale and 809 Anlg In2 Offset will correspond to this setting e Bit 2 Al3 Thermstr configures analog input 3 for a thermistor input with range of 0 to 10V Forana og output 1 use bit 16 to configure Pars 835 Anlg Out1 Scale 836 Anlg Out1 Zero and
163. 35 To DriveLogix09 636 To DriveLogix10 637 To DriveLogix11 638 To DriveLogix12 639 To DriveLogix13 640 To DriveLogix14 641 To DriveLogix15 642 To DriveLogix16 643 To DriveLogix17 644 To DriveLogix18 645 To DriveLogix19 646 To DriveLogix20 SynchLink Config 904 SL Node Cnfg 905 SL Rx CommFormat 906 SL Rx DirectSel0 907 SL Rx DirectSel1 908 SL Rx DirectSel2 909 SL Rx DirectSel3 910 SL Tx CommFormat 911 SL Tx DirectSelt 912 SL Tx DirectSel1 913 SL Tx DirectSel2 914 SL Tx DirectSel3 915 SL Rcv Events 916 SL Clr Events 917 SL Rx PO Regis 918 SL Rx P1 Regis 921 SL Real2DInt In 922 SL Real2DInt Out 923 SL Mult Base 924 SL Mult A In 925 SL Mult B In 926 SL Mult Out 927 SL Mult State SynchLink Output 964 Tx Dir Data Type 965 SL Dir Data Tx00 966 SL Dir Data Tx01 967 SL Dir Data Tx02 968 SL Dir Data Tx03 969 Tx Buf Data Type 970 SL Buf Data Tx00 971 SL Buf Data Tx01 972 SL Buf Data Tx02 973 SL Buf Data Tx03 974 SL Buf Data Tx04 975 SL Buf Data Tx05 976 SL Buf Data Tx06 977 SL Buf Data Tx07 978 SL Buf Data Tx08 979 SL Buf Data Tx09 980 SL Buf Data Tx10 981 SL Buf Data Tx11 982 SL Buf Data Tx12 983 SL Buf Data Tx13 984 SL Buf Data Tx14 985 SL Buf Data Tx15 986 SL Buf Data Tx16 987 SL Buf Data Tx17 SynchLink Input 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 1 2 3 944 945 946 947 948 9 Rx Dir Data Type SL Dir Data Rx00 SL Dir Data
164. 5 PrechThrm Tc 84 1 Extr Data 03 2 ExtrData b Manuf Month 24 Inv Rated Kw 45 IGBT CS Tc 66 Mtr NP Units 85 HH Voltindx 04 HH2 Voltindx 6 Manuf Day 25 Inv Rated V 46 Diode V Thrs 67 Mtr NP Power 86 HUT Sizelndx 105 HH2 Sizelndx 7 TstProcStat 26 Inv Rated A 47 Diode SlopeR 68 Mtr NP Volts 87 HH1 Option 106 HH2 Option 8 Life PwrCycl 27 Inv 1min Amp 48 Diode JC Tr 69 Mtr NP Amps 88 HH HrdPrdct 107 HH2 HrdPrdct 9 Life Pwrup 28 inv3sec Amp 49 Diode JC Tc 70 Mtr NP Freq 89 HUT HAN Mdfy 108 HH2 H W Mdfy 0 Life RunTime 29 SWOverC Amp 50 GBT Tjmax 71 2 Mtr NP RPM 90 HH1 1V Amp 109 HH2 1V Amp 1 KwAccum 30 DC Bus Cap 51 HS Max DegC 72 Mtr IR Vdrop 91 1 2s Amp 110 HH2 2s Amp 2 Mw Hrs Accum 31 Min PWM Khz 52 DBIGBT Amp 73 Mir Id Ref 92 1 Scale 111 HH2 Scale 3 Inv High Vit 32 Max PWM Khz 53 DB ohms 74 HH1 Data Rev 93 HH2 Data Rev 4 Reserved 33 Dfl PWM Khz 54 Jo degC 75 HH1 Dev Type 94 2 Dev Type 5 Fan Pwr Cntl 34 PWM Dead us 55 DB C Watt 76 HH1 Serial 95 HH2 Serial 6 Temp Sensor 35 Drive Frame 56 Jo degC 77 1 Test Date 96 2 TestDate 7 Phs AmpScale 36 IGBTs per Pk 57 DB BA C Watt 78 1 Ven Code 97 2 Ven Code 8 Gnd AmpScale 37 GBT Rated V 60 Ambt Tmax 79 1 CrsCnclD 98 2 CrsCnclD Displays Power EE TP Data Default 0 Real he data selected by Par 412 Power EE TP Se
165. 500 RW 16 bit Current Limit Integral gain This gain is applied to the current limit error signal to eliminate in Max 0 10000 Integer D steady state current limit error A larger value increases overshoot during a step of motor current load This parameter should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 364 Kd Current Limit Default 500 RW 16 bit Current Limit Derivative gain This gain is applied to the sensed motor current to anticipate a in Max 0 10000 Integer D current limit condition A larger value reduces overshoot of the current relative to the current limit value This parameter should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Default 2 FltCoastStop 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt Default 1 Alarm 367 FdbkLsCnfgPosit Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Encoder 0 1 Loss exception event Options 1 Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FE CoastStop this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 368 NotLogin Cfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Configures the 700L drive s response when the active convertor is not logged in via a DPI port Options 0 lgnore Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 H Ala
166. 5125 E55 s2 g 58352 55 E l82822 S 9589 s58 5 9 8 S 5 8 2 8 S S g8 8 5 9 8g 8S co c c c C a LE C 1 C Z le co III C c LE oO c Le LLL x 0 pe x 0 pe 0 0 9 00 v Bit 131 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 z3 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 i5 14 13 12 T 10 9 8 6 5 4 B 2 1 0 me 159 Digin ConfigStat R hini Default 0 Digln is parameter indicates the status of the digital inputs one O Di If 8 Sleep Config is displayed the sleep mode has not been set up correctly Check the Options 0 5 Digin Dk ES SEET 1 2Run Starts 5 2 Jog1 s values of parameters 280 Wake Level and 282 Sleep Level to verify that they are not set 2 Start NoStop B 2 Jog2 s outside the bounds of the analog input Also verify the digital input configuration See 3 Rundatched 7 2Fwd s Rev s Figure 9 on page 185 for more information on Sleep Wake Mode configuration 8 Sleep Config Note Value 8 Sleep Config was added for firmware version 5 002 160 Zero Speed Lim Default 17 6400 Establishes a band around zero speed that is used to determine when the drive considers the Min Max 0 0000 882 0000 motor to be at zero speed Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor P RPM 1 0 PU 161 Logic TP Sel Default 10 Zero Enter or write a value to select logic status indication displayed in Par 162 Logic TP Datal Options 0 Zero
167. 6 Leak Inductance 492 MC FaultTPSelect 475 otor NP FLA 2 LED Status 554 MC FaultTP Value 476 otor NP Hertz 3 Lgx Closed Cnfg 388 MC Firmware Rev 457 otor NP Power 5 Lgx Comm Format 600 MC Generic 1 170 otor NP RPM 4 Lgx CommLossData 385 MC Generic 2 171 otor NP Volts 1 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 389 MC Generic 3 172 otor NTC Coef 487 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 386 MC Generic 4 173 otor OL Factor 336 Lgx Timeout Cnfg 387 MC Generic 5 174 otor Poles 7 LimGen X axis In 206 MC Generic 6 175 otor Posit Est 227 LimGen Y axis Mn 205 MC Generic 7 176 otor Spd Fdbk 300 LimGen Y axis Mx 204 MC Generic 8 177 otor Speed Est 226 Limit Gen Hi Out 207 MC Generic 9 178 otor Speed Ref 301 Limit Gen Lo Out 208 MC Generic 10 179 otor Stall Cnfg 374 Limit Status 304 MC Status 555 otor Stall Time 373 Limited Spd Ref 41 MC TP1 Bit 468 otor Torque Ref 303 Lini Update Rate 289 MC TP1 Selec 466 otorFluxCurr FB 312 Lint Stahl Status 291 MC TP1 Value 467 h Amplitude 598 Line Undervolts 409 MC TP2 Selec 473 h CompOff Freq 535 Linear1 Config 285 MC TP2 Value 474 h Phase Shift 599 Linear1 CPR 290 Min Flux 360 h Torq Compen 597 Linear Status 286 Min Spd Ref Lim 30 r Current Lim 356 Linear1 TP Data 288 MOP Control 1086 r Fdbk Sel Alt 223 Linear1 TP Sel 287 MOP High Limit 1088 r Fdbk Sel Pri 222 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 145 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
168. 62 Virt Encdr Posit Default 10 RO 32 bit A 32 bit pulse accumulator of the virtual encoder The accumulated pulse count is equivalent to Min Max 2147483648 nteger the hardware accumulator of a real encoder It accumulates at a rate of 4x the value placed in Par 61 Virt Encoder EPR The accumulator starts at zero upon position enable 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed Default 10 RO 32 bit One sample period delayed output of Par 62 Virt Encdr Posit Used in some applications to Min Max 2147483648 nteger phase synchronize position reference through SynchLink The master is delayed one sample while the downstream drives update their position references then all drives sample position simultaneously The downstream drives do not select a delay 64 FricComp Spd Ref Default 0 0000 4 RW Real Supplies a speed input to the Friction Compensation algorithm This input is normally a speed Min Max 8 0000 PU reference from a motion planner or ramped speed reference It will trigger a torque feed Units rpm forward response depending on its value e 5 FricComp Setup Default 1325 V EV 16 bit Enter or write a value to configure the friction compensation algorithm This is a packed word of Min Max 0 999 Integer 3 digits Each digit has a possible selection of 10 levels The least significant digit sets the speed threshold in intervals of 0 0005 PU speed The next middle digit sets the hysteresis band for the units digit in int
169. 7 Trend Out2 Real Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the Min Max 2200000000 0000 value of the element in Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 578 Trend In3 DInt Defa v RW 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 3 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Min Max 14714748368 Integer Buffer 3 if bit 3 In 3 Real is cleared 104 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 e E Name S s No Description Values 58s 579 Trend In3 Real Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides real input to the Trend 3 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend in Max 2200000000 0000 Buffer 3 if bit 3 In 3 Real is set 580 Trend Out3 Dint Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the Min Max 2147483648 nteger value of the element in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 581 Trend Out3 Real Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the Min Max 2200000000 0000 value of the element in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 5
170. 76 Setpt2 TripPoint driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par Min Max 48 0000 PU 155 Logic Status For more information please see Setpt 2 Data on page 182 Units PU 176 Setpt2 TripPoint Default 0 2000 4 RW Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status in Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 177 Setpt2 Limit Default 0 0100 4 RW Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint in Max 0 0000 0 5000 For positive setpoints Units PU e lurn on level TripPoint e lurn off level TripPoint Limit For negative setpoints e Turn on level TripPoint e Turn off level TripPoint Limit 178 PITP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select Process Control PI data displayed by Par 179 PI TP Data wane In Zern Lo The values for options 1 amp 8 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options 0 m E E 2157 2 LPF Output 9 Reset Status 3 P Gain Term 10 Time Axis En 4 Reg Output 11 Enbl Status 5 On Intg Lim 12 Out Max Lim 6 On Out Limit 13 Out Min Lim 179 PITP Data Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the data selected by Par 178 PI TP Sell Min Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 180 PI Output Default 0 0000 RO Rea The final output of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor Min Max 8 0000 PU speed motor rate
171. 808 Anlg In2 Scale Default 0 1000 V RW Real Scales the range of Analog Input 2 to the range of Par 806 Anlg n Data Enter the units you Min Max 2200000000 0000 want per volt or mA For example If Par 807 Anlg In2 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this Units N or mA parameter Par 806 Anlg In2 Data will equal 0 60V Par 807 Par 808 Par 806 09 Anlg In2 Offset Default 0 0000 V RW Real Applies an offset to Analog Input 2 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create Min Max 20 0000 an offset to the actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to Units V mA produce Par 807 Anlg In2 Value eo 810 AI2Filt Gain Default 1 0000 V IRW Real Provides the Lead term for the Analog Input 2 filter Min Max 5 0000 120 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 e Name S s No Description Values 5882 811 1 In2 Filt BW Default 0 0000 V RW Real Sets the frequency for the Analog Input 2 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s Light Heavy Par 810 AI 2 Filt Gain 025 01 Par 811 Anlg In2 Filt BW 50 10 812 Anlg In3 Data Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 3 Min Max 2200000000 0000 813 Anlg In3 Value Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at A
172. 81281 158515 1212 EE c Er CE JE Om eck LEE LES IER m n LE Default x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 1 10 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 1 Tue BusReg Brake Ref Default 111 0000 RW Real Sets the turn on voltage for the bus regulator and brakes Enter a percentage of the high Min Max 110 5000 1 1 17 8000 voltage setting for the voltage class For example on a 400 480V AC drive Units Note The minimum value for frame 5 and up 600V AC input drives was changed from 110 5000 to 100 0000 for firmware version 4 002 The min 111 x J2x 480 VDC imum value is 100 0000 for frame 5 and up 600V AC input drives Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 417 418 Name Description Brake PulseWatts Limits the power delivered to the external Dynamic Brake DB resistor for one second without exceeding the rated element temperature You may change the value of this parameter only if you have selected an external DB resistor set bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg If this rating is not available from the resistor vendor you can approximate it with this equation Par 416 Brake PulseWatts 75 000 x Weight where Weight equals the weight of resistor wire element in pounds not the entire weight of the resistor Another equation you can use is Par 416 Brake PulseWatts Time Constant x
173. 82 n Posit BW 747 Position Cmmd 793 In 3 728 Ext Spd Ref LM ud 757 ns Posit Offset 794 Xsyne Out 3 729 Ext SpdScale 51 12 795 Xsync Out 3 Diy 730 PLL LPrilter BW 769 Position Error RI o 7 796 Posit Gear Ratio 768 PositRea P Gai 733 PLL FiltPositOut Interp Direct z i ppo m n 748 CoarsePosit Trgt 759 Pt Pt Accel Time SE 750 Coarse Spd Trgt 760 Pt Pt Decel Time 684 otnUpdatePeriod 749 Interp Position 775 XReg Spd LoLim 685 otn CoarseMulti 751 Interp Speed 776 KReg Spd HiLim 686 otn Config 752 Interp AccelRate 778 Notch Attenu 687 otn Axis Status 693 Interp Synclnput 779 X Notch FiltFreq 688 otn AxisControl 743 Aux Posit Ref 318 Posit Spd Output 689 otn Axis Resp 745 PositRef EGR Mul 797 Basiclndx Step 690 otn Cnet Status Homing 746 PositRef EGR Div 798 Basiclndx Preset 691 otn EventStatus 1120 Home Accel Ti 744 PositRef EGR Out 799 Basiclndx Output 692 otn Event Ctrl 1121 Home Ges Time 757 Abs Posit Offset 130 PPMP Pos Command 694 otn Mx Pos Trvl 1122 MO Sd me 753 Posit Offset 1 131 PPMP Pos Mul 695 Motn Mx Neg Tivl 1124 Heme ip 754 Posit Offset 2 132 Pos Div 696 Mom PositErrTol 1123 Zeie Gei 755 Posit Offset Spd 133 PPMP Scaled Cmd 697 MotnPositLockTol 756 X Offst SpdFilt 134 PPMP Control 698 otn Posit Cmmd 747 Position Cmmd 135 PPMP Status 699 otn Speed Cmmd 762 Position Fdbk 136 PPMP Rev Spd Lim 700 otn Posit Sync 764 Posit Load Fdbk 137 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim 701
174. 82 Trend In4 Dint Default 10 v RW 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 4 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Min Max 2147483648 nteger Buffer 4 if bit 4 In 4 Real is cleared 583 Trend In4 Real Default 0 0000 V IRW Real Provides real input to the Trend 4 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend in Max 2200000000 0000 Buffer 4 if bit 4 In 4 Real is set 584 Trend Out4 Dint Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the Min Max 2147483648 nteger value of the element in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 585 Trend Out4 Real Default 10 RO Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the Min Max 2200000000 0000 value of the element in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 586 IdsCmd Slew Rate Default 5 000 RW Real Defines the slew rate for the torque producing voltage Vqs regulator The output variation is Min Max 0 000 16 383 D limited by one count every Par 586 16 sec Units s Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 587 SlipReg Err Lmt Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the error level at which the slip regulator input becomes active When the error level Min Max 32767 Integer reaches the value specified in this parameter and the error count condition spe
175. 837 Anlg Out Value for voltage or current bit 16 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA Foranalog output 2 use bit 17 to configure Pars 842 Anlg Out2 Scale 843 Anlg Out2 Zero and 844 Anlg Du Value for voltage or current bit 16 set to 0 V or set to 1 mA No hardware configuration is needed for the analog outputs Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved 5 Reserved lt Reserved gt AI Thermstr 7 AI2 Current AI Current Default x x x x 0 False 1 13 1 x x X x X x x X Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 6 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 121 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description 823 Digin Debounce Sets the amount of de bounce filtering for each digital input This is used to remove unwanted on off cycling chatter on the digital inputs caused by relay bounce Each digital input de bounce is configured separately from 0 5ms to 8 0ms The bit selections are cumulative for each digital input 1 6 Example bit 4 amp 2 amp 1 on 5 5ms of de bounce for digital input 1 Options B E 6
176. 959 Pwr Strct Mode 420 Sel Swtch In13 042 SL Buf Data Rx26 960 Ramped Spd Ref 43 Sel Swtch In14 043 SL Buf Data Rx27 961 Rated Amps 400 Sel Swtch In15 044 SL Buf Data Rx28 962 Rated Slip Freq 486 Selected Spd Ref 40 SL Buf Data Rx29 963 Rated Volts 401 Selected SpdRefA 49 SL Buf Data Tx00 970 Real2DInt In 1050 Selected SpdRefB 50 SL Buf Data Tx01 971 Real2DInt Result 1052 Selected Trq Ref 319 SL Buf Data Tx02 972 Real2DInt Scale 1051 SelSwtch DIntOut 1046 SL Buf Data Tx03 973 Regen Power Lim 128 SelSwtch RealOut 1045 SL Buf Data Tx04 974 RegisLtchO Value 235 SrLssAngleStblty 537 SL Buf Data Tx05 975 RegisLtch0 1Cnfg 236 91 55 VoltStblty 538 SL Buf Data Tx06 976 RegisLtch0 1 Ctrl 237 SrLss StbltyFilt 539 SL Buf Data Tx07 977 RegisLtch0 1 Stat 238 Servo Lock Gain 85 SL Buf Data Tx08 978 RegisLtch1 Value 239 Set Speed Lim 71 SL Buf Data Tx09 979 Reslvr0 CableBal 276 Setpt 1 Data 72 SL Buf Data Tx10 980 Reslvr0 Carrie 273 Setpt 1 Limit 74 SL Buf Data Tx11 981 Reslvr0 In Volts 274 Setpt 2 Data 75 SL Buf Data Tx12 982 Reslvr0 SpdRatio 272 Setpt 2 Limit 77 SL Buf Data Tx13 983 Reslvr0 TP Data 271 Setpt1 TripPoint 73 SL Buf Data Tx14 984 Reslvr0 TP Se 270 Setpt2 TripPoint 76 SL Buf Data Tx15 985 Reslvr0 Type Sel 277 Sft OvrTrviCnfg 396 SL Buf Data Tx16 986 Resolvert Cnfg 268 Skip Speed 1 36 SL Buf Data Tx17 987 Resolver Status 269 Skip Speed 2 37 SL Buf Data Tx18 988 Rev Speed Limit 75 Skip Speed 3 38 SL Buf Data Tx19 989 Rly Out3 Bit 857 Skip Speed Band 39
177. A Bit efault 10 Selects the bit of Par 1063 Logic 1A Data for the first input to Logic Block 1 in Max 31 32 Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1065 Logic 1B Data Default Selects the data word for the second input to Logic Block 1 See Par 1061 Logic Config in Max 32 bits of data 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 226 Name S s No Description Values 588 1066 Logic 1B Bit Default RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1065 Logic 1B Data for the second input to Logic Block 1 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as negative Use 32 to invert bit 0 1067 Logic 2A Data Default 0 V RW 32 bit Selects the data word for the first input to Logic Block 2 See Par 1061 Logic Config Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean 1068 Logic 2A Bit Default RW 16 bit Selects the bit of Par 1067 Logic 2A Data for the first input to Logic Block 2 Min Max 31 32 Integer Note To invert the selected input enter the desired bit as
178. Absolute x 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 111 10 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 139 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o 2 Name 5 Description 5 s 1135 PPMP Status Displays the current operating status of the Motion Planner Note This parameter vvas added for firmvvare version 3 001 Options E E le oif B sir 228 1222 218 s 2g 20 09181215 5 2 8521282 s rza S e Se S S S S 1212 Default x x x 10 JO 10 10 10 0 0 0 Ox 10 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 87 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True 1136 PPMP Rev Spd Lim Default 0 5 v IRW ea Sets the maximum reverse speed reference limit in Max 8 0 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value and Units rpm made the parameter linkable for firmware version 4 001 1137 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim Default 0 5 V IRW ea Sets the forvvard speed reference limit in Max 8 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value and Units rpm made the parameter linkable for firmware version 4 001 1138 PPMP Over Ride efault 1 0 v RW Rea Multiplies both forward Par 1136 PPMP Rev Spd Lim and reverse Par 1137 PPMP Fwd Spd Min Max 0 0 1 5 Lim speed limit
179. Aejaq Cat Z jou ya Low Aejeq L tze SUD 1eseu yo ajeog x co C9801 dois 1es u Seen yesey 2 yosoy quawei09q po aseai0eq 1ueuieou re 9801 eseeiouJ 9jel 4se1 suoi oun Jasn ya g9 demgug epa g9 desig ya v9 deweug r Cess gc ered v9 demsua ynsey 9 demgug ug gs demsug eea gs demgug na ug vs demgua Koss wea vs demsua inseg s demgug inseg z demsug Cus wa vv demgug Se eed vr demsua unsey demgua inseg y demgug 8 DJOM JO A p lo l s eui UJIM peddems peoe de si v pioM JO A9 p lo l s oul 2 Ill Anseu eui 0 passed s eleq V PIOM yinsey demsug eyeq V PIOM HAZE Ces ug ge demgug 7 9 eed as dewsug Cus ug ve demgua aq wa vi demgug 099 eea vi dewsug Ox D ia ai dewsug Cx vie a densi Cx wa vi demgua C xx eea vi densi uone4edo dems 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 206 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams z eun L eun 91 uonounj 1onqns ppv SL 2 uonounj 1onqns ppv rt L uonounj joqns ppv EL uogoun3 doy 21 2 uonoun pc dun LL L uonoun3 pc dun 01 Bay ol uq L UOISIBAUOD ISO 2 z 9 L Joyeredwiog S uojoun 231601 rp indu 2 youms 10499189S 1qdS 110 indu 2 usums iolo l S 1045 eo Z andu 91 uonoun4d uols 1091S 1 uonno x3 suonound Joen g lt v z du 20 a Pv z idu 9
180. Brake Watts where Time Constant equals the amount of time to reach 63 of its rated temperature while the maximum power is applied and Brake Watts is the peak power rating of the resistor Note The maximum value was changed from 1000000 0000 to 1000000000 0000 for firmware version 3 001 Brake Watts Sets the continuous rated power reference for the Dynamic Brake DB You may change the value of this parameter only if you have selected and external DB resistor set bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg Note The maximum value was changed from 5000 0000 to 500000 0000 for firmware version 3 001 Brake TP Sel Enter or write a value to select the drive brake data displayed in Par 419 Brake TP Data Brake TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 418 Brake TP Sel Values Default 2000 0000 Min Max 1 0000 1000000000 0000 Units W Default 100 0000 Min Max 0 0000 500000 0000 Units W Default 0 Zero Options 10 Zero 10 1 Duty Cycle 11 2 Power Actual 12 3 Max Bodylemp 13 4 MaxElemTemp 14 5 Act 15 6 Act 16 7 BTmplripStat 17 8 ElmplripStat 18 9 Int DB Ohms Default 0 0000 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Read Write Linkable g Data Type a W RW Real Data State MC BrakeEnbl 1 rdb 1 ih eb 1 ce tamax
181. DPI Data In B 653 FB Opt0 Spd Fdbk 251 FVC2 Tune Config 516 DPI Data In B2 654 FB Opt Posit 252 FW Functions En 147 DPI Data In C 655 FB Opt1 Spd Fdbk 253 FW FunctionsActl 149 DPI Data In C2 656 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt 366 FW TaskTime Actl 148 DPI Data In D 657 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri 365 FW TaskTime Sel 146 DPI Data In D2 658 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit 367 Fwd Speed Limi 76 DPI Data Out A1 660 Fdbk Option ID 249 Hardware Present 145 DPI Data Out A2 661 FdbkAxis FdbkSel 701 Heatsink Temp 313 DPI Data Out B1 662 FdbkAxis FdbkVal 702 Heidenhaint Cnfg 263 DPI Data Out B2 663 FdbkAxis RotFdbk 709 HeidenhainO Stat 264 DPI Data Out C1 664 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk 710 Heidn Encdr PPR 267 DPI Data Out C2 665 Filtered SpdFdbk 71 Heidn Encdr Type 266 DPI Data Out D1 666 Flux Current 488 Heidn Mkr Offset 265 DPI Data Out D2 667 Flux Rate Limit 425 Heidn VM Enc PPR 1155 DPI In DataType 650 Flux Ratio Ref 424 Heidn VM Pos Ref 156 DPI Out DataType 659 Flux Reg Gain 444 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 370 Drive Logic Belt 158 Flux Reg P Gain 443 Home Accel Time 120 Drive OL JnctTmp 345 Flux Reg P Gain2 470 Home Actual Pos 124 Drive OL Status 346 Flux Satur Coef 426 Home Decel Time 121 Drive OL TP Data 348 Flx CurFdbk Id 489 Home Position 123 Drive OL TP Sel 347 Fix LpassFilt BW 361 Home Speed 122 Drive Ramp Belt 53 Flying StartGain 170 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg 398 EGR Config 1161 FricComp Rated 68 dsCmd Slew Rate 586 EGR Div 1163 FricComp Setup 65 dsCompCoeff Mot 459 EGR Mul 1162 FricComp Slip 67 dsCompCoeff Reg 460
182. Data 56 Trend Ta D ea 895 91 CRC Error 370 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 245 Spd Fdbk TP Sel ges Tend Tri e 896 51 BOF Err Accum 363 HiHp GndFlt Cur 246 Spd Fdbk TP RPM 58 en d Pres it 897 SL BOF Error 364 HiHp GndFlt Diy 247 Spd Fdbk TP Data 567 Jen d Ma SR es 898 SL CRC Err Limit 378 Interp Fit Cnfg 261 Steg amp Hiedn TPSel aA Uu d Mar R e 899 SL Err Limit 395 Sft OvrirviCnfg 262 Steg amp Heidn TPDta 569 TrendB AP i SS 332 7001 EventStatus 396 Sft OvrTrvICnfg 270 Reslvr0 TP Sel Exi endi Gier 333 7001 FaultStatus 397 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg 271 Reslvrt TP Data EN En d in R E 334 7001 AlarmStatus 398 Hrd OvrTivlCnfg 287 Linear1 TP Sel 2 Jen d d DI 399 Position ErrCnfg 288 Linear1 TP Data 7 Trend UU R 368 Cnv Notlogin Cfg 1412 Power EE Sel 573 Trend Out Rea 413 Povver EE TP Data 974 Trend In2 Dint 466 MC TP1 Select 575 Trend In2 Real 467 MCTP Value 576 Trend Out Dint 468 MC TP1 Bit 577 Trend Out2 Real 473 MC TP2 Select 578 Trend In3 Dint 474 MC TP2 Value 579 Trend In3 Real 475 MC FaultTPSelect GH 1 d 476 FaultTP Value 717 PLLTP Select 982 Trend In4 Dint 718 PLLTP DataDInt 583 Trend In4 Real 719 PLL TP DataReal 584 Trend Out4 Dint 585 Trend Out4 Real 1145 PPMP TP Select 1146 PPMP TP DataDInt 1147 PPMP TP DataReal Note This parameter is used by PowerFlex 700L drives only Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 2
183. Defa 0 0000 4 RW Real Input value to De scaled as need with the Multiplication and Division function This input will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 multiplied by Par 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul and then divided by Par 1055 MulDiv 1 Div The result will be loaded to Par 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Equation Par 1053 Par 1054 Par 1055 Par 1056 1054 MulDiv 1 Mul Default 10 0000 v RW Real Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1053 MulDiv 1 Input The result will be Min Max 2200000000 0000 divided by Par 1055 and loaded into Par 1056 See Par 1053 1055 MulDiv 1 Div Default 0 0000 v RW Real Set this value as the divisor of the result of Par 1053 Par 1054 The result will be loaded into Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 1056 See Par 1053 1056 MulDiv 1 Result Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the result output from the Multiplication and Division function See Par 1053 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Equation Par 1056 Par 1053 Par 1054 Par 1055 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 133 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o a SACH Name S s No Description Values 5828 1057 MulDiv
184. Dou Bayysod WAIH pds Dous 922 e Kw z mes 9 w707 pds Dot qur RE SNJeIS uonisoq 279 1oleIn6 u 1 YA IonuooS p ds o m 1 i nding pds 0 1o Korz aigeu3 indino ci go K SL lqeu uonisod 181S HIO 9 601 GHSH DOC uonisog JO IIG AIAIU onuo uoimsog lqeu uonisod 0 KLSH am mo apen 6 co ore ploH Baul IonuoO uonisod uz Be s ove JouJUOD uonisod peo pov iisod D urey d 65 tllsoq 18400 q leo peeds 100W ee one 1299 isod ured d dy ysuoD 40113 uonisog Kor vo Core wry SE ECH YSL FA 7 ESZ v sneis uonisog 90 KEA Sep 994 11 45 ISHO X NO HDA JeuiisSog x V Cor D na uo jeuisod rz In uoa jeuusod jey B D q N V abed webeig F onuo uonsod e lulod o1 luloq 88S L r Jeu u sod peeds dou ayeyjeooy di lul jey 890 ue G92 wa 493 sod Cae MNW 493 8 1904 d N V mt peo1 sod jeueu HOX
185. EGR Pos Input 1164 FricComp Spd Ref 64 de Command 496 EGR Pos Output 1165 FricComp Stic 66 ds Integ Freq 429 EGR Pos Preset 1166 FricComp Trq Add 69 ds Reg P Gain 430 Elapsed MWHrs 299 From DL DataType 601 n Posit BW 782 Elapsed Run Time 298 FromDriveLogix00 602 n Posit Dwell 783 Encdr 0 1 Config 233 FromDriveLogix01 603 nert Adapt BW 133 Encdr 0 1 Error 234 FromDriveLogix02 604 nert Adapt Gain 134 Encdr0 Position 230 FromDriveLogix03 605 nert Adapt Sel 132 Encdrt Spd Fdbk 231 FromDriveLogix04 606 nertia SpeedRef 56 Encdr1 Position 240 FromDriveLogix05 607 nertia Trq Add 59 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk 241 FromDriveLogix06 608 nertia TrqLpfBW 54 Encodert PPR 232 FromDriveLogix07 609 nertiaAccelGain 57 Encoder1 PPR 242 FromDriveLogix08 610 nertiaDecelGain 58 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Interp AccelRate 752 Load Estimate 221 OP Level Dint 1092 Interp Fit Cnfg 378 Local 1 0 Status 824 OP Level Real 1090 Interp Position 749 Logic 1A Bit 064 OP Low Limit 1089 Interp Speed 751 Logic 1A Data 063 OP Rate 1087 nterp Synclnpu
186. EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 473 Name Description MC TP2 Select Data Type Enter a value to select Motor Control MC data displayed in Par 474 MC TP2 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit Par 474 MC TP2 Value and Par 468 MC TP1 Bit are diagnostic tools you can use to view internal drive parameters This parameter should not be changed by the user The default value is option 0 MulqsRef2 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Added option 163 Flux Up Time for firmware version 4 002 Options 0 MulqsRef2 1 2 SlipRatio 2 Ws 3 WrEst2 4 We 5 VdsCmd 6 VqsCmd 7 2 Vutmd1 8 WOmdl 9 VwCmdl 0 luFdbk 1 IwFdbk 2 IdsFdbk 3 qsFdbk 4 VdsFdbk 5 VuvFdbk 6 VvvvFdbk 7 VasFdbk 8 IdsCmd 9 IqsRatio 20 Mulqshef 21 IqsCmd 22 We2 23 VuTd 24 WId 25 VuvTd 26 VuCmd2 27 WwCmd2 28 VwCmd2 29 Kpwm 30 Vds_cemf 31 Vqs cemf 32 VdsCmd2 33 VasCmd2 34 IdsIntegral 35 qsintegral 36 DcBus 37 AGnd 38 Wr2 39 FluxRatio1 40 VbusFdbk 41 FluxRatio2 42 FluxRatio3 43 FluxRatio4 44 MuFlxRtioRef 45 RepFlxRatio1 46 MulfluxRef 47 MultestRef 48 MotVntc 49 BaseSlip 50 VbusFdbk2 51 VdsFdbk2 52 VqsFdbk2 53 VdsSpdVItFit 54 WrEst1 55 MulestFrqRef 56 TestFrqRef 57 HuxFltrN 1 58 PrchgDlayCtr 59 PrchTimOutCr 60 PrchPilotCtr 61 TrqEnableCtr
187. Encoder PPR 259 Stegmann0 Cnfg 73 Spd Fdbk Scale 241 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk 260 Stegmannt Status 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 240 Encdr1 Position 263 Heidenhain Cnfg 236 Enc0 1 RegisCnfg 264 Heidenhain Stat 237 Enc0 1 RegisCtrl 265 Heidn Mkr Offset 238 Enc0 1 RegisStat 266 Heidn Encdr Type 235 Encdr0 RegisLtch 267 Heidn Encdr PPR 239 Encdr1 RegisLtch 268 Resolver0 Cnfg 269 Resolvert Status 277 Reslvr0 Type Sel 272 Reslvr0 SpdRatio 273 Reslvr0 Carrier 274 Reslvr0 In Volts 215 Rsivrt XfrmRatio 216 Reslvr0 CableBal 254 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 255 Opt0 1 RegisCtrl 256 Opt0 1 RegisStat 257 Opt 0 Regis Ltch 258 Opt 1 Regis Ltch 286 Linear1 Status 289 Lin1 Update Rate 290 Linear CPR 285 Linear1 Config 291 Lin1Stahl Status 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref 1156 Heidn VM Enc PPR 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Drive Memory Diagnostics Fault Alm Config Test Points Peak Detection 196 ParamAccessLevel 155 Logic Status 379 Ext Fit Alm Cnfg 161 Logic TP Sel 210 PeakDtct Ctrl In 145 ApplicationGroup 156 Start Inhibits 374 Motor Stall Cnfg 162 Logic TP Data 211 PeakDtct Status 147 FW Functions En 304 Limit Status 373 Motor Stall Time 163 Stop per TP Sel 212 PkDtct1 In Dint 149 FW FunctionsActl 824 Local I 0 Status 382 MC Cmd Lim Cnfg 164 StopOper TP Data 213 PkDtct In Real 146 FW TaskTime Sel 320 Exception Event 381 PreChrg Err Cnfg 329 Fault TP Sel 214 PeakDtct1 Preset 148 FW Tas
188. FdbkAxis FdbkSel 766 Posit FB EGR Mul 138 PPMP Over Ride 702 HibkAxis FdbkVal 767 Posit FB EGR Div 139 PPMP Accel Time 703 otn TP Select 763 Position Actual 140 PPMP Decel Time 704 otn TP Value 765 Posit Actl Load 141 PPMP Sturve Time 705 otn RotaryCmmd 769 Position Error 142 PPMP Spd Output 706 otnUnwdTurnCmmd 796 Posit Gear Ratio 143 PPMP Pos Output 707 SrvoAxis RotFdbk 768 PositReg P Gain 144 Pos To Go 708 SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk 770 PositReg Integ 709 HlbkAxis RotFdbk 772 XReg Integ LoLim 710 FdbkAxisUnwdFdbk 773 XReg Integ HiLim 711 otnCnfgErrParam 774 XReg Integ Out 771 PositReg Droop 775 XReg Spd LoLim 7 72 7 Note The Position Control function is disabled by default To enable 779 X Notch FiltFreq the Position Control function set Par 147 bit 16 to 1 enable 318 Posit Spd Output Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 29 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Feedback Config Encoder Port 0 1 Calculated Fdbk Feedback Opt 0 1 222 MtrFdbk Sel Pri 233 Encdr 0 1 Config 225 Virtual Edge Rev 249 Fdbk Option ID 223 MtrFdbk Sel Alt 234 Encdr 0 1 Error 226 Motor Speed Est 251 FB pt Spd Fdbk 771 PositionFdbk Sel 232 Encodert PPR 227 Motor Posit Est 250 FB Opt Posit 224 TachSwitch Level 231 Encdr0 Spd Fdbk 228 MtrSpd Simulated 253 FB Opt Spd Fdbk 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 230 Encdr0 Position 229 MtrPosit Simulat 252 FB Opt Posit 762 Position Fdbk 242
189. Filt bt through 3 EncO Filt bt3 or Bits 16 Enc1 Filt bt0 through 19 Enc1 Filt bt3 configure the encoder input filter see Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input signal transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Bits 0 3 and 16 19 add 100ns filtering per stage to encoder inputs e Bits 4 Enct 4x and 5 Enct A Phs or 20 Enc1 4x and 21 Enc1 A Phs determine how the encoder channel A and B signals will be interpreted Typically both encoder phases A and B are used so that direction information is available Par 230 EncdrO Position counts up for forward rotation and down for reverse rotation If bit 5 is set then the B phase signal is ignored As a result the encoder position will only increase regardless of rotation direction Bits 4 and 5 together also determine the number of edges counted per encoder pulse see Table 233B Multiplier and Direction Settings 4x sampling counts both rise and fall of both A and B encoder phases hence 4 edges per pulse In 4x mode the encoder position will change by four times the encoder pulses per revolution rating PPR per encoder revolution e g it increments the value in Par 230 Encdr0 Position by 4096 for one revolution of a 1024 PPR encoder e Bit 6 EncO Dir and 22 Enc1 Dir inverts the channel A input thus reversing the direction of the feedback Note that
190. Gain Max 552 Slip Preload Val 553 Slip Slew Rate 472 PreCharge Delay 431 Test Current Ref 432 Test Freq Ref 433 Test Freq Rate 477 Est Theta Delay 428 IReg Gan Fctr 537 SrLssAngleStbity 538 SrLss VoltStblty 539 5155 StbltyFilt 54 Inertia TrqLpfBW 551 CurrFdbk AdjTime Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Configuration Overload Protect Stop Brake Modes Power Loss Sleep Wake 151 Logic Command 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min 168 Normal Stop Mode 406 Power Loss Mode 278 Sleep VVake Mode 152 Applied LogicCmd 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min 414 Brake Bus Cnfg 407 Power Loss Time 279 Sleep Wake Ref 153 Control Options 339 Mtr 12T Calibrat 415 BusReg Brake Ref 408 Power Loss Level 280 Wake Level 158 Drive Logic Rslt 340 Mtr I2T Trp ThrH 416 X Brake PulseWatts 281 Wake Time 160 Zero Speed Lim 341 Mtr DT Count 417 Brake Watts 282 Sleep Level 169 Sriss ZeroSpdLim 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim 154 Stop Dwell Time 283 Sleep Time 335 Abs OverSpd Lim 344 OLClsLp CurrLim 545 Bus Reg Ki 284 Sleep Control 546 Bus Reg Kp 547 Bus Reg Kd 1125 DC Brake Level 544 External DB Res 1126 Brake Time Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 25 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 26 Reference Regulator Setpoint Monitor 27 Speed Ref A Sel 48 Spd Ref Bypass2 171 Set Speed Lim 28 Speed Ref B Sel 23 Speed Trim 3 172 Setpt 1 Data 10 Speed
191. Gen Hi Out Typically it is linked to Par 189 PI Integ LLim Units PU 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 e Name m No Description d 210 PeakDtct Ctrl In Sets the configuration of the two peak level detectors Peak detection when set and hold are off causes the output to capture the peak min max e Bit 2 Peak1SelHigh and bit 6 Peak2SelHigh determine if the peak level detector is positive or negative If the bit is set the detector detects positive peaks or levels above the preset If the bit is not set the detector detects valleys or levels below the preset The output shows the min or max peak e Bit 0 Peak 1 Set bit is used to reset the output to the value in Par 214 PeakDtct1 Preset default 0 Bit 4 Peak 2 Set bit is used to reset the output to the value in Par 218 PeakDtct2 Preset default 0 Bit 1 Peak 1 Hold is used to hold the output at the present value in Par 214 PeakDtct1 Preset Bit 5 Peak 2 Hold is used to hold the output at the present value in Par 218 PeakDtct2 Preset Options eleololeoleleloeololol1l21F1 O 31 on eleleleiziziziz zi qlsis o o D o o e o ix ise x isi oe eee ee el eso 2131313 sess BE gum BL itk E ES E 122 IER LE Ia
192. I port 5 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 60 Net Loss DPI P6 A communications fault has occurred between the communication Verify the network connection adapter at DPI port 6 and the network Verify the status of network Configured with Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 61 Logis Out of Run The DriveLogix controller is in a Non Run mode Non Run modes Clear the fault include program remote program and faulted modes Configured with Par 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 62 Logix Timeout The communication connection to the DriveLogix controller has Configured with Par 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg timed out 63 Logix Closed The DriveLogix controller has closed the Controller to Drive Verify that the Drive is present in the Controller connection 1 0 configuration Configured with Par 388 Lgx Clod Cnfg 64 Logix Link Chng A required link in the Controller to Drive Communication Format Clear the fault has been modified Configured with Par 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 65 HiHp In PhaseLs High Horse Power Only Check for voltage on each AC input phase AC Input Phase Loss the AC input phase voltage has fallen Check the status of each external AC input use Configured with Par 370 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg 66 HiHp Bus Com Diy High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin Bus Communication Time Delay the communication bus has connector on the Main Control board Fiber delayed feedback or b
193. Iq Rate Limited to control the q axis current rate limit Units ms Scale x10 424 Flux Ratio Ref Defa 99 99 RW 16 bit Active only in the Field Oriented Control FOC 2 motor control mode when Par 485 Motor Min Max 12 50 399 99 nteger D Ctrl Mode equals 1 FOC 2 Provides a scaling factor for the flux producing d axis Units current reference Scale 1100 32767 When active Par 511 FVC2 Mode Config bit 28 FlxRatRef Use is set Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current x Par 424 Flux Ratio Ref When inactive Par 511 FVC2 Mode Config bit 28 FixRatRef Use is cleared Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current below base speed and Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current x motor base speed motor speed above base speed Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 87 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o5 22g Name S s No Description Values 5882 425 Flux Rate Limit Default 1 0 RW 16 bi Sets the limit for the maximum rate of change for flux producing d axis current Min Max 0 0 195 3 nteger Units ms Scale x 10 426 Flux Satur Coef Default 10 0 RW 16 bi This represents the amount of flu
194. Level Default 16 000 mA 6 000V RW Rea Defines the analog input level at or above that will start the drive in Max Sleep Level 20 000 mA 10 000V Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 001 mA 0 001V 281 Wake Time Default 10 0 s RW Rea Defines the amount of time that the value of Wake Level must be present before a Start is in Max 0 0 1000 0 s issued Units 015 Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 282 Sleep Level Default 5 000 mA 5 000V RW Rea Defines the analog input level at or below that will stop the drive in Max 4 000 mA 0 000V Wake Level Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Units 0 001 mA 0 001V 283 Sleep Time Default 0 0 5 RW Rea nes the amount of time that the value of Sleep Level must be present before a Stop is in Max 0 0 1000 0 s SS Units Dis Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 66 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 284 Name Description Sleep Control Status of the Sleep Wake function Read Write Data Type 0 Enable when set Sleep Wake mode is enabled 1 Analog Ref 0 when set indicates that analog input 1 is used for Sleep mode control 2 Analog Ref 1 when set indicates that analog input 2 is used for Sleep mode control 3 Mode 0 when set direct control is used 4 Mode 1 when set inv
195. Motor NP FLA 526 Stator Frequency 402 PWM Frequency 453 lu Offset 422 145 Reg P Gain 3 Motor NP Hertz 434 Mtr Vds Base 403 Voltage Class 454 lw Offset 429 145 Integ Freq 4 Motor NP RPM 435 Mtr Vos Base 405 Dead lime Comp 425 Flux Rate Limit 430 145 Reg P Gain 5 Motor NP Power 441 Vds Fdbk Filt 409 Line Undervolts 426 Flux Satur Coef 486 Rated Slip Freq 6 Mtr NP Pwr Units 442 Vos Fdbk Filt 410 Prethrg TimeOut 443 Flux Reg P Gan 487 Motor NTC Coef 336 Motor OL Factor 497 Vqs Command 411 Prethrg Control 470 Flux Reg P Gain2 488 Flux Current 7 Motor Poles 498 Vds Command 510 FVC Mode Config 444 Flux Reg Gain 490 Stator nductance 9 Total Inertia 495 Jos Command 511 FVC2 Mode Config 533 SlewRateTimeLimit 491 StatorResistance 496 145 Command 512 PMag Mode Cnfg 500 Bus Util Limit 492 Leak Inductance 499 Trq CurFdbk Iq 513 V Hz Mode Config 501 Torque En Diy 493 Leak Indc Satur1 489 CurFdbk ld 514 Test Mode Config 437 Vos Max 494 Leak Indc Satur2 515 FVC Tune Config 438 Vds Max 502 Rotor Resistance 516 2 Tune Config 439 Vas Min 503 Current Reg BW 517 PMag Tune Config 440 Vds Min 504 PM AbsEncd Offst 505 PM TestWait Time 469 FVC CEMF Comp 427 PM Mtr CEMF Comp 506 PM Test Idc Ramp 449 5155 Reg Gain 520 PM Q Inductance 507 PM Test FeqRamp 450 5155 Reg P Gain 521 PMD Inductance 508 PM Test Freq Ref 447 Slip Reg P Gain 522 PM Stator Resist 509 PM Test Ref 448 Slip Reg Gain 523 PM Mtr CEMF Coef 424 Flux Ratio Ref 446 Slip Gain Min 445 Slip
196. Motor Sim Notes Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode must be set to FOC for Sensorless feedback selection to be 1 active Selection 5 is only available when compatible feedback option card is installed This 3 Reserved parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 5 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 oL Name Sge No Description Values 5882 224 TachSwitch Level Default 10 0000 RW Real Sets the detection level for the automatic tach loss switchover routine A drop in feedback Min Max 5 0000 25 0000 speed at this percent of rated speed over 0 5 msec will cause a tach switch from primary to Units alternate feedback device This feature is enabled when bit 16 Auto Tach Sw in Par 153 Control Options is selected Setting this level lower will make the tach switch detection more sensitive and lower the minimum speed at which a tach switch can occur Setting this level higher will make the tach switch less sensitive and raise the minimum speed for tach switch detection Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 225 Virtual Edge Rev Default 4096 RW 32 bit Set the edges per revolution EPR scaling for calculating motor position Used in the calculation Min Max 10 16777216 Intege
197. O x x 0 0 00 xxx x x x x x B q ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 1 True 465 MC Diag Error 3 Displays the third diagnostic error encountered by the Motor Control MC Errors appear in this parameter in the order in which they occurred D Bit 9 CurrSensor U indicates a current sensing fault in the U phase power structure of a frame 12 drive Bit 11 CurrSensor V indicates a current sensing fault in the V phase power structure of a frame 12 drive Options Default Bit 17 IFlux Range indica Note Bits 1 7 10 12 and 18 were changed gt Reserved Bit 13 CurrSensor W indicates a current sensing fault in the W phase power structure of a frame es that gt Reserved he F to Reserved bits 9 11 13 and 17 were changed Reserved Reserved IFlux Range Reserved Reserved Reserved CurrSensor W Reserved D o N o X gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt x x gt s x x ux current is above 9096 of the motor rated current CurrSensor V Reserved 9 CurrSensor U Reserved Reserved 5 x for firmvvare 2dr ve D Reserved version 3 001 gt Reserved 5 Reserved Reserved gt Reserved 0 False x X x
198. OE 1 La Default x x x x x x x x x 0 00 0 0 O O 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 54 3 2 1 0 1 True 211 PeakDtct Status Status of peak level detectors A peak detector sets its Change bit for one scan when it detects a peak The Change bit is off when set or when the Hold bit is on Options 2 2 siz 21212 21222 2 2 2112 5 5 eleleizizizizlziziziziz zizisi o o o o o o e o o o OD eee ee EE e 2121515 Eee 16 DE JO E TE LES OE LEE r CE OC le LE ja Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 212 PkDtct1 In Dint Default 0 v RW 32 bit Integer input to the first peak level detector in Max 42147483648 Integer 213 Pkten In Real Default 0 0000 v RW Rea Floating point input to the first peak level detector in Max 2200000000 0000 214 PeakDtctl Preset Default 0 0000 v RW Rea The first detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input for level detection in Max 2200000000 0000 When the detector trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output 215 PeakDetect1 Out Default 10 0000 RO Rea Output from the first peak level detector in Max 2200000000 0000 216 PkDtct2 In Dint Default 0 v RW 32 bit Integer input to second peak level detector in Max 42147483648 Integer 217 PkDtct2 In Real Default 0 0000 v RVV Rea Floating point input to second peak level detector in Max 2200000000 0000
199. Options e SN s data to Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl as follows 2 Clear Faults 23 MOP Inc 3 Ext Fault 24 MOP Dec Sends Input to this R A a 4 Norm Stop CF 25 MOP Reset Selection bit in Par 1022 5 Start 26 P Trim En 34 UserGen 9610 Bit 1 Sel Switch 00 6 Reverse 27 PI Trim Hold 5 Ipsos z P 7 2 Run 28 PI Trim Rst 35 UserGen Sel1 Bit 2 Sel Switch 01 8 Reserved 29 Trend Trig 36 UserGen Sel2 Bit 3 Sel Switch 02 9 Reserved 30 PreCharge En DA R 0 Jog 1 31 Regis 1 Irch 37 UserGen Sel3 Bit 4 Sel Switch 03 1 Reserved 32 Hrd vrirvl 2 Reserved 33 Hrd vrTrvl Note For all Stop Functions Low Stop High OK to Run In Norm Stop CF Low Normal 3 Jog 2 34 UserGen 5610 Stop and Clear Fault 4 Normal Stop 35 UserGen Sel1 Note When Using the MAH instruction in DriveLogix to home an axis and Digital Input 1 Fs ie Gerd 7 Se is used as the homing switch this parameter must be set to 0 Not Used When the 7 Spd Ref Sel2 38 ExtFault Inv AH instruction is executed this parameter will be changed to option 31 Regis 1 g Buchs Stop 39 Home Switch Ltch to indicate that the drive registration has latched the encoder position when the 9 Coast Stop Find Home switch was activated 20 Accel Decel2 42 Return Home Note Option 38 Ex
200. P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 SEL 25 Name Zils No Description Values 5882 768 PositReg P Gain Default 4 0000 v IRW Real Sets position regulator gain as measured from position error to speed reference The gain Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 number is identically equal to position regulator bandwidth in rad sec For example A gain of Units rad s 10 means that a per unit position error of 0 1 sec will effect a 1 0 PU speed change 1 per unit position error is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed The maximum value of this parameter is typically 1 3 of the speed bandwidth rad sec but may be set considerably higher with careful tuning of the speed regulator output lead lag filter 769 Position Error Default 0 RO 132 bit Actual position error in motor pulse counts When the position regulator is not enabled this Min Max 2147483648 Integer 32 bit integer register is initialized to zero When the position regulator is enabled this parameter contains the running value of position error often referred to as following error 710 PositReg Integ Default 4 0000 V RW Real Sets position regulator integral gain as measured from position error to velocity reference It Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 has gain units of per unit velocity sec per unit position
201. PL A430H 230 8 6 84 7 2770 1 80 8 31 8 6 21 3500 MPL A4520P 230 24 234 0 3510 2 20 8 35 4 5 99 5000 MPL A4520K 1230 0 6 223 3 3350 2 10 8 30 4 5 99 4000 MPL A4530F 230 9 5 447 2170 1 90 8 29 7 8 36 2800 MPL A4530K 1230 44 96 0 2940 2 50 8 43 8 8 13 4000 MPL A4540C 230 6 6 93 3 1400 1 50 8 20 5 10 20 1500 MPL A4540F 230 13 0 62 0 2430 2 60 8 38 2 10 20 3000 MPL A520 230 16 3 208 0 3120 3 50 8 46 0 10 70 4000 MPL A540K 1230 29 3 180 7 2710 5 50 8 84 9 19 40 4000 MPL A560F 230 29 3 25 3 1880 5 50 8 84 9 27 90 3000 MPL B310P 460 1 7 310 0 4650 0 77 8 3 0 1 58 5000 MPL B320P 460 3 2 313 3 4700 1 50 8 5 0 3 05 5000 MPL B330P 460 43 274 0 4110 1 80 8 7 0 4 18 5000 MPL B420P 1460 45 255 3 3830 1 90 8 9 2 474 5000 MPL B430P 1460 6 5 214 0 3210 2 20 8 12 0 6 55 5000 MPL B4520P 460 6 0 236 7 3550 2 10 8 17 0 5 65 5000 MPL B4530F 460 5 0 162 0 2430 2 10 8 13 4 8 25 3000 MPL B4530K 460 78 200 7 3010 2 60 8 19 1 8 25 4000 MPL B4540F 460 6 4 162 0 2430 2 60 8 16 3 10 20 3000 MPL B4560F 460 8 3 144 7 2170 3 20 8 25 5 14 10 3000 MPL B520K 1460 8 1 208 0 3120 3 50 8 23 3 10 70 4000 MPL B540K 1460 14 5 177 3 2660 5 40 8 42 4 19 40 4000 MPL B560F 460 14 5 130 7 1960 5 50 8 424 26 80 3000 MPL B580F 460 18 4 132 7 1990 7 10 8 66 5 34 00 3000 MPL B580J 1460 22 6 148 0 2220 7 90 8 66 5 34 00 3800 MPL B640F 460 22 7 106 0 1590 6 11 8 46 0 36 70 3000 MPL B660F 460 27 2 81 3 1220 6 15 8 67 9 48 00 3000 MPL B680D 460 24 0 94 0 1410 9 30 8 66 5 62 80 2000 MPL B680F 460 3
202. Phase II Drives in Group l Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Index Table of Contents Appendix C List of Control Block Diagrams 187 Diagram Conventions and Definitions 188 Appendix D Compatible Permanent Magnet Motors 215 Appendix E General Information Ed tous abel cu Nat ado Me cel 219 Motor Reguirements 220 RE 220 Safe Off Terminal Descriptions 221 Wiring Examples sd sae rates 221 Drive Hardware Configuration 222 EEN 222 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 7 Table of Contents 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Purpose of This Manual Who Should Use This Manual Recommended Documentation Preface Introduction The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the information needed to start up program and troubleshoot PowerFlex 700S Phase II Adjustable Frequency AC drives For information on See page Who Should Use This Manual Below Recommended Documentation Below Obtaining Manuals 10 Manual Conventions 1 General Precautions 12 This manual is intended for qualified personnel You must be able to program and operate Adjustable Frequency AC drives In addition you must have an understanding of the
203. PowerFlex 7008 with Phase Il Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for details Notes Bit 11 SmplRate bt1 is set to 0 False by default for firmware version 1 11 and is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 003 This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 kx x x 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 True Table 259A FIR Filter Settings Bit12 11 10 Tp o 000 1 0 2 10 4 1 8 0 0 16 0 1 1 Options mizi s s le l l l l lt lt lt s s 2 0 0 b slsislelsosiolololololololelololololololsisisioleolololcsiolololoelor sizsizsizxizsizs sizgizizizicicicicic icicici imi e e e 2 2 2 2 121 12 c oc io o joc iolociococ o loc oilo o oiloiloociosa aisaioio o lololololo N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 6 6 eee eee selesa 12 212 236 E EIE e 12129 xi 3121231313 ez nc nc nc nc c 2 c le n oor i Default x x x x X X X x x x x 0 x x x x x 9876543210 cC a ech 32 0 64 127 c 260 Stegmann0 Status Indicates faults on the Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Bit8 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault The feedb
204. Programming Manual Allen Bradley PovverFlex 7005 High Performance AC Drive Phase l Control Firmware Versions 1 xxx 5 002 GL 2 wa 21 m T ub Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with
205. SL Buf Data Tx20 990 Rly Out3 Data 856 SL BOF Err Accum 896 SL Buf Data Tx21 991 Rly Out3 OffTime 859 SL BOF Err Limit 899 SL Buf Data Tx22 992 Rly Out3 On Time 858 SL BOF Error 897 SL Buf Data Tx23 993 Rly Out3 Se 855 SL Buf Data Rx00 934 SL Buf Data Tx24 994 Rotor Resistance 502 SL Buf Data Rx01 935 SL Buf Data Tx25 995 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio 275 SL Buf Data Rx02 936 SL Buf Data Tx26 996 RsTempCoefAdjust 590 SL Buf Data Rx03 937 SL Buf Data Tx27 997 RsTmpCoefAdjstEn 591 SL Buf Data Rx04 938 SL Buf Data Tx28 998 Run Boost 528 SL Buf Data Rx05 939 SL Buf Data Tx29 999 Rx Buf Data Type 933 SL Buf Data Rx06 940 SL Clr Events 916 Rx Dir Data Type 928 SL Buf Data Rx07 941 SL Comm TP Data 893 S Curve Time 34 SL Buf Data Rx08 942 SL Comm TP Sel 892 Saved Events 436 SL Buf Data Rx09 943 SL CommLoss Cnfg 384 Scaled Spd Fdbk 72 SL Buf Data Rx10 944 SL CommLoss Data 383 Scaled Spd Ref 46 SL Buf Data Rx11 945 SL CRC Err Accum 894 Sel Switch Ctrl 1022 SL Buf Data Rx12 946 SL CRC Err Limit 898 Sel Swtch In00 1029 SL Buf Data Rx13 947 SL CRC Error 895 Sel Swtch In01 1030 SL Buf Data Rx14 948 SL Dir Data Rx00 929 Sel Swtch In02 1031 SL Buf Data Rx15 949 SL Dir Data Rx01 930 Sel Swtch In03 1032 SL Buf Data Rx16 950 SL Dir Data Rx02 931 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 147 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
206. Security indicates when security software controls the parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options gt B S S SIBIBBS SE BLE Els Slelslslelslslsis isle ls lel ses A e e II 22 e S e x Default x x x Xx x x x x x 0 x JO J0 jO 40 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 lre 717 PLLTP Select I Default 0 Zero ase Locked Loop test point selection ons O Zero _ Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options e Be Once 5 imi Dur 2 Position Err 17 k1 3 Xto V 18 2 4 Dt 19 k3 5 Gain 20 pi 6 Pos Intg 21 Ve Enable 7 Cal 22 Ve In 8 Epr Cal 23 Ve Out 9 Num 24 Ve AnaPlsScl 10 Denom 25 Ve Whl Accum 11 Egr Ratio 26 Ve Fre 12 A Comp 27 Ve Fre Accm 13 Comp 28 Ve Dt 14 Pos Lpf Out 718 PLLTP DataDInt Default 10 32 bit Test point integer data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 717 PLL TP Select is Min Max 2147483648 nteger integer data Note This parameter vvas added for firmvvare version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 111 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name Description PLL TP DataReal Test point real data This data is meaningful only if the selection at Par 717 PLL TP Select is not integer data ote This p
207. SpdLim 4 del Act Mtr 13 Sec per Edge 5 Integ Error 14 Edge per Sec 6 Xprop Out 15 Ratio Guess 7 FdbkSel Alt 16 Sync Count 8 PreLim Xvout 738 PPositTP DataDInt Default 0 Displays the integer data selected by Par 737 Posit TP Select This display should only be used Min Max 2147483648 if the selected value is Integer data 739 PositTP DataReal Default 0 0 Displays the real data selected by Par 737 Posit TP Select This display should only be used if the selected value is Real data Min Max 48 0 P U Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 113 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description 740 Position Control Set bits to enable various position control functions Setting bit 1 Speed Out En enables position regulator output at Par 318 Posit Spd Output e Setting bit 2 Integ En enables integrator operation Resetting it resets the integrator e Setting bit 3 Integ Hold holds integrator in present state Setting bit 4 X Offset Pol reverses polarity of offset parameters Setting bit 5 XOffset Ref permits changing the value of position offsets without changing actual position Resetting it makes the position offset relative to the re referenced value o
208. This parameter has no affect on the drive s response to load changes The recommended setting is 0 1000 to 0 5000 Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Over Shoot Reference Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 0 Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 3 Values Default Min Max 0 0000 0 5000 Over Shoot Linkable Read Write Data Type Under Shoot Under Shoot 85 Servo Lock Gain Default 0 0000 V RW Real Sets the gain of an additional integrator in the speed regulator The effect of Servo Lock is to Min Max 0 0000 300 0000 increase stiffness of the speed response to a load disturbance It behaves like a position Units s regulator with velocity feed forward but without the pulse accuracy of a true position regulator The units of Servo Lock are rad sec Gain should normally be set to less than 1 3 speed regulator bandwidth or for the desired response Set to zero to disable Servo Lock 86 Spd Reg Droop Default 0 0000 RVV Real Specifies the amount of base speed that the speed reference is reduced when at full load Min Max 0 0000 0 2500 torque Use the droop function to cause the motor speed to decrease with an increase in load Units PU The units are per unit speed per unit torque 87 SReg Trq Preset Default 0 0000 V RW 16 bit When the drive is not enabled this para
209. Time displays the change displays the latency or edge time the time since 2 11 dEdge 6 l1 nMax the last update of Par 252 FB Opt1 Posit 3 1dTime 7 1 Delta2Em 289 290 291 296 297 Displays the data selected by Par 287 Linear1 TP Sel Min Max 32768 s Displays measured Pus motor current with a resolution of 1 10 amperes Units Scale in Max 0 0 9999 9 A Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Lini Update Rate Default 2 1 0 msec Sets the sample rate for the linear channel on the Multi Device Interface MDI feedback option Options 0 8 0 msec 8 4 0 msec 0 5 msec 9 4 5 msec 2 1 0 msec 10 5 0 msec 3 1 5 msec 11 5 5 msec 4 2 0 msec 12 6 0 msec 5 2 5 msec 13 6 5 msec 6 3 0 msec 14 7 0 msec 7 3 5 msec 15 7 5 msec Linear1 CPR Default 11000 RW 32 bit Specifies the change in Par 252 FB Opt1 Posit for one revolution of the motor shaft This value Min Max 10 100000 Integer is used to scale the calculated speed based on the change in feedback position Units are count Units CPR per motor revolution CPR Lin1Stahl Status Displays the status of the Stahl linear encoder The Stahl linear encoder works with the MDI option card Bit 8 No Data Read indicates that no data can be read from the encode
210. Trend Min Max 42147483648 Integer Buffer 1 if bit 1 In 1 Real is cleared 571 Trend In1 Real Default 10 0000 V RW Real Provides real input to the Trend 1 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Min Max 2200000000 0000 Buffer 1 if bit 1 In 1 Real is set 572 Trend Out Dint Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the Min Max 42147483648 Integer value of the element in Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 573 Trend Out1 Real Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the Min Max 2200000000 0000 value of the element in Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 574 Trend In2 Dint Default 0 v RW 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 2 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Min Max 2147483648 Integer Buffer 2 if bit 2 In 2 Real is cleared 575 Trend In2 Real Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides real input to the Trend 2 The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Min Max 2200000000 0000 Buffer 2 if bit 2 In 2 Real is set 576 Trend Out2 Dint Default 10 RO 132 bit Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the Min Max 2147483648 Integer value of the element in Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 569 TrendBuffPointer 57
211. Trq CurFdbk Iq 499 Vas Max 437 Trq NegLim Actl 124 Vos Min 439 Trq PosLim Actl 123 VqsReg Err Lmt 588 Trq Ref TP Data 131 VasReg Off Freq 462 Trq Ref TP Sel 130 VqsReg On Hystr 592 Tune Test Status 165 Vuv Fdbk Offset 549 Tx Buf Data Type 969 Vvw Fdbk Offset 550 Tx Dir Data Type 964 Wake Level 280 UserData Dint 01 1002 Wake Time 281 UserData Dint 02 1003 Write Mask 669 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 149 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Notes 150 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Chapter 0 bj ectives This chapter provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 7008 drive A list and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable and alarms is included For Information on See page Status Indicators Below HIM Indication of a Fault 156 Manually Clearing Faults 156 Fault and Alarm Types 156 Fault Alarm Descriptions 157 Status Indicators The condition or state of your drive and DriveLogix controller if installed is constantly monitored Any changes will be indicated through the front panel LEDs and or the HIM if present See Drive Status Indicators on page 152 for more information The DriveLogix option also provides a RUN LED and the controller LEDs that indicate the state of the controller See DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicators on page 153 for more information Ro
212. Used to view the value of Speed Reference B Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel from a HIM in Max 8 0000 Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 Units rpm 5 Drive Ramp Rslt Default 10 RO 32 bit Displays the speed reference value after the limit function This is the input to the error in Max 262144 nteger calculator and speed regulator Available for use in peer to peer data links DPI interface This number is scaled so that rated motor speed will read 32768 5 Inertia TrqLpfBW Default 135 0000 v RVVRea Sets the bandwidth of the inertia compensation torque output low pass filter A value of 0 0 will Min Max 0 0000 2000 0000 disable the filter Units rad s Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 5 Speed Comp Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the derivative or change in Par 56 Inertia SpeedRef on a per second basis Link this in Max 2200000000 0000 parameter to Par 23 Speed Trim 3 and set Par 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale to 0 002 to reduce position Units s error in following applications 5 Inertia SpeedRef Default 10 0000 V RW Rea The speed input of the inertia compensator Link this parameter to the output of an internal in Max 14112 0000 ramp or s curve block The inertia compensator generates a torque reference that is Units rpm proportional to the rate of change of speed input and total inertia Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 5 InertiaAccelGain Default 11 0000 V RW Rea Sets the acceleratio
213. a when Par 329 Fault TP I is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by Par 336 Motor OL Factor Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and Par 339 Mtr 12T Calibrat 13 Motor Stalled Q The motor has stalled The three conditions listed below have Increase the torque limit occurred at the same time for the amount of time specified in Par Reduce the mechanical load 373 Motor Stall Time 1 The drive is not stopped Par 150 Logic State Mach is not Configured with Par 374 Motor Stall Cnfg equal to zero 2 The drive is on limit Par 304 Limit Status is not equal to zero 3 The drive is at zero speed Par 155 Logic Status bit 13 At Zero Spd is set 14 nv OTemp Pend Q Par 313 Heatsink Temp is within 10 C of maximum Reduce the mechanical load View th heatsink ture in Par 348 Drive OL TP e Lower the ambient temperature iew the maximum heat sink temperature in Par rive Data when Par 347 Drive OL TP I is set to 30 fMaxHsDegc Configured with Par 375 Inv OT Pend Cnfgl 15 nv OTemp Trip Par 313 Heatsink Temp is above the maximum limit or a e Reduce the mechanical load temperature sensor has failed shorted or open e Lower the ambient temperature See Par 346 Drive OL Status bit 0 NTC Shorted and bit 1 NTC Open 16 nv OLoad Pend Q The drive s operating point is approaching the intermittent current Reduce the load on the drive
214. a in Linear List Format 35 Parameter Cross Reference By Name 143 Chapter 3 Chapter ObIeetlyesca ss oio ria eR Cb Tee M UE 151 Stat slpdicators y card ous eue eere Cie Een duc teach gione be pede 151 Drive Status Indicators 152 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicators 153 Precharge Board Status Indicators 155 HIM Indication ofa Fault 156 Manually Clearing Faults 156 Fault and Alarm Types oce oii IE ER 156 Fault Alarm Descriptions usce be exa eevee ded atu 157 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 5 Table of Contents HIM Overview Application Notes Appendix A External and Internal 5 22222 2 165 LGD Display Elem sits s cene ageet ee dee 166 Human Interface Module HIM Key 166 ALT F nctionsszc Der P UE RN Ue ERU MES 167 Access the Start Up Routine 167 Menu Structure 168 Diagnostics MENU ere 169 P t meter Menu sayaspa aa EE A 169 Device Select Menu 169 Memory Storage Menu ET 169 Start Up Ment Aa aan 169 Preferences ee een Sech 170 View and Edit Pa
215. ack option card checks for a pre determined constant value If this value is not within tolerances an open wire fault is declared A quadrature check also is done If an error occurs during the check the ope wire check is aborted If 3 quadrature errors occur in succession the open wire check will complete and the constant value checked again If this value is not within tolerances the fault is declared 9 PowerSup Er indicates the failure of the power supply Bit 10 PwrUpDiag Er indicates the option board failed its power up diagnostic test The pattern on the FPGA must be identical to the pattern written from the DSP or the board status test will fail Bit 11 MsgChksum Er indicates a message checksum fault T B T D ES he check sum associated with the Heidenhain encoder must be correct and acknowledged by the feedback option card it 12 Time Out Err indicates a RS 485 time out fault his check requires information to be sent from the encoder to the feedback option card within a specified time Typical times are about 10 clock cycles before an error is detected This check is done only at power up Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Time Out Err MsgChksum Er PwrUpDiag Er gt Reserved gt Reserved PowerSup Er Wire Reserved 9 gt Reserved Reserved gt
216. act open during over temperature condition compatible with the digital logic input circuitry of the drive If multiple sensors are required in the motor the connection at the drive must be the resultant of all required contacts wired in series Refer to all product markings for additional cautions that may apply Typical motor markings are contained on a motor certification nameplate similar to the sample below FLAMEPROOF Exd ENCLOSURE EExd Tamb Cto C O Il 2 G D C oss IM2 Sira ATEX V MFG BY ROCKWELL AUTOMATION IMPORTANT ATEX certification of this drive requires that two separate inputs be configured to monitor a normally closed over temperature contact or multiple contacts wired in series presented to the drive from the motor The first input must energize Digital Input6 Hardware Enable on the drive control board TB2 terminal 16 The second input must energize the relay coil on the DriveGuard Safe Off with Second Encoder option board terminals 1 amp 2 on the board This option board must be installed in the drive for ATEX applications It is offered with a 24V DC coil only Both input signals are wired with respect to the drive s digital input common when using a control board with 24V I O Motor supplied contacts must have ratings compatible with the input circuit ratings and applied voltage level of the drive Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P Jul
217. ad communication quality Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections 67 HiHp Bus Link Ls High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin Bus Communication Link Loss bus communication between the Connector on the Main Control board Fiber Fiber Optic Power Interface board and the Voltage Feedback board Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic has stopped connections 68 1HiHp Bus CRC Er High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin Bus Communication CRC Error too many Cycling Ring Checksum connector on the Main Control Board Fiber CRC errors have occurred in the communication bus Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections A fast power cycle may cause the 700S Main Control board to attempt to communicate with the ASIC board before the ASIC board is energized 69 HiHp Bus WtchDog High Horse Power Only Check the communication bus lines 10 pin Bus Communication Watchdog Error No message packets came through in the communication bus a watchdog error was detected connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 70 Name HiHp Fan Fdbk Ls Description High Horse Power Only Fan Feedback Loss an inverter cooling fan did not send active feedback or did not work Action
218. ake mode function to 184 Appendix B Application Notes This table contains the changes made to the first release of the PowerFlex 700S High Performance AC Drive Phase II Control Programming Manual publication 20D PMO001 This publication supersedes the PowerFlex 7008 High Performance AC Drive Phase II Control User Manual publication 202 UM006 Topic Page Added new MPM series permanent magnet motor specifications 215 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 3 Summary of Changes Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Introduction Drive Start Up Programming and Parameters Troubleshooting Table of Contents Preface Pusposeiot This EE 9 Who Should Use This Manual 9 Recommended Documentation 9 tte dee sn as apanan AE 10 Manual Conventions 11 General Precautions 12 Qualified Personnel 12 Personal Safeby ours AI IA 12 Product Safety cm vated o Meier 13 Class EED Products uapa a e 13 Chapter1 Drive Start Up Checklist 15 Prepare for Initial Drive Start Up 16 Start Up EE 17 Chapter 2 Abii me L 21 How Parameters are Organized 23 Parameter Dat
219. al at port 1 A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg at 500k Baud 50 DPI Loss Port 2 The device at DPI port 2 has stopped communicating with the Verify that the DPI device is present and drive functional at port 2 A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg at 500k Baud 51 DPI Loss Port 3 The device at DPI port 3 has stopped communicating with the Verify that the DPI device is present and drive functional at port 3 A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg at 500k Baud 52 1DP Loss Port 4 The device at DPI port 4 has stopped communicating with the Verify that the DPI device is present and drive functional at port 4 A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg at 500k Baud 160 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 53 Name DPI Loss Port 5 Description The device at DPI port 5 has stopped communicating with the drive A SCANport device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Troubleshooting Action Verify that the DPI device is present and functional at port 5 Configured with Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg
220. ala ss SisIiSsIsisisIs cz nz ie io oc E jO7 o oe t Lec LEE Joc o LE 122 IER n LEE ion 69 0 3 102 JEE LEE LE I ee EE E E EE e Bit 31 30 29 28 7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 6 548 2 1 0 ime Table 236A Encoder0 Trigger Source Settings Table 236D Trigger Direction Settings Bit 2 1 Bit 6 22 15 21 0 0 Encoder 0 Z pulse AND Ext Trig A 0 0 Not Configured 0 1 Ext Trig B Digital Input 2 0 1 Reverse 1 0 Ext Trig A Digital Input 1 1 0 Forward 1 1 Encoder 0 Primary Encoder Z pulse 1 1 Both Directions Note When the Z pulse is selected as a trigger source registration latch port 0 is used for Encodert regardless of the setting of bit 0 RLO Encoder1 Table 236E Filter Settings 3 Bit 11 10 9 8 Input Filter Setting Table 236B Encoder1 Trigger Source Settings 0 0 0 Filter disabled Bit 18 7 0 10 1 Z pulse AND Ext Trig A Ku a 0 Ext Trig B Digital Input 2 70 dus SE 0 0 300 ns filter 1 0 Ext Trig A Digital Input 1 2 1 Encoder 1 Secondary Encoder Z pulse 0 1 1 4006 er Note When the Z pulse is selected as a trigger source registration latch port LE PARS i 1 is used for Encoder1 regardless of the setting of bit 16 RL1 Encoder 0 1 0 600 ns filter 01 700 ns filter Table
221. alma dai erger 91607 Ionuoo Buuojiuow Jo BuunBijuo5 uayM 1eduinp AjpeoidA aje siajawesed eu 1 HOI ejqeu3 0 euJ MH 1010 SL luo U IH pemesey Leg 1S4 WIL Id SEG 414 WE z Kes gt 2195 jeu pds oea PIOH WHL Id via 295 jeu pds via CH snag 21607 Doc les 941 Big Leg jeu pds eza ua uonisod era Lies jeu pds c q 0 9 qeua A 0195 Jeu pds 824 uz uut Id zia oles jeu pds zia p m s y zq dwo9 yous Lia p m s y Lg s S0 ou bia 924 dwo9 oueu orq oia 2102 dos 1seoo sza Wien ixzi 604 dois iseo 604 aed 1 up doe uirquno eq pemesey 809 doe wing 809 wwo9 Idd VL UDH z Dor eza zoa z Bor 04 Pm 224 Tuut Boys 904 peniese 904 SASEN 0 lqeuzi lea 628 les sul Big esie eu Laa 6 us soq asianey soq piewoj ozq Don dureupds yoq premio voa SL gt 1402 lqeu3 yne 1e9 614 uz sxy eui goq ynez 12919 em Ee E a1gauge O vo Kee gt vui bia 1 Bor eta ssoquse zoa Bor 204 gt yes zia uz 5 pds Log ueis Log n 1 u6iH dois IguuoN ota Iqsq dureupds 009 dois IeuuoN 009 uo sigeu3 6 0 z snieis 2160 828 ul Di age si 0 uod uonoauuog eu Big S uod Ida eure s L 8120 41 91607 2914 0 l S dL 91607 1914 Jesu
222. alue to configure the drive s response to an Inverter Overload OL Pending exception Options 0 Ignore event This event is triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Ha Alarm Open Loop or Closed Loop detects current and temperature at warning levels FitCoastStop e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Flt RampStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when FltCurLimStp this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Hi RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 377 nv OL Trip Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Inverter Overload OL Trip exception event Options 0 Ignore This event is triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Open 1 Alarm Loop or Closed Loop detects current and temperature at a fault level 2 FltCoastStop e Q Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when t
223. and should be replaced OK off No power is applied flashing red If the controller is 1 Then a new controller the controller requires a firmware update not a new A major fault occurred To clear the fault controller either Turn the key switch from PROG to RUN to PROG Go online with RSLogix 5000 software solid red The controller detected a non recoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory To recover Cycle power to the chassis Download the project Change to Run mode f the OK LED remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor solid green Controller is OK flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory 154 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Precharge Board Status Indicators The Precharge Board indicators LEDs are found on Frame 5 amp 6 drives only and are located above the Line Type Phase selection jumper Refer to the PowerFlex 7008 Adjustable Frequency Drive Phase II Control Frames 1 6 Installation Instructions publication 20D INO24 for the location of the Phase selection jumper Name Color State Description Power Green Steady 1 Indicates when precharge board power supply is operational Alarm Yellow Flashing Number in TT indicates flashes and associated alarm 1 Low line voltage lt 90 2 Very
224. anges New and Upd ated This table contains the changes made to this revision Information Topic Page Value 11 Sleep Mode was added to parameter 150 Logic State 45 Mach for firmware version 5 002 Bits 21 Sleep Stop and 22 Sleep Config were added to 48 parameter 156 Start Inhibits for firmware version 5 002 Value 8 Sleep Config was added to parameter 159 DigIn 49 ConfigStat for firmware version 5 002 Bits 24 Drv Waking and 27 RideThruAlrm added to parameter Id 328 Alarm Status 3 for firmware version 5 002 Bit 2 VltFdbkRetal added to parameter 510 FVC Mode Config for 97 firmware version 5 002 Bit PM Cogging added to parameter 512 PMag Mode Config for 97 firmware version 5 002 The following parameters were added for firmware version 5 002 Parameter Name Page Parameter No Name Page 278 Sleep Wake Mode 66 San CompOff Freq Im 279 Sleep Wake Ref 66 535 Mth CompOff Freq 100 280 Wake Level 66 594 Nth Torq Compen 106 281 Wake Time 66 595 Nth Amplitude 106 282 Sleep Level 66 596 Nth Phase Shift 106 283 Sleep Time 66 597 Mth Torq Compen 106 284 Sleep Control 67 598 Mth Amplitude 106 599 Mth Phase Shift 106 A new alarm Drv Waking 89 was added to the Fault Alarm 157 Descriptions table Added a description of the new Sleep W
225. arameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Values Default 0 0 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Linkable Read Write Data Type 720 PLL Control Phase Locked Loop Control Bit 0 Vel FdFwd En When set enables the velocity feed forward path When cleared the feed forward path is disabled Bit 1 Ext Vel In When set enables external velocity feed forward through Par 728 PLL Ext Spd Ref When cleared velocity feed forward is derived from the input device position Bit 2 Trckng AComp When set provides an element of acceleration compensation to the feed forward branch This is not recommended for use with external inputs because of increased noise ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options 22 5 S e SI 3583 S S S 8098 S 5 5 5585285888 SS e e e e e e e e e e e S S 5 s Default x x x Xx x x x x x x x x JO 0 00 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4183 2 1 0 1 True 721 PLL Position Ref Default 10 0 vd RW 32 bit Physical encoder position input This parameter is normally linked directly to the encoder Min Max 2147483648 Integer position of the device chosen for input to PLL Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 722 PLL BandWidth Default 20 00 V RW Real Sets the i
226. arameters available for storage of Real data by the user These parameters will be retained through power cycles 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl This is the control parameter for the switches used by the Selector Switch user functions 16 Input Selector Switches Pars 1029 1044 are controlled by bits 1 4 e Bit 0 SSW DataPass Updates the output If bit 0 is low the output is NOT updated with the selected input e Bits 1 Sel Swtch 00 4 Sel Swtch 03 Binary coded selection of the 16 inputs to the switch Bit 1 is the Least Significant Bit If these bits are all low set to 0 Par 1029 is selected If these bits are all high set to 1 Par 1044 is selected Refer to Pars 1029 1044 The values in these bits can be controlled by the digital inputs Refer to Pars 825 830 and to the Selector Switches section of the PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase l Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for more information e Bit5 SW Real 1 On activates the Real switch Refer to Pars 1023 1025 e Bit 6 SW Dint 1 n activates the DInt switch Refer to Pars 1026 1028 Options elels 2 x s z LE AA S S 8 8 88 8 8 Sle SEENEN S 55 555 5655585202 2 2 S 2 2 2 S s s s Default k fk x k kh amp k k p p p p p op Van Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1023 Swtch Real 1 NC Default 10 0000 RW Real This is the Normally Closed input to the Real switch When Par 1
227. are version 3 001 ax 2200000000 0000 RO Rea 1100 AddSub 2 Input nput value to be added to and or subtracted from as need with the Add and Subtract function This input will be added with Par 1101 AddSub 2 Add The result will be subtracted from by he value in Par 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct The result of the operation is loaded to Par 1103 AddSub 2 Result Equation Par 1100 Par 1101 Par 1102 Par 1103 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Default Min Max 1 0000 2200000000 0000 V RW Real 1101 AddSub 2 Add This value is added to the value of Par 1100 AddSub 2 Inp by Par 1102 and loaded into Par 1103 See Par 1100 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 t The result will be subtracted from Default 1 in Max Rea 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct This value is subtracted from the result of Par 1100 Par 1101 Par 1103 See Par 1100 ote This parameter was added 01 The result will be loaded into or firmware version 3 001 ax 42200000000 0000 Rea AddSub 2 Result This is the result output from the Add and Subtract function See Par 1100 Equation Par 1103 Par 1100 Par 1101 Par 1102 ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 ax 42200000000 0000
228. at will control the delay timer is set by Par 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit The user defined on off delay timer is enabled by setting bit 6 Delay Timer of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable DelayTimer 2Stats oo Enabled DelayTimer 2PrSet Gus 1117X 00 Timing DelayTimer 2 Data Gus 00 Dong DelayTimer 2 Bit DelayTimer 2Accum Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit Default v D 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData that will change the status Min Max 32 Integer of the user defined delay timer to on or off When Par 1114 DelTmr2 Trig Bit is a positive number the delay timer is an on timer When Par 1114 is a negative number the delay timer is an off timer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1115 DelayTimer2PrSet Default 0 V DW 116 bit The time that the value in Par 1116 DelayTimer2Accum must reach before bit 2 Timer Done Min Max 0 60000 Integer in Par 1117 DelayTimer2Stats is set Units S Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1116 DelayTimer2Accum Default RO 116 bit The amount of time that has elapsed since the timer was enabled Par 1117 DelayTimer2Stats Min Max 0 60000 Integer bit 1 set Units S Note This parameter vvas added for firmvvare version 3 001 1117 DelayTimer2Stats Displays the status of the user defined on or off delay timer Bit 0 Timer Enable vvhen this bit
229. ated by pressing the Start button on the HIM closing a digital input programmed for Start Run Run Forward or Run Reverse Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Application Notes Appendix B Figure 9 Sleep Wake Mode Flow Cha Is Sleep Wake Working rt No h Have these conditions been met Start Stop functions greater than Wake Level in Invert mode analog signal will control start stop and speed reference Normal Stop Enable Start Run 1 Sleep Wake Ref must be set to the analog input that will control 2 Sleep Wake Mode must 1 Direct Enable or 2 Invert Enable 3 Sleep Level must be less than Wake Level in Direct mode or 4 Speed Ref x Sel must be set to a speed reference source that will control the drive If Sleep Wake Ref Speed Ref x Sel the same 5 Atleast one of the following must be programmed for Dig Inx Sel No Meet all Conditions Yes Is Required Input Closed No Stop Enable Run Yes Which Mode is Selected Invert or Direct Invert Direct gt lt Close Input Decrease Analog Input Signal and wait for a time period greater than or equal to Wake Time No Is Analog Signal Less than or equal to Wake Level and for time period greater than or equal to Wake Ti
230. ation Par 1107 Par 1104 Par 1105 Par 1106 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1108 DelTmr1 TrigData Default V RVV 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control a user defined on or off delay timer The bit Min Maxii32 bits of data Boolean within the selected word that will control the delay timer is set by Par 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit The user defined on off delay timer is enabled by setting bit 6 Delay Timer of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable DelayTimer 1 Stats Enabled DelayTimer 1PrSet 00 Timing Delay 01 DelayTimer 1 Data itt DelayTimer 1Accum Timer 1 d DelayTimer 1 Bit Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit Default RW 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 1108 DelTmr1 TrigDatal that will change the status Min Max 32 Integer of the user defined delay timer to on or off When Par 1109 DelTmr1 Trig Bit is a positive number the delay timer is an on timer When Par 1109 is a negative number the delay timer is an off timer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1110 DelayTimer1PrSet Units s v RW 16 bit The time that the value in Par 1111 DelayTimer1Accum must reach before bit 2 Timer Done Default 10 Integer in Par 1112 DelayTimer1 Stats is set Min Max 0 600 00 Note This parameter was adde
231. balanced fault Bit 13 HH VltUnblnc is used to indicate a High Horsepower Bus voltage unbalanced fault e Bit 29 Anlgln1 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 1 loss fault e Bit 30 AnlgIn2 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 2 1055 fault e Bit 31 Anlgln3 Loss is used to indicate an Analog Input 3 loss fault Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bits 11 12 13 21 and 28 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 NonCnfgAlarm was added for firmware version 3 004 Options E E E Elelelele alm E UT algas SI ls l l S l la S ez s isles EISCHEN el CHE e iH as iz s 5 51318 x iz im s le ele i iz la z lm s i z le l iz ls lz is iz z iz iz z s S Z Iz ER es l l lg sis s s s iz s z z sie e 12 lS zl fe JS a ja ja a siz zz ee ee z e e 2 2 S S 2 Default 0 D 0 O x x x x 0x JO 0 00000 0000 0 fO jo 0 0 0 0 J0 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 1 True 323 Fault Status 1 Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as fault conditions These events are from Par 320 Exception Event1 Options 2 m E K Siolsl elSlel Slel S 2 2 dic 5 Elalal 2 2 os s 9 amp S 5gi2ieskgSeszsisrastshsdlel s zZzrz ieseosSziiszzssssisess zr isBB s
232. base speed Accel Min Max 0 0100 6553 5000 Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 32 Accel Time Units S 33 Decel Time 1 Default 10 0000 v BW Bea Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases with time in seconds to base speed Decel Min Max 0 0100 6553 5000 Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 33 Decel Time Units S 34 S Curve Time Default 10 5000 vd RW Rea Sets the S time Round In and Round Out in seconds Half of the time specified is added to the Min Max 0 0000 4 0000 beginning and half to the end of the applied ramp The S time is independent of speed and Units S results in a trapezoidal torque profile For example Speed 2 2 Time in Seconds 0 5 sec 0 5 sec Accel Time 5 0 seconds S Curve Time 1 0 second Total Ramp Time 6 0 seconds 35 SpdRef Filt Gain Default 1 000 4 RW Real Sets the lead term for the Speed Reference filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead Min Max 5 0000 unction and values less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 36 SpdRef Filt BW Default 0 0000 4 RW Real Sets the frequency for the Speed Reference filter Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 Units rad s 37 Spd Ref Bypass Default 0 0000 V RW Real The speed command after the limit ramp and s curve blocks Link a source directly to this Min Max 14112 0000 parameter to bypass these blocks Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July
233. based on the condition of the Bipolar SRef bit Bipolar Reference Controlled By HIM HIM Direction Button Enabled Yes Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied or command signal Enabled No ei no effect on motor direction Direction determined by sign of Par 40 Selected Spd Ref Disabled Yes Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit Disabled No Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit In either Bipolar or Unipolar mode the selected direction can be determined from the sign of Par 41 Limited Spd Ref Positive values indicate forward rotation a SRef LdLg En Enables disables the Speed Reference Lead Lag Filter SErrFilt1Stg Setting th cascaded Jog in Torq Overrides Jog NoRamp Bypasses rq StopRamp Overrides rq 0525 4 Configure 3WireControl Configure Jog Nolnteg Configure OL ClslpDsbl Overload Reserved DM Reserved Reserved Reserved Auto Tach Sw Switches nd negative values indicate reverse rotation is bit will configure the speed error filter as a single first order low pass filter Clearing this bit will configure the speed error filter as two first order low pass filters Flying Start Enables disables the function which reconnects to a spinning motor at actual rpm when a start command is issued Par 110 Speed TorqueMode setting when a jog command is received the Speed Reference
234. bi Compensates for current feedback delays in High Horse Power drives frames 9 and up in Max 0 0 50 0 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units us 552 Slip Preload Val Default 120 0 RW 32 bi The Slip Gain value to be pre loaded if the drive is powered down in Max 0 0 8192 0 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 553 Slip Slew Rate Default 0 200 RW Real SCH the rate at which the Slip Gain Regulator output transitions from the inactive state to in Max 0 010 16 383 D the active state Units us Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed from 2 000 to 0 200 for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 101 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description 554 LED Status Used to monitor LED statuses including the main controller SynchLink and DriveLogix5370 from a HIM or an application program e g DriveExplorer This feature is 2 x E i only available with DriveLogix version 15 03 or later Bit 0 Sts Active Drive running no faults are present e Bit 1 Sts Ready Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present Bit 2 Sts HW Fault A non resettable fault has occurred in the drive Bit 3 Sts Fault A fault has o
235. ble the position regulator set Parameter 147 bit 16 to 1 On 2 Parameter 1000 UserFunct Enable is used to activate and deactivate the User Functions 3 These diagrams are for reference only and may not accurately reflect all logical control signals actual functionality is implied by the approximated diagrams Accuracy of these diagrams is not guaranteed Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams I I I Id I I NA 11 ssed1 Id I 1 1 1 I I sas xoeqpeed d peo1 7 i I I I Id ZI Du Unejop I I Jeo 5 you yur meno Id z ysel jonuog ss ooiq 1 pe F a asi Er 3 UO N9 01d uondepy sinduj Jey nbio 40105 D 8104 uonoejes BuisseooJg jueuno Je U9ION Jepoou3 JoyeinBay JOMOd 9 HOA sng 01400 10199A 9 u ey Wied 904 Jeu din bil nA ino Id Bey pds eAn2 s L SEL jonuo2 enbioj 9 due Je9Ur les g Jeu p ds Jeu pds pds p dwey pds p lo l s les v Jeu p ds p m m m m m zm mm poner 195 1sod Ga zi JojyejnDou Cost Jeu 15041444 z ysel 9u 1 4 f0nuo2 peeds Co Ma Deu pds I I I urep Bay pds I I I I Coe Cis ure Bay pd I IC d beu
236. c and Bi Bi Bi Bi B B Def inuous level After a OL 151 calcu juncti Bi Bi Options Name Description OL OpnLp CurrLim ays the current limi g of 110 of contin three second ratin to the short term ra CurrLim set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload OL ing ays the current limi it2 HS verTemp Reserved gt Reserved on temperature visible in Par 348 12 fUunTmprMax is selected two fau it 4 IT Trip indicates t it 5 IT Pending indi 6 IT Foldback indicates the drive closed loop current temperature 7 Over Temp Reserved set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload will set a current limit level based on the values in Par 355 Iq Ref Lim Temp and the thermal characteristics of the drive Under normal operating conditions the ion typically sets the limit at 250 of the continuous drive rat determines that the power device junction temperature is approaching maximum his limit to the level required to prevent additional heating of the in low as the continuous rating of the drive If the inverter temperature decreases aise the limit to a higher level Disable this protection by setting b 153 Control Options Drive OL JnctTmp Displays the calculated junction temperature of the power semiconductors in ation uses the values of Par 313 Heatsink Temp Par 355 Iq Ref Limited and inverter hermal characteristics conta
237. c 1A Data 1161 EGR Config 1020 UserData Real 09 1042 Sel Swtch In13 064 Logic 1A Bit 1162 EGR Mul 1021 UserData Real 10 1043 Sel Swtch In14 1065 Logic 1B Data 1163 EGR Div 1044 Sel Swtch In15 1066 Logic 1B Bit 1164 EGR Pos Input 1045 SelSwtch RealOut 067 Logic ZA Data 1165 EGR Pos Output 1046 SelSwtch DintOut 1068 Logic 2A Bit 1166 EGR Pos Preset 1069 Logic 2B Data 070 Logic 2B Bit 1071 Compare 1A 1072 Compare 1B 073 Compare ZA 1074 Compare 2B 1096 AddSub 1 Input 097 AddSub 1 Add 1098 AddSub 1 Subtrct 1099 AddSub 1 Result 100 AddSub 2 Input 1101 AddSub 2 Add 1102 AddSub 2 Subtrct 103 AddSub 2 Result 1104 AddSub3 Input 1105 AddSub 3 Add 106 AddSub 3 Subtrct 1107 AddSub 3 Result 34 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Parameter Data in Linear List Format g o E Name S s No Description Values 5288 1 Motor NP Volts Default Calculated RVV16 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated volts in Max 75 705 Integer O Units V 2 Motor NP FLA Default Calculated RW Real Gen Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps Range limited by three secon
238. c for next trigger event y resets bac ing bits to Capture position during Reverse rotation Capture position during Forward rotation Set bits 0 00 Arm Req and 16 01 Arm Reg to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on 0 after found Bit 1 00 DisarmReq and bit 17 01 and 17 will clear the bits 0 and 6 Setting bits 0 and 6 sets bits 0 and bit 17 Found of paramete r 256 Opt0 1 RegisStat x x 0 x 19 1 16 11 NO ze Opt0 1 RegisStat Indicates the registration control status on port 0 of the feedback option card e Bit 0 pt Armed indicates the registration latch is armed e Bit 1 OptO Found indicates the registration event has triggered the la Rising edge of Arm request will set the Armed status bit Rising edge of Disarm request will clear the Armed status bit ch Options e E lt a e Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved S 0pt1 Found Reserved gt Reserved x xox 21 20 119 1 x 1 gt Reserved X X X X Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 0 False 1 True gt Reserved Reserved gt gt Reserved Reserved 5 Reserved Reserved gt Reserved 2100 DisarmReq 100 Arm Req 0 False Bit 23 22 9 18 17 0 x 16 1
239. can be linked to a position reference source such as Par 1160 VirtEncPositFast ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1156 Heidn VM Enc PPR Default 1024 RW 32 bit Virtual Master Encoder Pulse per Revolution PPR This value defines the encoder PPR for the in Max 1024 and 2048 only Integer Geh Virtual Master function The Heidenhain option card produces the encoder pulse according to Units 1PPR this PPR value which is limited to 1024 or 2048 encoder lines Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1160 VirtEncPositFast Default 0 0 RO 32 bit Virtual Encoder position output in Task 1 One of three outputs from the Virtual Encoder Min Max 2147483648 0 Integer function This value is the encoder position reference output for Task1 fast rate Par 62 Virt Encdr Posit and Par 63 Virt Encdr Dlyed are the encoder position output in Task 2 For the Virtual Master Encoder function you must use Par 1160 VirEncPosiFast as the position reference updated in Task 1 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1161 EGR Config Configuration for the Electrical Gear Ratio EGR user function Setting bit 7 EGR of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable enables the EGR user function The combination of bit 0 Output Sel 0 and bit 1 Output Sel 1 determines the output of the EGR user function as follows Bit1 BitO Description 0 0 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to zero 0 1 Par 1165 EGR Pos Outpu
240. cates that the alarm queue has been cleared nformational only 1 Referto Table 5 on page 156 for Fault Type Descriptions For Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support Title Online at Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support http www rockwellautomation com literature or Call M F 7 00a m to 6 00p m Central STD time 1 262 512 8176 For Automation and Control Technical Support Title Online at Rockwell Automation Technical Support http support rockwellautomation com knowledgebase Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 163 Table 7 Fault Alarm Description Cross Reference Fault Alarm No Fault Alarm No 12volt Power Alarm 93 HiHp PwrEE Error 74 15volt Power 33 HiHP VoltUnbInce 78 Hard Over Trvl 83 Inst Overcurrent 27 Hard Over Trvl 84 Interp 0ut Synch 46 Soft Over Trvl 81 Inv OLoad Pend 16 Soft Over Trvl 82 Inv OLoad Trip 17 Abs Ovespd Det 1 Inv OTemp Pend 14 Alarm Cleared 131 Inv OTemp Trip 15 Alarm 0 Cleared 132 Inv Trans Desat 25 Analog In 1 Loss 94 Logix Clod 63 Analog In 2 Loss 95 Logix Link Chng 64 Analog In 3 Loss 96 Logix Out of Run 61 Brake OL Trip 38 Logix Timeout 62 DC Bus Overvolt 24 MC CML Task Fail 47 DC Bus Undervolt 42 MC Commissn Fail 23 DPI Loss Port 1 49 MC Firmware 30 DPI
241. ccurred in the drive Bit 4 Sts Alarm A type 1 user configurable alarm condition exists but the drive continues to run e Bit 5 Sts Run nhbt A type 2 non configurable alarm condition exists drive continues to run e Bit 6 Sync InSync The module is configured as the time keeper or the module is configured as a follower and synchronization is complete Bit 7 Sync NotSync The follower s are not configured with the time keeper Bit8 DL Run Mode The controller is in Run mode Bit 9 DL Force Act 1 0 forces are active enabled but may or may not exist Bit 10 DL ForceNtEn One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled Bit 11 DL Battery Either the battery is not installed or 95 discharged and should be replaced Bit 12 DL 1 0 Activ The controller is communicating with all the devices in its 1 0 configuration e Bit 13 DL 1 0 Alarm One or more devices in the 1 0 configuration of the controller are not responding e Bit 14 DLI O Fault The controller is not communicating to any devices and is faulted Bit 15 DL ComActive RS 232 activity Bit 16 DL Fault The controller detected a non recoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Bit 17 DL NotActive If the controller is a new then it requires a firmware update or if the controller is not new a major fault occurred Bit 18 DL OK
242. changes in encoder direction bit 6 or 22 may require changing Par 153 Control Options bit 10 Motor Dir Bit 7 0 EdgTime or bit 23 Enc1 EdgTime configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the bit to zero selects Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation e Bits 10 En SmplRate bt through 12 En0SmplRate bt2 or bi Filter see Table 233C FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces s 26 En1SmplRate bt0 through 28 En1SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR the effect of noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the PowerFlex 7008 with Phase Il Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 for details Note Bit 27 is set to 0 False by default for firmware version 1 11 and is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 003 Options e S s 2 skk EEEk El 525 le lel EE ziz el s ele e e ua iz iz S e S e e ES im 6 la 1siziziziz jo ilio M M C l o O jojo co 162 G2 l o o l
243. cified in Par 589 Err Count Lmt is met the drive control will transition from the slew rate limit mode to normal operation of the slip regulator Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 588 VqsReg Err Lmt Default 10 RW 16 bit Defines the error Ge at which the Flux Producing Voltage Vqs regulator input becomes Min Max 4 32767 Integer active When the error level reaches the value specified in this parameter and the error count condition specified in Par 589 Err Count Lmt is met the drive control will transition from the slew rate limit mode to normal operation of the Vos regulator Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 589 Err Count Lmt Default RW 16 bit Defines the control loop counts limit where the counter counts up if the error level of the Vos Min Max 32767 Integer regulator input is equal to the error level during Flux Producing Current Ids command Slew Rate operation When the counter exceeds the value of this parameter then the normal Vqs regulator operation becomes active The same limit of control loop counts is applied to the Slip Slew Rate operation where the counter counts up if the error level of the Slip regulator input is equal to the error level during Slip Slew Rate operation When the counter exceeds the value of this parameter then the normal Slip regulator operation becomes active Notes T
244. ckwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 151 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Drive Status Indicators Table 3 Drive Status Indicator Descriptions Name Color State Description PWR Power Green Steady lluminates when power is applied to the drive SIS Green Flashing Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present Status Steady Drive running no faults are present Yellow Flashing When running a type 2 non configurable alarm condition exists drive continues to amp run When stopped a start inhibit exists and the drive cannot be started 5 Steady A type 1 user configurable alarm condition exists but drive continues to run 2 Red Flashing A fault has occurred A Steady A non resettable fault has occurred Red Flashing drive is in flash recovery mode The only operation permitted is flash upgrade Yellow Alternately e 2 PORT Refer to the Status of DPI port internal communications if present MOD Communication Status of communications module when installed S NET A Adapter User Manual Status of network if ted atus of network if connected a E NETB Status of secondary network if connected HE E 1 SYNCHLINK Green Steady The module is configured as the time keeper or E M The module is configured as a follower and synchronization is complete sig Green Flashing The fol
245. ckwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 223 Index 224 Motor Control Autotune Results 24 Drive Config 24 Monitoring 24 Motor Data 24 Tuning 24 Motor Control Mode 177 Field Oriented Control 177 Permanent Magnet Control 178 Volts Hertz Control 178 0 OK LED DriveLogix 154 Operator Interface 170 P Parameters 21 About 21 By Name 143 Cross Reference 143 Data 35 Edit 170 Linear List Format 35 Organization 23 Programming 21 View 170 Parameters Groups Communication 24 Dynamic Control 23 Inputs amp Outputs 24 Monitor 23 Motor Control 23 Position Control 24 Process Control 23 Speed Control 23 Speed Posit Fdbk 24 Torque Control 23 User Functions 24 Utility 24 Permanent Magnet Motors Compatible Motors 215 Specifications 215 Position Control Homing 29 Inter Direct 29 Motion 29 Phase Lock Loop 29 Point to Point 29 Position Config 29 Sync Generator 29 preferences setting 170 Process Control Limit Generator 28 Regulator 28 programmable controller configurations 174 recommended documentation 9 reset to defaults 169 RUN LED DriveLogix 154 S saving data 169 setting preferences 170 Speed Control Reference 26 Regulator 26 Setpoint Monitor 26 Speed Posit Fdbk Calculated Fdbk 30 Encoder Port 0 1 30 Feedback Config 30 Feedback Opt 0 1 30 Start Inhibit Common Causes Start Inhibit 19 status indicator 152 status indicators 151 status LEDs 151 Status Word Logic 175 T the
246. d e o e e e o e eo e d E cc LEE E je icicle m m in Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x JO 0 10 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True 687 Motn Axis Status n Status bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis ptions 5 ES EN a 2 m BE ly xla T imi mim Gpo T w T e llel ll w w lini o o o o o o o o o o o o o o e e o o gt o o o o 2122121212121212121212121212121212 2191316 1216121212153 2121 61616 61601616 6160 16 2 G 1 612 01 16 61 61 102 u s mimimimimimimilim l l l l l lZm 5 EISE IA 4 lei e e o o o e e e e o o gt e oO o o o c2 am m 100 o o gt ez CC m I 0 n cc lt m n CO cc m o ICH T D cc n n ja Let Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0x x 0 x x 0 j0 0 JO 0 JO x x k 0 JO m 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 688 AxisControl f A Command request bits from the Motion Planner both the Servo and Feedback Only axis Options 5 EN 9 2 e Kg o D eo c S c Ojo c m m emim E lm ei s olm lim m e 0 0 0 0 0 00000 E olp z g 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0009 old z c5 cese e Le go m ez g e 2 Pe E 5 m r e S l e gt oOo o o o o e e e o o
247. d Do not change this value 456 Build Number Default 0 RO 16 bit Displays the build number of the drive s Motor Control MC software Min Max 0 65535 nteger 457 MCFirmware Rev Default 0 000 RO 16 bit Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Motor Control MC software Min Max 0 000 655 350 nteger Changed all values to three decimal places for firmware version 4 001 Scale x10 459 IdsCompCoeff Mot Defa RW 16 bit Defines the flux producing current Ids command compensation coefficient used during Mi Ale Pane nteger motoring When this parameter is set to 1024 the amount of compensation which is proportional to torque producing current Iqs command is 100 of the rated flux current at 1 PU of Iqs command when the torque producing voltage Vqs regulator is off and Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 145 Comp En 1 No Ids command compensation will be applied when Par 510 FVC Mode Config bit 7 0 Notes Refer to Ids Compensation Coefficient Set Up in the PowerFlex 7005 with Phase II Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMOOS for more information This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 460 dsCompCoeff Reg Default 10 RW 16 bit Defines the flux al q current Ids command compensation coefficient used during Min Max 32767 Integer regeneration When this parameter is set to 1024 the amount of compensation which is proportional to torque producing current Iqs command is 1
248. d Home changed to Slip Test for firmware version 3 001 Value 8 Find Home was added for firmware 4 PM Offset version 3 003 166 Motor Ctrl Cmmd a Displays the command bits to the Motor Control Processor from the Velocity Processor o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o eo e e e o o o o o o a eleezelejele e e e z leleleeeezciele e e e e elelemlele2dumls 2 99 9 8 29 9 9 9 98 9 9 9 9 9 9 s o l99 9 8 9 8 9 99 9 9 Eg xuU 22 2 2 2 292 S S S S L 12 12 12 S 15 S 1 S 1 B 12 1 He iz s Default Ph woe m Je Re ee eee w 6 00 0 pu Bit 31 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 z3 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 6 5 4 21 0 tt 167 Motor Ctrl Ackn A Displays the Motor Control Processor s acknowledgment to the Velocity Processor for the Motor Control Command bits COST Jala ber Jet es be In e Ve e es le lm gt le ele hele le KI El le o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o I 5 2 e cici simi ciczizicizic s S so s 9 l9 eoo e o in 2 2 2 2 9 9 9 9 s 9 29 9 9 9 9 9 9 2 e z S xin oio olooioo loo oiloloiloooolcoioioiooioio lo o loilololg s s3J Ja mn 162 poc jm oz 0E DOC E E o Oc jn Or 22 Joc DE G 22 Joc OE 22 Joc E 22 DE OE Jn Ia ee Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 00 po rale Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 168 Normal Stop Mode Default 0
249. d for firmware version 3 001 1111 DelayTimer1Accum Default RO 16 bit The amount of time that has elapsed since the timer was enabled Par 1112 DelayTimer1Stats Min Max 0 600 00 Integer bit 2 set Units je Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1112 DelayTimer1Stats Displays the status of the user defined on or off delay timer Bit 0 Timer Enable when this bit is set the timer is enabled Bit 1 Timer Timing when this bit is set the timer is running Bit 2 Timer Done when this bit is set the timer is done Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options 1212 eg ee e e e e e Se Se 2 121212 Lye e o o o e o o o o o o o o o o o 6 e 6 e 6 6 6 000 1616 E E ES ez fo c fe m jc jc m E E Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x 10 J0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 1 True Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 137 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o a SACH Name S s No Description Values 5822 1113 DelTmr2 TrigData Default 0 v RVV 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control a user defined on or off delay timer The bit Min Max 32 bits of data Boolean within the selected word th
250. d for firmware version 5 002 Value 8 Slip Test was 5 MC Diag Sleep Mode added for firmware version 3 001 Values 9 Finding Home and 10 Homing Done were added for firmware version 3 003 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name s No Description a 151 Logic Command The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that are changed here are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be cleared upon drive powerup or following an EEprom recall operation Options a als S s lt 2 48 5 5 2 ISA lt aua glg p 25 PE 2 6 1612 1 8 06122 2 6 418121 56 2 192 ak Mess eo P m m lols rs esse ee s es ses ac a a jur u m a co C Q H c ic Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 O x x 0 0 0 0 0 O J0 z 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 4 True 152 Applied LogicCmd Displays the Logic Command that is applied to the Regulators and Control Algorithms within the drive Logic Commands come from the 32 bit Logic Command found in a connection with the Logix Controller Note Bits 7 amp 8 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options ea m m a Aa e 8 3
251. d inverter rating Min Max Calculated Calculated Units A 3 Motor NP Hertz Default Calculated RW Real Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency in Max 2 0000 500 0000 Units Hz 4 Motor NP RPM Default Calculated RW 16 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated rpm in Max 1 30000 nteger O Units pm 5 Motor NP Power Default Calculated RW 32 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated power in Max 0 2500 3500 0000 nteger c Note The unit of measure for this parameter was changed from kW to Hp for firmware version Units Hp 2 003 6 Mtr NP Pwr Units Default 0 Hp The power units shown on the motor nameplate Options 0 Hp 1 kW 7 Motor Poles Default 14 RVV 16 bit Set the number of motor poles indicated on the motor nameplate or manufacturer s motor data Min Max 2 128 nteger Sech sheet Only even numbers of poles are allowed Units Pole Calculation 120 NP Hz NP rpm Poles round down Note The maximum value was changed from 60 to 128 for firmware version 4 002 9 Total Inertia Default 2 0000 V DW Bea Time in seconds for a motor coupled to a load to accelerate from zero to base speed at rated Min Max 0 0100 655 0000 motor torque Calculated during auto tune Units S 10 Speed Ref 1 Default 0 0000 4 RW Rea Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel or Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 28 Speed Ref B Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of
252. d torque or 10096 for some external function Units PU 181 PI Reference Default 0 0000 v RW Rea The reference input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base in Max 8 0000 PU motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 182 PPI Feedback Default 0 0000 v RW Rea The feedback input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base in Max 8 0000 P U motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 183 PI Error Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the error of the process trim reference minus the process trim feedback in Max 8 0000 P U Units PU 184 PI Lpass Filt BW Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets the bandwidth of a single pole filter applied to the error input of the Process Control in Max 0 0000 500 0000 regulator The input to the filter is the difference between Par 181 PI Reference and Par 182 PI Units rad s Feedback The output of this filter is used as the input to the process control regulator 185 PI Preload Default 10 0000 V RW Rea Presets the integrator of the Process Control regulator in Max 8 0000 PU Units PU ki Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 5 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters
253. dates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of SmplRate bt0 through 12 SmplRate bt2 configure the Finite Impulse Response FIR Filter see Table 268D FIR Filter Settings This setting reduces the noisy feedback on the system Refer to the Speed Position Feedback section of the PowerFlex 700S with Phase Il Control Reference Manual publication Note Bit 11 SmplRate bt0 is set to 0 False by default for firmware version 1 11 and bit 11 SmplRate1 is set to 1 True by default for firmware version 2 003 Options SIS lo Div lo lm m m m m m m m m m m m m m 03 4 im m m D e o 5 5 is o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oO o o o o N o siziziziziziziziziziziziziziziziziziz 122 ele e l e CH ECH ECH E 1 6 1 6 1 S ss o o o P S S S 6 98 213 E EIE SG GS o Belo 6 mn o Jo jo E 2 0 Aa 07 2 Joc E oc JD o D 09 100 69 FPS E EE o DE ul LEE o DEE C29 Default x x x Xx x x x x x x x x x Xx Xx x x x x 01 JO x x x x 01 0 x Oc False Bit 31 30 29 28 Z7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 l5 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 B 210 198 64 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Read Write Data Type
254. ded for firmware version 2 003 Units VAC 532 Maximum Freq Default Par 3 Motor NP Hertz 2 10Hz RW 16 bit A Sets the highest frequency the drive will output This parameter is a function of Par 3 Motor Min Max Par 3 Motor NP Hertz 10 Hz 420 0 Integer NP Hertz Units Hz Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 533 SlewRateTimeLimt Defa 0 0 RW 16 bit Defines the time limit in seconds during which torque producing voltage Vqs regulator Min Max 0 0 1126 0 Integer D output variations are limited by each slew rate at the transition where the Vos regulator turns on The same time limit is applied at the transition to the slip regulator when the slip regulator turns on A value of zero disables the slew rate function on both the Vqs regulator output and the slip regulator output Par 553 defines the slew rate for the slip regulator and Par 586 IdsCmd Slew Rate defines the slew rate for the Vqs regulator Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was renamed rom Flux Gain Adjust to SlevvRateTimelimit the default value was changed to 10 0 and the minimum value was changed to 0 0 for firmware version 4 001 534 Nth CompOff Freq Default 819 RW 116 bit The Nth compensation current amplitude is constant defined by Par 595 Nth Amplitude up Min Max 0 32767 nteger 0 this frequency then linearly reduced to zero at the frequency of Par 534 6 25 Scaling 4096
255. ded for firmware version 4 001 594 Nth Torq Compen Default 10 RW 116 bit nes h anty requency as lt n gt times mechanical frequency 0 1000 nteger D No e This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 595 Nth Amplitude Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the compensation current amplitude for the Nth harmonic component 0 4096 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 4096 Par 2 Motor NP FLA 596 Nth Phase Shift Default 0 RW 16 bit Defines the phase shift for the Nth harmonic component Min Max Jt 6384 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 16384 360 deg 597 Mth Torq Compen Default RW 16 bit Defines monte requency as m times mechanical frequency 0 1000 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 598 Mth Amplitude Default 10 RW 16 bit Defines the compensation current amplitude for the Mth harmonic component Min Max 0 4096 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 4096 Par 2 Motor NP FLA 599 Mth Phase Shift Default 10 RW 116 bit Defines the phase shift for the Mth harmonic component Min Max 16384 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 5 002 Scaling 16384 360 deg 600 Lgx Comm Format ge Default 16 Speed Ctrl ndicates the Controller to Drive communication format me fp 2 E Note Option values 1 15 and 20 31 a
256. dicates a non configurable Analog Input 2 loss fault e Bit31 Anlgln3 Loss indicates a non configurable Analog Input 3 loss fault Notes Bits 16 20 and 23 were added for firmware version 2 004 Bits 11 12 13 29 30 and 31 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 21 to Drive Homing and bit 28 to 12v Pwr for firmware version 3 003 Bit 14 HH Bus Data was added for firmware version 3 004 Bit 24 Drv Waking and 27 RideThruAlrm were added for firmware version 5 002 Options E 8 2 533535555555 kaaa s 22532 5152 5 2121212190190 2 201212 2 elelsl Sigls seis Slee S Elelsl2 E leese eelere e 5 6 S S le S z S EE e ele e s z 2 2 6 S 2 S rs e E F rz 2 2 2 2 2 3 S S S S EF Default 0 0 0 0 O x x 0 JO 00 0 1 0 0 00 x 00 0 JO jO 0 JO JO 0 0 0 J0 0 00 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1311211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 lere 329 Fault TP Sel _ Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select Fault data displayed in Par 330 Fault TP Data Options 0 Zero 14 MtrStallTime e 24 ElpsSec mSec Elapsed time in seconds and milliseconds since the last power up 11 Abs OverSpd 15 MC Handshake 25 ElpsMin Sec Elapsed time in minutes and seconds since the last power up 2 EEPwr State 16 VPL Handshak 26 ElpsHour Min Elapsed time in hours and minutes since the last power up 3 Inv DataStat
257. disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 393 BusUndervoltCnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to Gate the drive s response to the DC Bus voltage falling below the minimum Options 0 Ignore value I 1 Alarm e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Fit RampStop this event occurs 4 FitCurlimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 8 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 84 Name Description VoltFdbkLossCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a communication error between Motor Control MC and the motor voltage feedback board
258. ds das 1soog ZH A Japooug enulA t p ds dis uono l s Buissad014 Jed jueuno ZH A be14 dbs Jeu pds pejeos pds pedwey z ysel eoueJejeu ouo2 peeds ZH SIIOA Z eseud S004 X l M MO 209 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 TI Ceo mu I n 7 C295 wg enne ul poreoo si eyep o66un Isod 5 0 anjea 1ejurod 6990 1e pejeoo SI enpe ejep lutod 13661 eu p 1 01 99sd wouy senjea 1ejurod eAnebeu leay vino pu lk jeeueiopueijt zino puss q uon son sod nee ors L 9994 d 2 juiod eyep ayy qld ino puai L WIG ZINO pussL wid HNO pues Jo Butuuibeq u 1e eyep pu n y ur peoe d nieA v seuiuuejep ejep jo d eyep au uo Buipuadap 8990 10 29sd 2 0 0 ED IP cul pues L Zuen PH Lul puoi eyep s bbuy d pu n eui o Joud eois ol sluiod KED z l puit o 0 Cos qulq Lul pu911 Lep Jo s qulnu ay sio l s 99sd s k z ul lupa k u Lape Ionuoo puoi nc J031u02 pue Ces foqulodyngpuesL Juja vino Dua 0 ED eu gu pue k CD 1410 gu puaa IonuoO puss 0 Eet pul ual 99D wa vu pusu Wu joUOD pu 1l Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Buyo z ead SNIEIS PIO mo Z190 ye d mo 190100 reed
259. e Bit 11 SL Buff Rx10 was added for firmware version 4 001 2 Reserved 8 SL DirlntRx1 3 Reserved 9 SL DirlntRx2 4 Motor Sim 10 SL DirlntRx3 5 FB Opt PortO 11 SL Buff Rx10 FdbkAxis FdbkVal Default 0 Present value of the selected feedback for the Motion Feedback Only Axis Min Max 2147483648 703 Mom TP Select Default 0 SrvoAxisCnfgxe Selector for diagnostic Test point relating to Motion functionality Options 0 SrvoAxisCnfg 16 CST Upper 1 SrvoAxisUnwd 17 FBonlyFbkRaw 2 Marker Dist 18 Reserved 3 HomeEvent X 19 I O Rx Seng 4 Watch Posit 20 1 0 Rx Msg 5 Home Posit 21 I 0 Tx Meng 6 SrvoMRP Ofst 22 Syn Rx Seq 72 SrvoAct Ofst 23 Syn Rx Msg 8 PositRegis1 24 Syn Tx Msg 9 PositRegis2 25 Evt Rx Seq 0 FdbkAxisCnfg 26 Evt Rx Msg 1 FdbkAxisUnwd 27 Evt Tx Msg 2 FdbkMRP 015 28 Asy Rx Seg 3 FdbkAct Ofst 29 Rx Msg 4 TimeEvntStat 30 Asy Tx Msg 5 CST Lower 31 Reset Msg 704 Motn TP Value Default 10 RO 32 bi Data for diagnostic Test point relating to Motion functionality Min Max 2147483648 nteger 705 RotaryCmmd Default 0 RO 132 bi Position command input from the Motion Planner to the ServoAxis when configured in rotary Min Max 0 4294967295 nteger mode 706 MotnUnwdTurnCmmd Default 0 RO 16 bi Position unwind
260. e Motor PU Torque 71 Filtered SpdFdbk Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the motor speed feedback value output from the feedback Lead Lag filter Min Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the product of the speed feedback and Par 73 Spd Fdbk Scale This parameter is for Min Max 2200000000 0000 display only Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 73 Spd Fdbk Scale Default 1 0000 V RW Real A user adjustable scale factor multiplier for speed feedback It is multiplied with speed Min Max 2200000000 0000 eedback to produce Par 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 74 Atune Spd Ref Default Par 4 0 8500 RW Real Sets the maximum speed of the motor during the Flux current and inertia tests Min Max Par 4 0 1000 Par 4 1 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 s 8 Name S s No Description Values 5822 15 Rev Speed Limit Default 4 1 2500 RW Real Sets a limit on the speed reference in the negative direction This value can be entered as a in Max 8 0000 0 0000 negative value or zero The maximum value equals Par 532 Maximum Freq 0 95 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 76 Fwd Speed Li
261. e power accumulated over time Units MWhr This value will increase in both regen and motoring modes of operation This parameter value Scale x10 can be changed written to by the user 3 Motor Spd Fdbk Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays measured motor speed information from the selected feedback device in Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 3 Motor Speed Ref Default 0 000 RO Rea Displays the speed reference value after the limit function This is the input to the error in Max 14112 0000 calculator and speed regulator Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 3 Spd Reg PI Out Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the output of the speed regulator This is the input to torque control A value of 1 0 in Max 8 0000 P U represents base torque of the motor Units PU Motor Torque Ref Default 0 0000 RO Rea Displays the reference value of motor torque The actual value of the motor torque is within 5 Min Max 8 0000 P U of this value Units PU 3 Limit Status Current Lim OT rrLim e HE rrLim EE 6 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Closed Loop Invert 8 Torq Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Positive Torque Limit set by Par 125 Torque Pos Limit 9 Mtrng PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Motorin
262. e Check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections e Check the inverter cooling fans 71 HiHp Drv OvrLoad High Horse Power Only Reduce the mechanical load Drive Overload the drive s operating point has exceeded the intermittent current rating and a foldback to the continuous rating in Par 400 Rated Amps has occurred 72 HiHp PwrBd PrcEr High Horse Power Only Replace the Fiber Optic Power Interface board Power Board Processor Error a processor on the Fiber Optic Power Interface circuit board has detected a self diagnostic problem 73 HiHp PrChrg Cntc High Horse Power Only Ifthe drive has AC input check the Precharge Contactor Fault the precharge contactor did not send precharge resistor and contactor back active feedback If the drive has DC input check the jumper for precharge bypass switch on the Fiber Optic Power Interface board 74 HiHp PwrEE Error High Horse Power Only Cycle power to the drive Power EEPROM Error the Cycling Ring Checksum CRC of the e Check the communication bus lines 10 pin data stored in the Fiber Optic Power Interface board s EEPROM connector on the Main Control board Fiber does not match the stored CRC Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic connections 75 HHP PwrBd Otemp High Horse
263. e drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FltCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 390 SL MultErr Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to enfant the drive s response to the failure of a DPI port Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs M2 Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FltCoastStop this event occurs 3 Flt RampStop e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit 4 FitCurlimStp in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive t
264. e is in torque mode selected in Par 110 Speed TorqueMode value 2 Torque Ref If the drive is in torque mode verify that there is a load present Verify the min max settings in Par 75 Rev Speed Lim and Par 76 Fwd Speed Lim e Check to see if the load is overhauling If it is overhauling turn the bus regulator off using Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 2 BusRef High 2 Vref Decel Fail The value of Par 301 Motor Spd Ref has failed to decrease during This could possibly be due to a speed trim from a ramp to zero speed stop Par 21 Speed Trim 1 Par 22 Speed Trim 2 or Par 23 Speed Trim 3 3 Encoder 0 Loss Q One of the following has occurred on encoder 0 Reconnect or replace the encoder Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Dar missing encoder broken wire 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk e quadrature error LsCnfgPosit phase loss 4 Encoder 1 Loss Q One of the following has occurred on encoder 1 Reconnect or replace the encoder m Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Par missing encoder broken wire 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt and Par 367 Fdbk quadrature error LsCnfgPosit phase loss 5 Opt Port 0 Loss Q A fault on port 0 of the Hi Resolution Encoder feedback option e Reconnect or replace the encoder 77 option card or Resolver e Reconnect the option feedback card p Configured with Par 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri Dar Par 260 Stegmann0 Status displays the fault status for port 0
265. e limit Bit 20 Current Lim indicates that the current reference has reached the negative Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Current Lim Bit21 OE indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim Bit 22 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 344 OL ClsLp CurrLim Bit 24 Torq Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Negative Torque Limit set by Par 126 Torque Neg Limit Bit 25 Regen PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Regenerative Power Limit set by Par 128 Regen Power Lim Bit 26 Torq CurLim indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit 27 Bus Reg Tq Lim indicates the bus voltage regulator is active and limiting the regenerative torque Bit 28 0 Torq Ena indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Torq Ref En is off e Bit 29 0 Curr Ena indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 11 CurrRef En is off Bit 30 Torque Limit indicates the collective status of all torque limitations Bit 31 Power Limit indicates the collective status of all power limitations Options E
266. eSel Default 11 Speed Reg Selects the source for the drive torque reference Options J0 Zero Torque 4 Max Spd Torq 1 Speed Reg 5 Sum Spd lorq 2 Torque Ref 6 AbsMn Spd 1q 3 Min Spd Torq Logic Command Data Type 16 bit Integer The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that are changed here are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 in Logic Command are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be cleared upon drive powerup or following an EEprom recall operation Options T ee is le Ele _ _ 2 E 152 512 E sle e Z lt lt P PD ele gt ele S S ls e ele leslie a S le 6 Fi ii is 5 2 3 s sS leis D A JA JA LL LL C CC CO CO CO CO CO Default 0 10 0 0 0 0 D 10 o oj 00 10 0 Fase Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Tue Column s Explanation 9 No Parameter Number d Parameter value cannot be changed until the drive is stopped D Parameter is displayed on the HIM only when Par 196 ParamAccessLvl is set to 1 Advanced Name Parameter name as it appears in the DriveExecutive software Description Brief description of parameter function Values Define the various operating characteristics of the parameter There are 3 types of Va
267. ealOut converted to a Dint value Use this value Min Max 42147483648 Integer for point to point positioning values 1047 Dint2Reall In Default 10 v RW 32 bit Input value for a first DInt to Real value conversion in Max 42147483648 Integer Note This parameter name changed from DInt2Real In to DInt2Real1 In for firmware version 3 001 1048 Dint2Real1 Scale Default 0 0000 V RW Real Input value to scale the first conversion from Dint to Real This is a multiplication to the input Min Max 2200000000 0000 value after conversion to a Real value Note This parameter name changed from DInt2Real Scale to DInt2Real1 Scale for firmware version 3 001 1049 Hn Default 0 0000 RO Real This is the resultant output of the first conversion form a Dint value to a Real value after in Max 2200000000 0000 scaling Note This parameter name changed from DInt2RealResult to DInt2Real1 Result for firmware version 3 001 1050 Real2Dint In Default 0 0000 v RW Real Input value for Real to Dint value conversion in Max 2200000000 0000 1051 Real2Dint Scale Default 0 0000 V RW Real Input value to scale the conversion from Real to Dlnt This is a multiplication to the input value Min Max 2200000000 0000 after conversion to a Dint value 1052 Real2DInt Result Default 10 RO 32 bit This is the resultant output of the conversion form a Real value to a Dint value after scaling in Max 42147483648 nteger 1053 MulDiv 1 Input
268. echarge 2 We 16 VbusFdbkFitr 31 VelFdbkEnc1 45 BusDropVolts 59 VbusLow 73 HH Fan Alarm 3 We2 17 VbusMemory 32 VdsCmd2 46 RecoverVolts 60 VbusRising 74 HH BusComm 4 VdsCmd 18 Kpwm 33 VelFdbkOpt1 47 TestDtoA0 61 PreChrgDone 75 HH HW Incomp b VgsCmd 19 ThetaE 34 Reserved 48 TestDtoA1 62 FieldWeak 76 GateShort 6 VdsFdbk 20 HdVVeakActiy 35 Reserved 49 TestDtoA2 63 Reserved 7 VqsFdbk 21 MtrFlxPU 36 Reserved 50 TestDtoA3 64 DynamBrakeOn 8 luFdbk 23 SlipGainFltr 37 Reserved 51 RideThruActv 65 Reserved 9 luFdbk 24 SlipVdsCmd 38 TorqueEst 52 PreChrgReqVp 66 MCStatusMon 10 ldsFdbk 25 MotorVolts 39 TorqueEstFlt 53 Reserved 67 MCStatus1 11 IqsFdbk 26 BusUtil 40 Reserved 54 Reserved 68 HH OverCurr 12 ldstmd 27 laslimit 41 Povvertalc 55 Reserved 69 HH BusOviVIt 13 lqsCmd 28 Vosldet md 42 TorqueCmd 56 TorgTrimActv 70 HH Tr Desat 476 FaultTP Value Default 10 0 RO 32 bi Displays the data selected by Par 475 MC FaultTPSelect This parameter should not be Min Max 2147483648 Intege D changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 477 Est Theta Delay Unit ms RW 16 bi Active only in Permanent Magnet motor mode when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Mode equals 2 Default 110 Intege D PMag Motor Provides a delay for the function that compares the estimated rotor position Min Max 2 1024 and the data from the positi
269. ed IRL1 DisarmReq Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved gt S RL0 DisarmReq Reserved Reserved 991 Reserved Reserved 7 Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Default x x x D x x x x x x Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 True 236 RegisLtch0 1Stat Indicates the control status of registration latch 0 and 1 e Bit 0 RLO Armed and bit 16 RL1 Armed indicates the registration latch is armed n ze po ze n ze e Bit 1 RLO Found and bit 17 RL1 Found indicates the registration event has triggered the latch e Rising edge of Arm request will set the Armed status bit e Rising edge of Disarm request will clear the Armed status bit eleleleleleleleleleleleielelolyleleleleleleleleleleisisisiceicir o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o x ix e 1212121212 2 212123 3131212158 E in 122 f 122 162 122 L 22 L 22 1 22 L 2 122 EE JEE EX 122 22 122 22 o 152 122 LEE 5 LES Default x x x x X x x x x x x x X x 0 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 goc ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 True 239 Regisltch1 Value Default O RO 32 bit Displays t
270. ed and all related parameters will be displayed 3 001 Options Allows specific firmware functions to be disabled When a bit is false the associated function is disabled and all related parame Notes Bits 18 20 amp 21 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Bit 19 MotinPlanner and 24 PhaseLockLp were added for firmware version DvlpmntDeBug Peak Detect Test Points Reserved Phase LockLp Sync Gener PosWtch Dtct Reserved MotinPlanner Reserved Reserved PositionCtrl gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved 7005 Lim Func Gen Process Trim Speed Reg Virt Encoder Reserved FrictionComp Inertia Comp Reserved 991 Reserved ec 0 False 1 True 16 bit Integer ers will be hidden When a bit is Default 1 1 11 x 011 xXX 11111 x 11 1 1 1 Fal Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 18 l5 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 B e 148 TaskTime Ac Default 0 0 5 2 6ms R 116 bit Displays the actual firmware scan times selected by Par 146 FW TaskTime Sel Before the Options 0 5 2 8ms nteger change to the firmvvare scan time is accepted the drive evaluates the change to ensure the Me 05 1 8ms processor will not be overloaded If there is risk of overloading the processor the change will 2 025
271. eed High Bandwidth Current Regulator CURRENT FEEDBACK Flux V mag gt Reg gt C SPEED REF urrent Speed Voltage inverter Reg eg Control TORQUE REF Vang Adaptive z C Encoder Controller AUTOTUNE PARAMETERS SPEED FEEDBACK Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 177 Appendix B 178 Application Notes Permanent Magnet Control Permanent magnet control is used with permanent magnet motors Permanent magnet motor control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 Pmag Motor Permanent magnet motor control requires either a Hi Resolution Stegmann encoder or compatible resolver feedback on the motor Motor data and an autotune is required for correct operation in this mode Refer to PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications on page 215 for a list of compatible Allen Bradley permanent magnet motors and motor data to be used with the PowerFlex 2005 Phase II drives Volts Hertz Control v2 003 and Later Volts Hertz control is used in fan pump or multi motor applications Volts Hertz operation creates a fixed relationship between output voltage and output frequency Configuration Volts Hertz control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 3 V Hz Volts Hertz allows a wide variety of patterns using linear segments The default configuration is a straight line
272. eed Lim 0 Time Drive Receives Stop Command Drive Detects Zero Speed Drive Turns Off Regulators Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 183 Appendix B Application Notes Sleep Wake Mode 184 This function stops sleep and starts wake the drive based on separately configured analog input levels rather than discrete start and stop signals When enabled in Direct mode the drive will start wake when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Wake Level and stop the drive when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level When Sleep Wake mode is enabled for Invert mode the drive will start wake when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Wake Level and stop the drive when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level See Figure 9 on page 185 for more information on Sleep Wake mode configuration Definitions Wake A start command generated when the analog input value remains above Wake Level or below when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Wake Time Sleep A Stop command generated when the analog input value remains below Sleep Level or above when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Sleep Time Speed Reference The active speed command to the drive as selected by drive logic and Speed Ref x Sel Start Command A command gener
273. een a False to True transition on the output status and the iMin Max 0 00 600 00 Integer corresponding change in state of Digital Output 1 If a transition on an output condition occurs Units s and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Par 848 Dig Out On Time can be disabled by setting the delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 819 Dig Out1 fffime Default 0 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the iMin Max 0 00 600 00 Integer corresponding change in state of Digital Output 1 If a transition on an output condition occurs Units s and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 125 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values 850 Dig Out2 Sel Default B Active Identifies the signal u
274. ef for Min Max 0 0000 882 0000 comparison to average speed feedback The comparison controls bit 14 At Setpt Spd ofPar Units rpm 155 Logic Status In general bit 14 At Setpt Spd turns on when the feedback is within the Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU tolerance of the reference e Turn on level for rising feedback Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for rising feedback Limited Spd Ref 2 Limit Turn on level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref 2 Limit 172 Setpt1 Data Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides data for comparison to Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Min Max 48 0000 PU Logic Status For more information please see Setpt 1 Data on page 182 Units PU 173 Setpt1 TripPoint Default 0 1000 4 RW Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Min Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 174 Setpt 1 Limit Default 0 0100 4 RW Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint in Max 0 0000 0 5000 e Turn on level for ascending data TripPoint Limit Units PU e Turn off level for ascending data TripPoint 2 Limit Turn on level for descending data TripPoint Limit Turn off level for descending data TripPoint 2 Limit 175 Setpt2 Data Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides data for comparison to Par 1
275. efaut X x x x x X x x x x x xk x x x x 0 0 x 0 x x x x x x 0 0 0 sg False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 8 2 1 4 True 317 SL System Time Default 32 bit Displays the SynchLink system time counter Min Max Integer Units 318 Posit Spd Output Default 0 0000 Real Final output of the position regulator Min Max 414112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 70 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 5 e No Description Name 319 Selected Trq Ref Default 0 0 Real Displays the actual selected torque reference value after Par 110 Speed TorqueMode Vine 7 0 PU Vine 320 Exception Event NR Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies In some cases you may configure the drive s response to fault alarm configuration group of the utility file Data Type hese events by entering values in the parameters of the Options m E _ E S m i le 5 lz z isl 2 dic 215 PE l 2 2 o e 8 dii SEIZE ip HE daqa EE S S le z S S s 6 ler s z fe ls is F b l S z ma sss i 5 2 2 S Z x S ls sas sis e s s z iz iz z 2 E PE SIS Sle le le le 212 amp Baz a z 5 5 ye lm gt IS IS uj S S S S Z Z 5 C z Iz 2 lt Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 o o oO o oO o o o o o o o o o p o
276. eg 91601 5 424 E uzae ies eui si S lqEuz sSluloq1s L to ie WIH zul big p yunory uq a ysy 91607 1SH WILL Id siq JOH ulu 42 ep Hu na r q Se 9Iqeua 3 d eka E uz uu Id ziq iz dwog puq ug dwog eme ord 0 lt wA 1X3 604 xiBo1eAug D p m s y 804 UJO4 04 Ke jeu Boys 904 puiool6o1 paddy lqeuq p H tul Bays soq 0 0 ploH dweypds yoq uz sxy ou goq ysel us pd 21607 00 xiBo3eAuquio14 21607 OMUOD 1450 dueupds Control Block Diagrams Appendix C za leuipiooo ul uonounj AHEAL P aJualeja JOU enjeA eoueJ9JoJ eui uy pepeo 306 pd pue yzd g9zd 92d uay eseis g 114 OvZd Jl Z 292d 1esyo sod sav 29 4 yqp i uonisog uu p peol 196 pd pue ppzd 994d 92d uay Jes SI 814 Ov d JI 1n990 sjuawubisse q an sHS1 14 LpZd Jo uoneAnoe v uo s d l zx Ca Core JONUOD uonisod M Pa o1 z ale yoeqp j pue pueuiuioo uonisod y p lqeu 191 si doo uonisod y ueuM Bueu2 eyap e s 1ulod siu L V Z YSE1 C641 bahi YOON x C ai D nueuv uoloy X o Dout ne doo Beien dooiq CELL wri 6 ux z44 uno Dou HL 0427
277. egral gain is set to zero or the integrator is not enabled Units pm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 715 XRegSpd LoLim Default 176 4000 4 RW Real The negative speed limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 parameter to set the reverse speed reference Units pm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 716 XReg Spd HiLim Default 176 4000 v DW Real The positive speed limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this Min Max 0 0000 14112 0000 parameter to set the forward speed reference Units pm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 777 PositionFdbk Sel f Default 0 Encoder 0 o Enter a value to select the position control feedback device The feedback device used for Options 0 Encoder 7 SL DirlntRx0 position control may be an independent selection from the motor speed control feedback 1 Encoder 1 8 SL DirlntRx1 device in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt If the position feedback is to 2 Reserved 9 SL DirlntRx2 be the same as the motor feedback select option 3 Motor Fdbk This option will set the 3 Mtr Fdbk Pri 10 SL DirlntRx3 selected feedback of Par 222 Motor Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt as the position 4 Motor Sim regulators position feedback 5 FB Opt Port Notes Options 5 and 6 are only available when compatible feedback option card is ins
278. eing more responsive to disturbances but with increased system noise There is no nominal best value but 40 rad sec is a suggested starting point This adjustment may not function well in sloppy geared systems If both Inertia Adaptation and Load Estimate functions are active use a bandwidth setting of 100 rad sec 134 Inert Adapt Gain Default 0 500 v RW Real This parameter sets a multiplier of system inertia when the Inertia Adaptation function is Min Max 0 300 1 000 selected Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 Higher values may cause high frequency ringing while smaller values may cause fundamental load instability A typical value is 0 5 This parameter has no affect on the Load Estimate function 136 Skip Speed 1 Default 10 0 V RW 16 bit 137 Skip Speed 2 Min Max 30000 0 Integer 138 Skip Speed 3 Units mmm Sets a frequency at which the drive will not operate Skip Speed 1 3 and Par 139 Skip Speed Band must not equal 0 Note These parameters were added for firmware version 2 003 139 Skip Speed Band Default 00 v DW 16 bit Determines the bandwidth around a skip frequency Skip Speed Band is split applying 1 2 Min Max 0 0 1000 0 Integer above and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency The same bandwidth applies to all skip Units rpm frequencies Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter
279. eis an SE I z Korz a 1 uom x u B lul ueos ue6 lul L YoyeM uolllsod oi Con u3 1 yoreM X Aia z no ouksx C 262 euo lt e ue 0627 Ze 1 lonuoO uonisod I Luew 1isod Lego snjeis uonisog LEOK H4 s z lt buri lt gt z ino oufsx amp 64 ul H l q isod enjoy uonisod 1 fang sufsx esz uoie1 887 H uy DURS Z YSE1 OMUOD xny OUD uollsoci 3 a 2 8 v Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 202 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams INO eH dl ZvL ld INO duq di 9v L Ld 100195 41 Sv LL d S UlOd S L uz 2 S 10u09 ddd sno SAinOS ddd CD PIOH puoo 2 u aun el 9 ug epuieAQ S Duuun zi 6u eos v uoq LL E p ds 092 OL uas z you4g y 6 ejuawau esned g n osqy o 21 SnieiS ddd eui f q diNdd eui 929v diNdd 6 upu g ou 4 PIoH Duo z ueis L rejueuremou Cre D 0 ainjosqy 103100 4 144 uny uo soyeinBay snqeig uonisog X LELL EL Ca lqeu3 uonisog et rt 9 19 1d19 U
280. ell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 215 Appendix D PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA Motor NP Motor NP Motor NP Motor Current System Cont Motor line to line V A rms Frequency RPM Power Poles peak Stall Torque Max RPM rms Hz oper rpm KW Arms Nem rpm MPM B2152C 1480 12 3 133 3 2000 5 60 8 39 2 36 70 2500 MPM B2152F 1480 18 7 66 7 2500 5 90 8 69 3 33 00 4500 MPM B2152M 1480 21 0 166 7 2500 5 90 8 54 0 30 00 5000 MPM B2153B 1480 12 7 116 7 1750 6 80 8 42 4 48 00 2000 MPM B2153E 1480 19 3 33 3 2000 7 20 8 69 7 48 00 3000 MPM B2153F 1480 22 1 33 3 2000 7 20 8 69 6 45 00 3800 MPM B2154B 1480 13 9 116 7 1750 6 90 8 69 3 62 80 2000 MPM B2154E 1480 18 3 133 3 2000 7 50 8 69 5 56 00 3000 MPM B2154F 1480 19 8 33 3 2000 7 50 8 59 3 56 00 3300 MPL A310P 230 3 4 294 0 4410 0 73 8 9 9 1 58 5000 MPL A310F 230 2 1 185 3 2780 0 46 8 6 6 1 58 3000 MPL A320P 230 6 4 271 3 4070 1 30 8 20 9 3 05 5000 MPL A320H 230 46 208 7 3130 1 00 8 13 6 3 05 3500 MPL A330P 230 8 5 280 7 4210 1 80 8 26 9 4 08 5000 MPL A420P 230 9 0 268 7 4030 2 00 8 32 5 474 5000 MPL A430P 230 11 9 234 0 3510 2 20 8 47 4 5 99 5000 M
281. elocity Position Loop VPL software in Max 1 10000 Integer Note The default value was changed from 8001 to 1 for firmware version 2 003 316 SynchLink Status Indicates status of SynchLink functions Bit 0 FB Opt Prsnt indicates the presence of an optional feedback daughter card e Bit 1 Encdr0 Prsnt indicates the presence of encoder 0 e Bit 2 Encdr1 Prsnt indicates the presence of encoder 1 e Bit 3 In Sync indicates SynchLink communications is synchronized e Bit 4 Tx Active indicates TX frames are being transmitted downstream from this node e Bit 5 Rx Active indicates RX frames are being received from nodes upstream e Bit 15 Rx Data Enbl indicates received data is being updated Note Bit 8 Open Wire was changed to Reserved and bit 12 SOB Present and bit 14 Reset Req d were added for firmware 2 004 Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 for more information Options S o 128 gt s m lt m lt lt lt lt lt S lt 48 lt m lt m m m dE o o ojocoilo o oiloo o oiloooi ioicoic o2ojo o o oio oj 2i2 o eleleleleleleleleleleleleleleleleljelelajelelelelelesssel elcjele SS 2 m S e e 2 2 o lt lt IAS IB IO eo eo o o o o o o o o o o o o o gt o o o o o o eo x gt c c mua 22 62 126 JO OL 162 OE OC JO le JOE lie jc 162 lice je if eimai Je JO OE I I LES ke un L n D
282. enuew o bey pds C06 0 06 wemdies LASEL jo4uo2 p ds Leen jeg enbio 1030 jeseigbir6eus dooiq Bey pds 1es iq6 tipds Ces D er es suondo Ionuoo WA Beg pds Wun soq Bay pds re mo S ni Beupds 4 101 90 isy6iu Boys ute9 Bay pds piH lul Bays sO puewwog 01607 e Ces Sono ton suondo Ionuoo joues Cre dnsognuv Beupds Ma lli ua pds 101143 p ds uz k pds 8 Ca D uiri p d pma Cs uir paeds nay ssed g L aunjojny dois unun uz 181 epul 90 KZSE gt auis mo 1607 ro USE age ino pasma r S K 291 ems mo 91601 Jeu pds euniv Bei pee1 uM S peeds Jojoyy 2 mas D ueg 4907 oes Ces D ured 11 g46eus yiqp Ipds p DEBEO zHel yoeqp q wos PAS 1oloW Coz ma uta z mipds EE Ce D ueo i z mis IOJJUO9 UONISOd WO1 UM s ux 2 wuLpeeds ndino pds usod zssedKgjeupdg SHt e uejejeu 10u09 paeds wos Ee ejeog wuLpds D wu p ds Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 192 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams ed dl Id 6114 195 dl Id 8114 Slulod1s L ged ol ANIT jeoid r Z YSE1 J041u02 SS820Jd
283. er D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 547 Bus Reg Kd Default 1000 0 RW 16 bi Derivative gain for the bus regulator Used to control regulator overshoot in Max 0 0 10000 0 nteger D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 548 Bus Reg ACR Kp Default 225 0 RW 116 bi This proportional gain in conjunction with Par 545 Bus Reg Kil adjusts the output frequency 0 0 100000 nteger D of the drive during a bus limit or inertia ride through condition The output frequency is adjusted in response to an error in the active or torque producing current to maintain the active bus limit or inertia ride through bus reference A larger value of gain reduces the dynamic error of the active current Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 549 Fdbk Offset Default 16384 0 RW 16 bi Displays the motor U phase to V phase offset voltage from the voltage feedback circuit The Min Max 15764 0 17004 0 nteger value of the offset is a uni polarity signal A zero offset is equal to 16384 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 550 Vvw Fdbk Offset Default 16384 0 RW 16 bi Displays the motor V phase to W phase offset voltage from the voltage feedback circuit The Min Max 15764 0 17004 0 nteger value of the offset is a uni polarity signal A zero offset is equal to 16384 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 551 CurrFdbk AdjTime Default 00 RW 116
284. er The OL TP Sel option It fault code 15 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 0 False Bit ault x 1 gt x x x Reserved gt Reserved nc OverTemp lif Foldback IT Pending oO HS Pending l SHS OverTemp NTC Open 9 NTC Shorted 1 True icient NTC device has a short circuit 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 0000 50 0000 300 0000 o 11 0 A 115 C for 14 34 A 100 C for 40 52 A 11 A 105 C for 14 34 A 90 C for 40 52 A g of either the 150 normal duty rating or 200 of the heavy duty rating the time out time is in a fold back condition The value of the fold back is proportional to the calculated junction ion temperature has exceeded the maximum temperature for the power semiconductor device Linkable S Read Write g Data Type RO RO Real Real 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values 347 Due OLTP 7 Default 0 Zero nter or write a value to select the drive overload data displayed in Par rive atal onse Ie Zera Note
285. er data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 795 Out 3 Diy Default 0 V RVV 32 bit Displays data of Par 794 Xsync Out 3 from the last sync period Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 796 PPosit Gear Ratio Default 1 00 V RW Real Sets the load side gear ratio for position control Adjust this value when the selection of Par Min Max 0 00 9999 00 777 PositionFdbk Sel is not 3 Motor Fdbk Calculation Motor Encoder Rpm Load Encoder Rpm Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 This parameter was changed to be linkable for firmware version 3 004 797 Basiclndx Step Default 10 v RW 32 bit Sets the amount added to or subtracted from Par 799 Basiclndx Output on a rising edge of Par Min Max 2147483648 Integer 740 Position Control bit 12 Bsclndx Step Note that this value can be positive or negative 798 Basiclndx Preset Default 0 vd RW 32 bit Sets the value to be moved into Par 799 Basiclndx Output when Par 740 Position Control bit Min Max 2147483648 Integer 11 Bsclndx Enbl and bit 14 Bsclndx Prst are both on 799 Basiclndx Output Default 0 RO 132 bit Displays the output of the Position Index function Min Max 2147483648 Intege
286. er for output 2 Not Alarm 17 Fault 3 Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir 6 Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 In Position 8 Active 23 Posit Watch1 9 At Speed 24 Posit Watch2 10 At Setpt 1 25 Cmpr 1 A B 11 Above Setpt 2 276 Cmpr 1 A B 12 At ZeroSpeed 27 Cmpr 2 A B 13 Speed Limit 28 Cmpr 2 A gt B 14 CurrentLimit 856 Piy Out3 Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 RW 32 bit ink a word to this parameter that will control the Relay Output 3 The bit within the selected Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean word that will control Relay Output 3 is set by Par 857 Rly Out3 Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 87 Riy Du Bit Default 0 V RVV 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 856 Rly Out3 Data that will change the status of Min Max 32 31 Integer he Relay Output 3 e g when Par 857 Rly Out3 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 856 Rly Out3 Data will control the Relay Output 3 858 Piy Out3 On Time Default 10 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a False to True transition on the output status and the Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer corresponding change in state of Relay Output 3 If a transition on an output condition occurs Units s and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its ori
287. ers Chapter 2 2 2 2 Name S s No Description Values 588 730 PLLLPFilter BW Default 50 00 V RW Real Low Pass Filter BandWidth BW The filter has two functions Min Max 0 00 8000 00 e Basic noise reduction of input velocity Units rad s e Timed delay of input when feed forward is linked to an external master reference other than an input encoder The filter BW should be set for best tracking which occurs when the filter output coincides with the Loop filter output of PLL Usually that means setting its BW to the bandwidth of the master reference drive Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 731 PLL Posit Out Default 0 RO 32 bit Phased Locked Loop position output This signal is precisely in phase with the input physical in Max 2147483648 Integer device A link should be made to it from the local drive auxiliary position input The local drive is the one implementing PLL Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 732 PLL Posit OutAdv Default 0 RO 32 bit Phased Locked Loop position advanced output This signal is one position sample in advance of Min Max 2147483648 Integer Par 731 PLL Posit Out A link is normally made to this parameter from SynchLink Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 733 PLLFiltPositOut Default 0 0 IRW Real
288. ersion 4 001 1174 MC Generic 5 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1175 MC Generic 6 Default 10 RW 116 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1176 MC Generic 7 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1177 MC Generic 8 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1178 MC Generic 9 Default 10 RW 116 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1179 MC Generic 10 Default 10 RW 16 bi For Future Use in Max 32767 Integer ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 142 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Parameter Cross Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Anlg Out Real 833 Brake Bus Cnfg 414 Reference By
289. erted control is used s 5 7 State x indicate the Sleep Wake mode state that is currently active See Table 284A Sleep Wake Mode Active State below 8 Digin Cnflct when set indicates that a digital input conflict exists See Par Par 278 Sleep Wake Mode for details on digital input programming for the eep Wake function 9 Stop Latch when set a Stop command is being issued from the sleep mode 10 Start Latch Not used 11 Not Running when set the drive is not running 12 Level Cnflct when set the value of Par 280 Wake Level or Par 282 Sleep Level is outside the Min Max range of the assigned analog input mA or V Or if in direct mode the value of Sleep Level is greater than the value of Wake Level Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 T 02 02 0 co Z CO 2 Z Z Options Default x x x 10 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 True Table 284A Sleep VVake Mode Active State Bit7 6 5 Active Mode 0 lhigin Cnflct lstate2 gt C State 1 O9 State 0 gt 9 Mode 1 Mode 0 Analog Ref 1 2 Analog Ref 0 9 Enable Drive is powering up 0 Drive is asleep 0 Drive is waiting 0 Drive is awake 285 Linear Config Used to configure a linear encoder when a Multi Device Interface MDI feedback card is installed Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 5 Direction Setting this bit
290. ervals of 0 0005 PU velocity e The most significant digit sets the number of time steps from stick to slip each step is 0 002 sec Example Value 524 means 5 time steps between stick and slip each of 0 002 sec duration 2 counts of hysteresis or 0 001 pu_speed each count is 0 0005 pu_speed and 4 counts or 0 002 pu_speed is the trigger threshold each count is 0 0005 pu_speed 66 FricComp Stick Default 10 1500 4 RW Real The torque needed to break away from zero speed By nature of friction the break away Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 sticktion will always be greater than the running friction Units PU 67 FricComp Slip Default 0 1000 RW Real The torque level to sustain very low speed once break away has been achieved By nature Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 of friction viscous friction will always be less than sticktion Units PU 68 FricComp Rated Default 0 2000 vd RW Real The torque needed to keep the motor running at base speed and with no process loading The Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 riction compensation algorithm assumes a linear or viscous component of friction between Par Units PU 67 FricComp Slip and Par 68 FricComp Rated 69 FricComp Trq Add Default 0 0000 RO Real he torque reference output of the Friction Compensation function A value of 1 0 represents Min Max 8 0000 PU rated torque of the motor Units PU Scal
291. esponse to a Motor Overload OL Pending exception Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs ee e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Fit RampStop this event occurs 4 FltCurLimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Ft RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Motor Stall Time Default 1 0000 Enter a value to specify the time delay between when the drive detects a Motor Stall condition Min Max 0 1000 3000 0000 and when it declares the exception event Units S 374 Motor Stall Cnfg Default 0 Ignore Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Stall exception event Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FltCoastStop this event occurs 3 Flt RampStop e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit 4 FitCurLimStp in response to this event e 3 Fi
292. esult BitSwap 2 Result BitSwap 3 Result BitSwap 4 Result BitSwap 5 Result BitSwap 6 Result This parameter contains the result of the Bit Swap operation 0 Min Max 32 bits of data Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 32 bit Boolean 127 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters g Name s No Description Values 288 892 SL Comm TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select SynchLink data displayed by Par 893 SL Comm Data Options 00 Zero 13 BufSeqErrTim 1 SL MultA Src 14 Rx Sys Rev 2 SL Mult A In 15 Tx Axis Size 3 SL Mult B In 16 Tx Dir Size 4 SLMult Out 17 Tx Buf Size 5 Rx Axis Size 18 Tx Pkg Size 6 RxDir Size 19 Tx Seq Cnt 72 Rx Buf Size 20 Tx Index 0 8 Rx Pkg Size 21 Tx Index 1 9 Rx Seq Cnt 22 Tx Index 2 10 Rx Index 0 23 Rx Vendor ID 11 Rx Index 1 24 Rx ModuleTyp 12 Rx Index 2 25 Rx Serial 893 SL Comm TP Data Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays data selected by Par 892 SL Comm TP Sel Min Max 42147483648 Integer 894 SLCRC Err Accum Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays the total accumulated number of Cycle Redundancy Check CRC
293. feedback card 89 Drv Waking 3 The Wake timer is counting toward a value that will start the drive 92 Ride Thru e The Bus voltage has dropped to the Ride Through level specified Check the AC input voltage and the DC bus in Par 408 Power Loss Level voltage 93 12volt Power en The12V DC control voltage is outside the tolerance range Alarm Alarm The positive voltage power exceeds 15 50 V DC The negative voltage power exceeds 15 50V DC 94 Analog In 1 Loss Analog Input channel 1 is lost For configuration of Analog Input l Check condition of Analog Input channel 1 channel 1 see Par 1093 Anlg In1LossCnfg e Change configuration for parameter 1093 Anlg In1LossCnfg 95 Analog In 2 Loss D Analog Input channel 2 is lost For configuration of Analog Input l Check condition of Analog Input channel 2 channel 2 see Par 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg Change configuration for parameter 1094 Anlg In2LossCnfg 96 Analog In 3 Loss D Analog Input channel 3 is lost For configuration of Analog Input l Check condition of Analog Input channel 3 channel 3 see Par 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg Change configuration for parameter 1095 Anlg In3LossCnfg 129 Faults Cleared i Indicates that all faults have been cleared Informational only 130 Fault Q Cleared id Indicates that the fault queue has been cleared Informational only 131 Alarm Cleared i Indicates that all alarms have been cleared Informational only 132 Alarm Q Cleared indi
294. from zero to rated voltage and frequency This is the same volts hertz ratio that the motor would see if it were started across the line As seen in the diagram below the volts hertz ratio can be changed to provide increased torque performance when required The shaping takes place by programming five distinct points on the curve 1 Parameter 527 Start Acc Boost is used to create additional torque for breakaway from zero speed and acceleration of heavy loads at lower speeds 2 Parameter 528 Run Boost is used to create additional running torque at low speeds The value is typically less than the required acceleration torque The drive will lower the boost voltage to this level when running at low speeds not accelerating This reduces excess motor heating that could be caused if the higher start accel boost level were used 3 Parameters 529 Break Voltage and 530 Break Frequency are used to increase the slope of the lower portion of the Volts Hertz curve providing additional torque 4 Parameters 1 Motor NP Volts and 3 Motor NP Hertz set the upper portion of the curve to match the motor design and mark the beginning of the constant horsepower region Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Motor Overload Application Notes Appendix B 5 Parameters 531 Maximum Voltage and 532 Maximum Freq slope that portion of the curve used above base speed Maximum Voltage Motor NP Volts Break Voltage S
295. g Jeu pds pedwey Z Sp I lt L wu reeche Jeu pds p leos C89 pary duogou C19 D diis dwogous C99 gt ons 2 dnjes dwogou4 91607 le5s jeg p ds ured 11 Jeupds ua 11 jeus suondo Ionuoo un jeu pds pedwey Jeu pds dwogou4 ua 1105 jeus 1819 HIO 91607 ua AS pds puewwog 91607 Iqsq dweypds puewwog 31607 21 ploH dure ypds puewwog 91607 BIUBIIJOY Jo1uo2 p ds ua dwey jeus omg 110 91607 10 uq h rri duo erau pueululo2 91607 Jeu pds pedwey P L 94 dur I Cie un jeu pds xen L jodium esi A OZ K esi C oe D un jeu pds um p x 0 Jeu pds H yen ro 12521801 paddy eris HIO 9 601 gt eks suondo 0 1402 7 ZHE Woy Jeu pds p lo l s 191 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Ma Us ino Doug Ee jnobeus evz 10u09 enbio o CD mo Id Do pds OUER um S Uy uz Bey pds eris HIO 91601 ZM H Ul SI YOON BY puoo S sueipeg se pesseudxe ase senje Mg Sie pue sioyeinBoy Iv eeu iol 6 gt Deupd xW ue d Boupds 26 gt Buidureq Bay pds 1sn pe Ajy
296. g Nolnteg Iq Delay Motor Dir 3WireControl Flying Start Bipolar SRef 2 o N E ro Trim En IMC Atune En 0 False c Si a s Es 0 7 x 11 1 1 1 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12111 10 8 3 0 1 True 9 O ifrq StopRamp gt Jog NoRamp 5 gt Jog in T q S Reserved rq DsblZSpd SErFiltiStg S SRef LdLg En M c N e o gt GC 2 eo gt gt GC Bit 0 co C co oO P WN c co 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Name the directi Current Function Bipolar SRef When this bit is enabled a bipolar speed reference is used In bipolar reference mode Par 40 Selected Spd Ref indicates both the speed magnitude and on Positive speed reference values forward direction and negative speed reference values reverse direction When this bit is disabled a unipolar speed reference is used In unipolar mode the speed reference is limited to a minimum value of zero 0 In this case Par 40 Selected Spd Ref supplies only the speed magnitude The direction is determined by Par 152 Applied LogicCmd bits 20 Forward and 21 Reverse The forward reverse direction button on the HIM is one possible source for the Applied Logic Command direction bits The following chart explains the effect that the direction button on the HIM has
297. g Power Limit set by Par 127 Mtr DriveProtOL indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 343 OL OpnLp er Overload shown in Par 344 OL ClsLp ing Power Lim Bi Bi Bi Bi Bi C Bi C e Bi e Bi Bit 10 Torq CurLim indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim e Bit 11 Atune Tq Lim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by Par 129 Atune T q Ref e Bit 12 0 Torq Ena indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Re Bit 13 40 Curr Ena indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 11 CurrRef En is off Bit 14 Speed Limit indicates the collective status of all speed limitations Bit 15 Current Lim indicates the collective status of all current limitations Bit 16 MCS Iq Lim indicates that torque producing current is at its negative limit e Bit 17 MCS Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its negative limit e Bit 18 0 la from indicates that torque producing current is limited to zero from the negative direction refer to Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bit 19 Jon Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its negativ
298. ginal state before the delay imer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or relay output will not change state Par 858 Rly Out3 On Time can be disabled by setting the delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 126 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name Description Rly Out3 OffTime Defines the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the corresponding change in state of Relay Output 3 If a transition on an output condition occurs and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its original state before the delay timer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or relay output will not change state Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 General BitSwap Description The six 6 Bit Swap tu nctions are used to replace one bit in a word with one bit from a different word This is typically done to a control word where one bit in the control word is replaced by a bit from another word such as a digital input Four 4 input parameters and one 1 output parameter are used to accomplish each Bit Swap function Refer to the User Functions 1 block diagram on page 206 o Values 5 Default Min Max 0 00 600 00 Units S Read Write Data Type
299. h File Organized Metering Control Status Drive Data 310 Output Freq 150 Logic State Mach 400 Rated Amps 49 Selected SpdRefA 155 Logic Status 401 Rated Volts 50 Selected SpdRefB 157 Logic Ctrl State 420 Pwr Strct Mode 40 Selected Spd Ref 156 Start Inhibits 404 Dead Time 43 Ramped Spd Ref 166 Motor Ctrl Cmmd 314 VPL Firmware Rev 301 Motor Speed Ref 167 Motor Ctrl Ackn 315 VPL Build Number 319 Selected Trq Ref 555 MC Status 457 MC Firmware Rev 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 346 Drive OL Status 456 MC Build Number 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk 159 Digln ConfigStat 900 SynchLink Rev 297 Output Curr Disp 165 Tune Test Status 901 SL System Rev 499 Trq CurFdbk Iq 317 SL System Time 309 Motor Flux 554 LED Status 312 MotorFluxCurr FB 307 Output Voltage 311 Output Power 762 Position Fdbk 299 Elapsed MWHrs 298 Elapsed Run Time 306 DC Bus Voltage 313 Heatsink Temp 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 824 Local 1 0 Status 801 Anlg In1 Value 807 Anlg In2 Value 813 Anlg In3 Volts 837 Anlg Out1 Value 844 Anlg Out2 Value Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 23 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Motor Data Monitoring Drive Config Tuning Autotune Results 1 Motor NP Volts 525 Slip Ratio 485 otor Ctrl Mode 423 Jos Rate Limit 421 185 Integ Freq 2
300. he proper direction e Bit 9 Posit Watch indicates Position Watch 2 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from the proper direction e Bit 10 In Position indicates Par 769 Position Error is within the position deadband specified by Par 782 In Posit BW Bit 13 HomeRequired Set when the Find Home bit is set in Par 740 Position Control and the drive is waiting on a Start command e Bit 14 Homing Set when the drive is running the Homing Sequence e Bit 15 Homed Set when the Homing Sequence has completed Note Bits 13 15 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 and above Options 5 sa SSS Esas 695 999 9 9ioi995955oo oiso gt o 8 s S s sp s 5 e c s e S e S e e siz e s e s 25 20 s Z s ss s 2128 212 212 8 22 2222 p p SI E EIEI9 S SS S Z 9 E Z Ae e o lo e e 2 2 e e e e S S e 2 2 iS SE S S s 2 P2 S S E X x lt x x Default x x x x x x Xx X F x ix x x x x ix 0 0 10 x 10 0 0 1 JO x l0 0 J0 10 1 0 Q False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 l 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 l laue 742 Position Ref Sel Default 11 AuxPosit Ref Enter a value to select the position mode and corresponding reference inni liz d L deb Note This parameter vvas changed to non linkable for firmvvare version 3 001 Options E 2 PUR 743 AuxPosit Ref Default 10 RW 32 bi Supplies position reference t
301. he registration data of port 1 Indicates the position reference counter value latched Min Max 2147483648 Integer by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 236 RegisLtch 0 1Cnfg 240 Encdrt Position Default O RO 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from encoder 1 The value changes by a value of Min Max 42147483648 Integer four times 4x the Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each full revolution of the encoder shaft Used by the VPL to close the position loop if position control is selected 241 Spd Fdbk Default 0 RO Real Displays the speed feedback from encoder 1 Calculated from the change of Par 240 Encdr1 in Max 14112 0000 Position and Par 242 Encoder1 PPR Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 58 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 246 247 249 Name Description Encoder1 PPR Sets the pulse per revolution rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 1 input This parameter must be set to one of the values displayed in bold in Table 242A below Table 242A PPR Rating Values ne p x 0475 jmod125 mod 225 mod 375 mod 625 mod1125 0 75 125 225 375 625 1125 1 2 150 250 450 750 1250 2250 2 4 300 500 900 1500 2500 4500 3 8 600 1000 1800 300
302. his event occurs e 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 378 nterp Fit Cnfg u f Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a position interpolator exception event If the Options 0 Ignore 3 Flt RampStop interpolator loses the synchronization pulse or is out of synch this event occurs 1 Alarm 4 FltCurLimStp 2 FitCoastStop 379 ExtFlt Alm Cnfg Default 12 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an External Input exception event The event is Options D Ignore triggered by a digital input that is configured for auxiliary fault or auxiliary aux fault by selecting Me Alarm 3 Ext Fault or 38 ExtFault Inv in Par 825 Digln 1 Sel Par 826 Digln 2 Sel or Par 827 Digln 2 FltCoastStop 3 Sel F 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs E nn e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Ft RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in re
303. his value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 590 RsTempCoefAdjust Default 10 RW 16 bit The value specified in this parameter adjusts the temperature compensation coefficient Min Max 32767 Integer which is calculated based on the Slip regulator output A value of 4096 in this parameter doubles the compensation coefficient Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 591 RsTmpCoefAdjstEn Default 10 RW 116 bit A value of 1 in this parameter enables the temperature compensation function in flux and Min Max 32767 Integer torque estimate calculation where the temperature information is based on the Slip regulator output A value of 0 in this parameter disables the temperature compensation function Notes This value should not be changed This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 592 VqsReg n Hystr Default 0 RW 16 bit For Future Use Min Max 32767 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 10 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters s ox Name S s No Description Values 5882 593 SlipReg On Hystr Default 10 RW 116 bit For Future Use Min Max 32767 nteger Note This parameter was ad
304. ibo3eAug wo DD 10 O P 00 Ssuonoeuuo lQEIEAV p ul pun 0402 uoniso i xi 5o7 Auq HOSYOUSOd xi6o7 soxibo1eAuquio14 a ksodildid fo poxiboeAuquio4 al Hisodi sieo2 xi607 4041u023uonisog xi507 20 1 Heupeeds xi601 LoxiBo7eAuquiol4 pueuuuoool6o 1 xi507 00 1 0 1 AOMAUONSOd Be xi607 0xi65oT Auq OL eco Ienjoyuonisog xi607 9g0xi6o3eAug OL GD AAPAUONSOd Be xi6o7 oL Cies Snie1suonisog De xi601 poxiBo7eAuq OL Coco 8118180112907 x607 oL Cezo gt 1aueunoandino Be fo zoxibo1eAug OL 2 xi5o7 Czo STEI ODC xi601 ooxiBo1eAug OL C z Z 9seud S002 X l MO A I Eis ur a ss L 19SHO 1904 I T r CL ilsod Idd 1611 1804 951409 1 L 4 Cor JONUOD uollisoq 1 Pe Col ist puewwog 21607 KIbojanug uo14 agas CD 10 43 uonlsod I C jenjoy uonisog 1 T c AAPA uonisod I E L n snejs uonisod r r TE snes oj 12907 L k doe queuing indino L gt yapspds pasayi Ly ve cl wl e e Srmee 2 601 dQ uontsoq 1
305. idild uoioN X Ce9z D ureo q lt nu lv uoioN X uonisog 1ulog o11utod GD b zys soyen ki 5 H6 yapi LION qur Ocl p ds wo ouo p ds o soq p qs V OPA uontsod nep nding pds Sod 1suoo I queo pdg indino 1299 40113 uonisod p ds 100W 10 K Otz gt eiqeu3 no p ds 8 dolsdulkld id 0c K 094 10302 UONISOg enk oi H H onuoo uoniiso ii 1070 lt Jeuidewsod iov p KOL 5 5 SNES uonisoq yo Ope 10d 1 sHO X HO 04002 uonisoq 0 K 1591 gt emis HIO 91607 ea d Sseq1 wry 3H pds sHO 1504 SHS1 wou YSZ c SHO 1904 89 L SHO 1504 R puewwoo uonisod SE sjunoo Mel esn UY e ponsa E Ajuo ues uonisod lutod o jurod y apow aynjosqe nes uonsod IonuoO uonisog ul p ssed q eie gyzd 9 syzd u u si 904 Oz 0 ueuM v k VZ 0L K Ove 1 904 Opzd F pue uni ul JOU SI y U UM pesn eq luo ueo siu 9rd AQ 493 Jeuiisod SJojejnuinooe uonisod uuou 2 au 195 o p sn aq Aew 7 T 604 Oyzd usodo1 zles eui uBiu si 909 4 ueuM Z GER
306. ie duio yuisyeay sve gt due our qO enia uz wu bil sz est suondo lIonuoo igsadisio 10 doopesoo Je Kes suondo ene urquno 41910 10 94 01 eer on wA jenioy bi 1 ysp I juauno Jo4uo2 nbio 1u uino indino 1uinOxn J1ioloW Dune oes Cz VH dN 401014 XEN oe Cen Jueuno wA jueuno AW aen b LS n wA enpy 51 doojuedo 1 103002 10 oN yqp 4 1ueuno iolels nd Cose wiring dudo 30 195 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Byuog 892 1ejeurejed o ureuuepreH 692 1 l uueIeq Bijuo9 QuueuiBeis 692 1ejeureieqd 2 1 0 p3u3 EEZ Buimolloj eui 101 suonduosep Jaweed s euis oeqpeej p ds eui jo eui seonpei sde jo Jaquinu y Bulonpay euis y eqp p ds eui jo Duuauu ay seseejoui sdej jo jequinu eui Buiseejou sde 8 51 191 HId uoee io Bumes ynejeq lqelsnipe sdej jo jequinu eui uj Jey 1 ue seu eoiep xoeqpee J uoe3 xoeqpeeJ uonensib ki 1 0 uondo uonensiDeu 1 0 19poou3 reigsiBey 4 0100 dos reigsiBey Loou3 mosif k 1 0190 Gs SjuosiBeu 1 0140 Ge SjugsiBeu L 09u3 uorisiBeg Lipou3 8120 41 JAPA PAS zvzd Wd 41 045 road les 41 pds Srzd uiosibey 0043 Sjulodise L uor1sibeg ud 195 3qp3 nN 2220
307. ies the speed ratio for the resolver option card port 0 The speed ratio comes from the i Zero c ptions 0 Zero 3 6 Poles x3 following formula Speed ratio electrical revolutions mechanical revolutions pole count 2 1 2Poles x1 4 8 Poles x4 Note Option 0 Zero was added for firmware version 2 004 2 4 Poles x2 5 10 Polesix5 273 Reslvr0 Carrier Default 0 RO 32 bit Specifies the resolver carrier frequency for the resolver option card port 0 in Max 0 10000 Integer Units Hz 274 Reslvr In Volts Default 0 0000 RO Real Specifies the resolver input voltage for the resolver option card port 0 in Max 0 0000 31 0810 Units V 275 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio Default 0 0000 RO Real Specifies the resolver transform ratio for the resolver option card port 0 in Max 0 0000 4 0950 276 Reslvr CableBal Default 10 RO Real Specifies the resolver cable balance for the resolver option card port 0 in Max 0 255 271 177 Type Sel Default 0 Disabled pecifies used resolver ne o ni The values for options 5 amp 12 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Added Options o T T options 15 and 16 for firmware version 4 001 but are not functional for future use 2 T2014 2087x27 11 Reserved 3 T2014 2087x5 12 Reserved 4 MPL 460v 13 Reserved 5 Reserved 14 AmciR11XC107 6 Siemens 1FT6 15 PowerTec R1 72 PrkrHn ZX600
308. igger will occur 561 rend TrigA Real Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides the real input for the A trigger function This real number is summed with Par 560 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Trend TrigA Int The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 562 Trend TrigB Dint Default 10 v RW 32 bit Provides the integer input for the B trigger function This integer is converted to a real number Min Max 2147483648 Integer and summed with Par 563 Trend TrigB Real The result is compared with the Trigger A sum f the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 563 Trend TrigB Real Default 0 0000 V RW Real Provides the real input for the B trigger function This real number is summed with Par 562 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Trend TrigB Int The result is compared with the Trigger A sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 564 Trend Trig Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 v IRW 32 bit This is the logic input for the Trend Trigger Function A trigger will occur on the rise of the Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean specified bit in this word The bit will be specified by Par 565 Trend Trig Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 565 Trend Trig Bit Default 0 V RW 16 bit Specifies the bit in Par 564 Trend Trig Data that will cause a Trend Trigger to occur Positive Min Max 32 31 Integer numbers specify ri
309. igurations Configurations IMPORTANT If programs are written that continuously write information to the drive care must be taken to properly format the block transfer If attribute 10 is selected for the block transfer values will be written only to RAM and will not be saved by the drive This is the preferred attribute for continuous transfers If attribute 9 is selected each program scan will complete a write to the drives non volatile memory EEprom Since the EEprom has a fixed number of allowed writes continuous block transfers will quickly damage the EEprom Do Not assign attribute 9 to continuous block transfers Refer to the individual communications adapter User Manual for additional details Logic Command Word Logic Bits 15 1413 12111 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command Description x Norma Not Normal Stop Stop Normal Stop x Start 0 Not Start Start X Jog 1 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 1 Jog using Jog Speed 1 X Clear Fault 10 Not Clear Fault Clear Fault xix Unipolar 100 No Command Direction 101 Forward Command 0 Reverse Command 1 Hold Direction Control X Reserved X Jog 2 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 2 Jog using Jog Speed 2 X Current 0 Not Current Limit Stop Limit Stop 1 Current Limit Stop X Coast Stop 10 Not Coast to Stop Coast to Stop X Reserved Reserved X S
310. ilt Gain 35 Switch Dint 1 NO 027 SL Rx P1 Regis 918 SpdReg AntiBckup 84 Swtch Dint 1 Out 028 SL System Rev 901 SpdReg Integ Out 101 Switch Real 1 NC 023 SL System Time 317 SpdReg P Gain Mx 92 Switch Real 1 NO 024 SL Tx CommFormat 910 SpdTrim 3 Scale 24 Swtch Real 1 Out 025 SL Tx DirectSelO 911 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 26 SynchLink Rev 900 SL Tx DirectSel1 912 Speed Comp 55 SynchLink Status 316 SL Tx DirectSel2 913 Speed Error 100 TachSwitch Level 224 SL Tx DirectSel3 914 Speed Ref 1 10 Test Current Ref 43 SLAT Dwell Time 120 Speed Ref 2 12 Test Freq Rate 433 SLAT ErrorSetpnt 119 Speed Ref A Sel 27 Test Freq Ref 432 Sleep Control 284 Speed Ref B Sel 28 Test Mode Config 514 Sleep Level 282 Speed Ref Scale 38 Time Axis Output 203 Sleep Time 283 Speed Trim 1 21 Time Axis Rate 202 Sleep Wake Mode 278 Speed Trim 2 22 To DL DataType 625 Sleep Wake Ref 279 Speed Trim 3 23 To DriveLogix00 626 SlewRateTimeLimit 533 Speed TorqueMode 110 To DriveLogix01 627 SlipReg Err Lmt 587 SReg FB Filt BW 94 To DriveLogix02 628 SlipReg Off Iqs 461 SReg Out Filt BW 96 To DriveLogix03 629 SlipReg On Hystr 593 SReg Trq Preset 87 To DriveLogix04 630 Slip Comp Gain 99 SRegFB Filt Gain 93 To DriveLogix05 631 Slip Gain Max 445 SRegOut FiltGain 95 To DriveLogix06 632 Slip Gain Min 446 SrLss Angl Comp 541 To DriveLogix07 633 Slip Preload Val 552 SrLss FreqReg Ki 449 To DriveLogix08 634 Slip Ratio 525 SrLss FreqReg Kp 450 To DriveLogix09 635 Slip Reg Gain 448 Srlss Spd Reg BW 106 To DriveLog
311. indica Reserved ing bit was set Reserved Reserved gt Reserved conditions for PowerFlex 7001 LiquiF 0 drive x c DC x Ar x x x gt Reserved uatchErr1 7 S HW Disable1 Pwr Suply1 S OlAsym DcLink1 5 Ovr Voltl Ovr Current1 gt Dsat Phs W1 7 9 Dsat Phs V1 lhsat Phs U1 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 115 14 13 12 1 10 0 False 1 True 74 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description 334 700L AlarmStatus Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as alarm conditions for PowerFlex 700L LiquiFlo drive e Bit 0 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 1 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 2 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 3 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 4 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 5 6 7 8 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 14 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 16 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 17 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 18 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 19 NonCnfgFault Not configured as alarm 20 NonCnfgFault
312. indicates an open wire fault Data Type Value 2 L1 dEdge displays the change in Par 252 FB Posit since the last feedback sample Value 3 L1 DTime displays the change in time since the last feedback sample Note the sample rate is 10 000 counts per second 10 Mhz Value 4 L1 EPR displays the change in edges per motor revolution This number is the same value in Par 290 Linear1 CPR Value 5 Edge Mode should always display a zero 0 Value 6 L1 nMax displays the numerator term for speed calculation This number divided by change in time TP3 is the calculated per unit speed for the linear feedback sensor Linear1 TP Data Default 0 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o elelelelelelelelgiz eleie e elele ez ge x eleimisisisislisizsiziz 2295 2o i2 9 o 2i9 lo2io9 o2i9 o9 oi9 o zinialoiziaiRininiRQ in Rn EE c az lu la Ge c 22 ce R ce JEE 122 ae ee JEE pc Ec n inc Bo e C9 n JEE ec ec cec s Ec Default x x x Xx x X X X x X Xx X X X X X X X X X X X X Xx X X X X X X x 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211109 817 6 5 483 2 10 1 True Linear1 TP Sel Default 10 Zero Enter or write a value to select Linear Feedback data displayed in Par 288 Linear1 TP Data Options 0 Zero 4 L1 EPR e Value 0 Zero displays a value of zero 1 L1 Edge Time 5 L1 Edge Mode Value 1 L1 Edge
313. ined in the power EE memory If this value exceeds the maximum Drive OL TP Data when Par 347 Drive ts occur Inverter Overtemperature Fa 57 vertemperature Fault indicated by bit 7 Unc OverTemp of Par 346 Drive OL tatus Drive OL Status Indicates the status of various overload it 0 NTC Shorted indicates the Negative Temperature Coeff it 1 NTC Open indicates the NTC has an open circuit OL conditions this current limit based on stator current feedback and the curren nuous and short term three second rating Typically the drive wi ous current and a three second rating at Under normal operating conditions the open loop function sets this c g If the function detects an overload it lowers the limit to the period of time typically one to three minutes 50 OL the function returns the indicates heatsink temperature is above indicates the junct Reserved Reserved IT Trip unction This function ratings of the drive have a sixty second of the continuous rrent limit to the short function This function ited Par 3 ing If the f verter This it 13 0LC 05 C for ratings 1 1 it 3 HS Pending indicates heatsink temperature is above 95C for ratings 1 1 he drive has exceed the 3 second ratin icates the drive OL integrator is at 50 o imit 3 Heatsink nction it will reduce level could be as the function will sLpDsbl of Par he invert
314. ing braking DC Brake Time Default Sets the amount of time DC brake current is injected into the motor Min Max Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 but is not functional for future Units use 0 V RW Real 0 655 0 o PPMP Pos Command Default v RVV 32 bit Sets the position reference for the Motion Planner The units are counts Min Max 2147483648 Integer Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 PPMP Pos Mul Default 11 v RW 32 bit Part of the input scale block Set this value as the multiplier to the value of Par 1130 PPMP Pos Min Max 1 2000000 nteger Command Also see Par 1132 PPMP Pos Div The scale block is enabled by setting bit 4 of Par 1134 PPMP Control The the intermediate product must be lt 31 bits Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 PPMP Pos Div Default 1 v RW 32 bit Part of input scale block Set this value as the divisor of the product of Par 1130 PPMP Pos in Max 1 2000000 nteger Command and Par 1131 PPMP Pos Mul Integer math applies The scale block is enabled by setting bit 4 of Par 1134 PPMP Control ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 PPMP Scaled Cmd Default 0 RO 32 bit Indicates the result of integer scaling of the position reference for the Motion planner or the in Max 2147483648 Integer Position loop The units are counts Note This parameter
315. io ce c lio lo lio I i i siz siz iz ie 12 au 12 12 2 12 ie 3 31212 2 2 2 12 2 1 CIE LL LL LL O O LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL CC CC cc LL LL LL ce LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL Default x x x o 1 x x 1 0 0 O 1 Ox xXx HTTXXxX 1001101520 Bt 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 lb 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 B 2 1 0 Rare Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings 0 0 0 0 filterdisabled gt 0 0 0 100 ns filte 0 0 1 0 200 ns filte 0 0 300 ns filte 0 1 0 0 400 ns filte 0 1 0 500 ns filte 0 1 1 0 600 ns filte 0 1 700 ns filte 1 0 0 0 800 ns filter default setting 0 0 900 ns filte 0 1 0 1000 ns filter 0 1100 ns filter 1 0 0 1200 ns filter 1 0 1300 ns filter 1 0 1400 ns filter 1 1500 ns filter Table 233B Multiplier and Direction Settings Bit 5 21 4 20 Mult Directions Comments Counts rise fall of phase A phase B only used to find 2x fwd rev direction 4x fwd rev Counts rise fall of both A and B phases default setting 0 0 1 1x fuvd only Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored 1 0 1 0 1 2X fwdonly Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored Table 233C FIR Filter Settings Bit 12 28 11 27 10 26 Taps 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 4 8 16 32 64 127 m S Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 55 Chapter 2 Pr
316. irmware version and hardware series of the HIM Parameter Menu Refer to View and Edit Parameters on page 170 Device Select Menu Use this menu to access parameters in connected peripheral devices Memory Storage Menu Drive data can be saved to or recalled from the HIM or EEPROM EEPROM is permanent non volatile drive memory HIM sets are files stored in permanent non volatile HIM memory Option Description HIM Copycat Save data to a HIM set load data from a HIM set to active drive memory or delete Device gt HIM a HIM set Device lt HIM EEPROM Save data to EEPROM load data from EEPROM to active drive memory or name a User set Reset To Defaults Restore the drive to its factory default settings IMPORTANT When loading data from a HIM set via the Copycat function values for parameters 81 Spd Reg P Gain and 82 Spd Reg Gain are re calculated and overwritten due to parameter 90 Spd Reg BW being set to the default value of 10 To avoid overwriting the values of parameters 81 and 82 record the values before performing the Copycat from a HIM to the drive manually update the values after the download and set parameter 90 to 0 Start Up Menu See Figure 1 on page 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 169 Appendix A HIM Overview View and Edit Parameters 170 Preferences Menu The HIM and drive have features that you can customize Opti
317. ix10 636 Slip Reg P Gain 447 Sriss Spd Reg Ki 105 To DriveLogix11 637 Slip RPM FLA 98 9155 Spd Reg Kp 104 To Drivelogix12 638 Slip RPM Meter 107 SrLss StbltyFil 539 To DriveLogix13 639 Slip Slew Rate 553 SrLss Volt Comp 542 To DriveLogix14 640 Spd Err Filt BW 89 SrLss VoltStblty 538 To DriveLogix15 641 Spd Fdbk Scale 73 Srlss ZeroSpdLim 169 To DriveLogix16 642 148 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter To DriveLogix17 643 UserData Dint 03 004 Write Mask Act 712 To DriveLogix18 644 UserData Dint 04 005 X Notch Attenu 718 To DriveLogix19 645 UserData Dint 05 006 X Notch FiltFreq 779 To DriveLogix20 646 UserData Dint 06 007 X Offst SpdFilt 756 Torque En Dly 501 UserData Dint 07 008 XReg Integ HiLim 773 Torque Neg Limit 26 UserData Dint 08 009 XReg Integ LoLim 772 Torque Pos Limit 25 UserData Dint 09 010 XReg Integ Out 774 Torque Ref1 11 UserData Dint 10 011 XReg Spd HiLim 776 Torque Ref1 Div 12 UserData Real 01 012 XReg Spd LoLim 775 Torque Ref2 13 UserData Real 02 013 Xsync Gen Period 787 Torque Ref2
318. j oj 0 0 JO JO JO 0 0 0 g ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 49 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 BB 2 1 0 1 True 106 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name Description To DriveLogix00 to To DriveLogix20 DPI In DataType These parameters display the output values communicated from the PowerFlex 7008 drive to the DriveLogix controller Read Write Data Type Values Default Min Max 32 dependant on Par 625 To DL DataTypel S linkable Set by Par 625 Sets the data type for each word communicated from an external controller to the PowerFlex 7008 drive via a DPI communication module Setting a bit high will Ce configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit low will configure it for Integer data type Options S S g S 8 8 xi cc EEMAISCHEN ojo IS S IS I I sla LUM Bt Z 6 5 4 2 10 i e 651 DPI Data In A1 Default 10 R 32 bit 652 DPI Data In A2 Min Max 32 dependant on Par 650 DPI In Integer 653 DPI Data In B1 DataTypel 654 DPI Data In B2 655 Data In C1 656 Data In C2 657 Data In Di 658 DPI Data In D2 These parameters display the input values communicated from DPI communication modules to the PowerFlex 7005 drive 659 DPI Out DataTy configure e Sets the data type e each word communica
319. kTime Actl 321 Exception Event2 393 BusUndervoltCnfg 330 Fault TP Data 215 PeakDetect1 Out 322 Exception Event3 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 77 Spd Ref TP Sel 216 PkDtct2 In Dint 326 Alarm Status 1 376 nv OL Pend Cnfg 78 Spd Ref TP RPM 217 PkDtct2 In Real 327 Alarm Status 2 377 nv OL Trip Cnfg 79 Spd Ref TP Data 218 PeakDtct2 Preset 328 Alarm Status 3 372 Mtr OL Pend Cnfg 08 Spd Reg TP Sel 219 PeakDetect2 Out 323 Fault Status 1 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg 09 Spd Reg TP Data 324 Fault Status 2 375 nv OT Pend Cnfg 347 Drive OL TP Sel 325 Fault Status 3 369 Brake OL Cnfg 348 Drive OL TP Data 331 LstFaultStopMode 365 Fdbk LsCnfg Pri 30 T q Ref TP Sel 313 Heatsink Temp 366 Fdbk LsCnfg Alt 131 Trq Ref TP Data 345 Drive L 367 Fdbk LsCnfgPosit 357 Curr Ref TP Sel 346 Drive OL Status 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 358 Curr Ref TP Data Trending 316 SynchLink Status 392 Netloss DPI Cnfg 418 Brake TP Sel 6 Trend C I 902 SLEror Status 383 SL CommLoss Data 419 Brake TP Data 99 Trend 7 903 SL Error History 384 SL CommLoss 78 PITP Sel 7 17 518 MC Diag Status 390 SL MultErr Cnfg 179 PITP Data Bs M 7 519 MC Diag Done 385 LgxCommLossData 737 Posit TP Select 560 Tend 7 Dint 463 Diag Error 1 386 Lgr OutOfRunCnfg 738 PositTP DataDInt Pel Trend Tuk R e 464 MC Diag Error 2 387 Los Timeout Cnfg 739 PositTP DataReal BB Tend Tee Din 465 MC Diag Error 3 388 Closed Cnfg 892 SL Comm TP Sel 563 Trend Wee R a 894 SL CRC Err Accum 389 Lgr LinkChngCnfg 893 SL Comm TP
320. l Min Max 2200000000 Brake Bus Cnig Configures the brake and bus operation of the drive Setbi e Set bi e Set bi 0 Brake Enable to enable the operation of the internal brake transistor 1 Brake Extern to configure the brake to use an external resistor 2 Bus Ref High to select the high voltage setting as the turn on point for the Bus Voltage Regulator With the high setting brake operation starts when bus voltage reaches the value of Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref and Bus Voltage Regulator operation starts when bus voltage reaches the value of Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref plus 4 5 With the low setting the bus regulator turns on first at the value set by Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref and then the dynamic braking turns on when there are any transients above the value set in Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref Set bit 3 Bus Reg En to enable the Bus Voltage Regulator The output of the Bus Voltage Regulator is summed with Par 128 Regen Power Lim and fed into the Power Limit Calculator It in effect reduces regenerative torque references when the bus voltage is too high Notes This parameter was changed to non linkable and bits 5 and 6 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 Remove bits 5 and 6 for firmware version 4 001 not used Options ceti S 92 29 S S sS Sg du s G 6 6 616101616 6 6 6 AI 608181
321. larm m 7 ng Troubleshooting Select a digit select a bit or enter edit mode in a parameter screen Scroll through options increase a value or oggle a bit Scroll through options decrease a value or toggle a bit Enter a menu enter edit mode in a parameter screen or save a change to a parameter value G d d G Access the function associated with a programming or numeric key Provides access to the Large Format Display o 6 6 Start the drive 0 AAO Stop the drive or clear a fault Jog the drive Human Interface Module HIM Change direction The keys are active on Par 27 Speed Ref A Option 12 DPI Port 1 or Option 13 DPI Port 2 Increase speed Decrease speed Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 y when the HIM is granted Manual Control or 28 Speed Ref B is set to for a HIM installed in the drive cover for a HIM connected by cable for handheld or remote installation option HIM Overview Appendix A ALT Functions To use an ALT function press the ALT key release it then press the programming key associated with one of the following functions Table 8 ALT Key Functions ALT Key and then Function SMART Function not available View Allows the selection of how parameters will be viewed or detailed information about a parameter o
322. le East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Supersedes Publication 200 PM001A EN P June 2010 Copyright 2011 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
323. lected speed reference values converge Defau B 5 2 n 1 2 1 in the final selection of the drives speed reference with Par 152 Applied LogicCmd andare Options 0 Zero Speed 9 Preset Spd 5 selected with bits 28 29 30 1 Een ei 5 10 7 See the Block Di in Appendix D for a description epeecne Freset op ee the Block Diagrams in Appendix D for a description 3 Sum Sref 1 27 12 DPI Port 1 4 MOP Level 13 DPI Port 2 5 Preset Spd 1 14 DPI Port 3 6 Preset Spd 2 15 Reserved 7 Preset Spd 3 16 DPI Port 5 8 Preset Spd 4 29 Jog Speed 1 Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 18 Jog 1 of Par 152 Min Max 8 0000 PU Applied LogicCmd Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 30 Min Spd Ref Lim Default 10 0000 RW Rea Sets the minimum speed reference limit This value may be negative or positive but not greater Min Max 8 0000 Par 31 Max Spd Ref Lim han Par 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 P U 31 Max Spd Ref Lim Default 10 0000 RW Rea Sets the maximum speed reference limit This value may be negative or positive but not less Min Max Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim 8 0000 han Par 30 Min Spd Ref Lim Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 32 Accel Time 1 Default 10 0000 v BW Bea Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases with time in seconds to
324. lied the HIM may require approximately five seconds until commands are recognized including the Stop key Ifthe STS status LED is NOT flashing green refer to Status Indicators on page 151 for more information Ifany digital input is configured to Stop CF CF Clear Faults or Enable verify that signals are present or the drive will not start See Table 1 on page 19 for other causes of a start inhibit When prompted on the HIM select a display language and press Enter e The PowerFlex 700S Start Up screen displays for drives that have not been previously configured TIP If the Assisted Start routine has already been accessed and started you can return to and continue with the Start Up routine See Access the Start Up Routine on page 167 for more information Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Drive Start Up Chapter 1 Start Up the Drive 6 Press Enter EC on the HIM The Assisted Start routine will prompt you for the required information needed to start up the drive and complete the autotuning procedures See Figure 1 on page 18 for a flow chart of the Assisted Start routine Note When starting up some high impedance motor applications the Power Circuit Test may fail If this test fails the HIM displays the following fault description text Power Circuit Diagnostic Test Detected Error XX XX no gate open circuit bad I sensor press Enter
325. link repeat steps 1 5 and change the source parameter number to zero 0 6 Press Esc to return to the group list Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 171 Appendix A HIM Overview Remove Install the HIM 172 The HIM can be removed or installed while the drive is powered Steps To remove the HIM 1 Press ALT and then Enter Remove The Remove HIM configuration screen appears 2 Press Enter to confirm that you want to remove the HIM 3 Remove the HIM from the drive or disconnect the cable To install HIM e Insert the HIM into drive or re connect cable Key s o Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Example Display Remove Op Intrfc Press Enter to Disconnect Op Intfc Port 2 Control Appendix B Application Notes For additional application notes refer to the PowerFlex 7008 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive with Phase II Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 For nformation on See Page DPI Communication Configurations 174 Input Voltage Range Tolerance 176 Motor Control Mode 177 Motor Overload 129 Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings 181 Setpt 1 Data 182 Setpt 2 Data 182 Stop Dwell Time 183 Sleep Wake Mode 184 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 173 Appendix B Application Notes DPI Communication Typical Programmable Controller Conf
326. ll ramp to zero at Par 760 Pt Pt Decel Time Note Coast Stop or Removing Enable always causes a Coast to Stop function e Bit 24 Find Home when this bit is on and the drive is started a homing sequence is initiated e Bit 25 Pos Redefine when this bit is set the position will be set to zero Bit 26 Home Dir when this bit is set the homing direction will be opposite of the Home Speed commanded in Par 1122 Home Speed Bit 27 Return Home when this bit is set the homing direction will be opposite of the Home Speed commanded in P1122 Home Speed Note The position reference will not change but Par 763 Posit Load Fdbk will return to zero The Position reference should also be redefined to zero to synchronize the position with the command This can be useful for returning to Home after a jog type operation Bit 28 Home Switch when this bit is set the Homing sequence will look for the home switch to make a transition from it s current state when the homing sequence is started Do not set with bit 29 Home Marker Bit 29 Home Marker when set the Homing Sequence will look for the Marker pulse When the marker pulse is found the drive will decelerate and return to the position where the marker was found Do not set with bit 28 Home Switch Note Bits 24 29 were added for future use not active for use with firmware version 3 001 and above Options S L z 1286 B Z l ja Ella laah 5 s g
327. llation Instructions SynchLink Board for PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase Control Installation 200 10010 Instructions PowerFlex 700S Drives and DriveLogix Firmware Release Notes 20D RN007 The following publications provide necessary information when applying the DriveLogix Controller Title Publication DriveLogix5730 Controller User Manual 20D UM003 PowerFlex 700S Drive and DriveLogix Controller Firmware Release Notes 20D RN007 Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual 1756 PM001 Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual 1756 RM003 Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual 1756 RMO006 RSLogix 5000 Getting Results 9399 RLD300GR The following publications provide information that is useful when planning and installing communication networks Title Publication ContolNet Coax Tap Installation Instructions 1786 5 7 ControlNet Cable System Planning and Installation Manual 1786 6 2 1 ContolNet Fiber Media Planning and Installation Guide CNET INOO1 SynchLink System Design Guide 1756 TD008 To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative To find your local Rockwell Automation distributor visit www rockwellautomation com locations Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Manual Conventions Preface In this manual we refe
328. low line voltage lt 50 3 Low phase one phase lt 80 of line voltage 4 Frequency out of range or asymmetry line sync failed 5 Low DC bus voltage triggers ride through operation 6 Input frequency momentarily out of range 40 65 Hz 7 DC bus short circuit detection active Fault Red Flashing 1 Number in T indicates flashes and associated rail 2 DC bus short Udc lt 2 after 20 ms 4 Line sync failed or low line Uac 5096 Unom 1 An alarm condition automatically resets when the condition no longer exists 2 A fault indicates a malfunction that must be corrected and can only be reset after cycling power Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 155 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting HIM Indication of a Fault The HIM also provides visual notification of a fault Condition Display Drive is indicating a fault The LCD HIM immediately reports the fault condition by F gt Faultea auto displaying the following Faulted appears in the status line Fault F24 DC Bus Overvolt Fault number Time since Fault e Fault name 90 23 52 e Time that has passed since the fault occurred Press Esc to regain control of the HIM Manually Clearing Faults Follow the steps to manually clear a fault Press Esc on the HIM to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the HIM Address the condition that caused the faul
329. lower s are not synchronized with the time keeper 8 Red Flashing module is configured as a time master on SynchLink and has received time information from another time master on SynchLink ENABLE Green On The drive s enable input is high Green Off The drive s enable input is low 1 SynchLink LEDs are located on the SynchLink daughtercard on the main circuit board in the control cassette Refer to the SynchLink System Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 for more information 152 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 DriveLogix5730 Controller Status Indicators The status indicators LEDs for the DriveLogix controller are only operational when the drive is energized The LEDs are only visible when the drive door is open or when viewed from the HIM or from an application program e g DriveExplorer in parameter 554 LED Status This feature is only available with DriveLogix version 15 03 or later when the drive is energized and are visible with the drive door open Servicing energized equipment can be hazardous Severe injury or death can result from electrical shock burn or unintended actuation of controlled equipment Follow Safety related practices of NFPA 70E ELECTRICAL SAFETY FOR EMPLOYEE WORKPLACES DO NOT work alone on energized equipment ATTENTION The RUN LED and the controller LEDs are only operational RUN Drive RUN DriveLogix 1 0 DriveLogix
330. lt 1 000 vd RWRea Par 111 Torque Ref 1 is divided by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par IMin Max 2200000000 0000 111 Torque Ref 1 113 Torque Ref 2 Default 10 0000 RW Rea Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is multiplied by the Min Max 42200000000 0000 value in Par 114 Torq Ref2 Mult A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 114 Torque Ref2 Mult Default 1 0000 v RW Rea Par 113 Torque Ref 2 is multiplied by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par Min Max 2200000000 0000 113 Torque Ref 2 115 Torque Trim Default 0 0000 vd RWRea The amount added to Par 111 Torque Ref 1 and Par 113 Torque Ref 2 before the Speed Torque Min Max 8 0000 PU Mode Selector A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Units PU Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 116 Torque Step Default 0 0000 vd RW Rea The amount added to the selected Torque Reference before notch filtering or limits are applied Min Max 8 0000 P U A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Units PU Scale 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Chapter 2
331. ltage Sets the drive configuration for high or low voltage class for example 400 480V AC drive Options 2 Low Voltage do Allows choice of configuration and affects many drive parameters including drive rated lg Hi 3 High Voltage current voltage power over loads and maximum PWM carrier frequency Note This parameter was changed for firmware version 3 004 to allow the drive to produce an output voltage limited by Par 531 Maximum Voltage or maximum voltage defined by the DC bus voltage level Par 306 DC Bus Voltage and DC bus voltage utilization limit Par 500 Bus Util Limit 404 Dead Time Default 5 0000 RO Real The time delay between turning off and turning on an upper device and a lower device in the Min Max 2 0000 100 0000 D power structure This parameter is set at power up and is not user adjustable Units us 405 Dead Time Comp Default O RW 16 bit The amount of voltage correction used to compensate for the loss of voltage during dead Min Max 0 200 Integer time Do not adjust Contact factory for alternative settings Units 96 406 Fower Loss Mode v m Default 10 Coast nter a value to configure the drive s response to a loss of input power as sensed by an one n 2 deb input voltage below the value specified in Par 408 Power Loss Level Options 7 1 ds 7 e Enter a value of 0 to make the drive fault and coast to a stop supply no current to the 2 Continue 5 Flux Only mo
332. lues Numeric Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Min Max Displays lowest possible setting Displays highest possible setting Units Unit of measure and resolution as shown on the LCD HIM Important Analog inputs can be set for current or voltage with parameter 821 Analog 1 0 Units Scale Value sent from Controller or Comm Device Drive Parameter Value x Comm Scale ENUM Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Options Displays the selections available Bit Options Displays the bit selections available Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Bit Bit number Linkable A checkmark indicates that the parameter is linkable RO Read Only Read Write Identifies if the parameter is read write or read only RW Read Write Data Type Identifies the parameter data type i e integer floating point boolean 22 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 How Parameters are DriveExecutive programming software displays parameters in Linear List or File Group Parameter format Viewing the parameters in File Group Parameter format simplifies programming by grouping parameters that are used for similar functions There are twelve files Each file is divided into multiple groups of parameters Each illustration below contains a list of the Parameters contained in each Group for eac
333. m 2 FitCoastStop 78 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values 369 Brake OL Cnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to z the drive s response to a Brake Overload OL Trip exception event Options 0 Ignore TuS event is triggered when a Dynamic Brake DB overload condition occurs Alarm e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop e Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Fit RampStop this event occurs 4 FltCurlimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 370 HiHp InPhsLs Cfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Selector for the net phase loss configuration Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FltCoastStop this event occurs 3 Fit RampStop 2 FltC
334. m x 1 25 29 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 JO JO jp oj 0 oj 0 0 0 0 10 JO O 0 O 19 1 16 1 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 Bit 131 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 reine Default 0 in Max 32 bits o 131 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters No 1000 Name Description UserFunct Enable This parameter is sed to enable and disable the optional user functions If a bit is set the corresponding funct ec Data Type 2 x E i ion in enabled If the bit is not set the corresponding Zen function is disabled and will not be processed outputs will not be updated Notes Bit 16 Ratio Calc was added for firmware version 2 004 Bit 5 AddSub Math and bit 6 Delay Timer were added for firmware version 3 001 Bit 7 EGR Electronic Gear Ratio was added for firmware version 4 001 Options m S g e gt 2 5 5 o90959 oooiloooosoo io 519 e e e el E225 e 8 5 12121212121212122221212 S zg e E Z Z r 6 Z amp 2g 2 2 82 8 s s s s s s 8 5 s s s 6159 9 619 s s S S S 2 215 foe foe foe oe fe ic
335. m 3 Default 10 0000 4 RW Rea Provides a scalable speed trim value that will be added to Par 47 SpdRef SpdTrm1 274 Min Max 14112 0000 SpdTrim 3 Scale scales this value prior to the trim value affecting the speed reference Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 1 The calculation is based on the drive frame size and input voltage c Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 3 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters z Name S s No Description Values 5828 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale Default 1 000 4 RW Real Par 23 Speed Trim 3 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Min Max 1000 0000 Par 23 Speed Trim 3 25 STrim2 Filt Gain Default 1 0000 RW Real Sets the lead term for the Par 22 Speed Trim 2 filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead Min Max 15 0000 function and value less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 26 SpdTrim2 Filt BW Default 200 0000 vd RW Real Sets the frequency for the Speed Trim 2 filter Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 Units rad s 2 spond A 2al Default A 1 Spd Ref 1 peed Re e e ap 2 Selects the speed reference source for the drive The se
336. me s Analog Signal Greater No than or equal to Wake Level and for time period greater than or equal to Wake Time Increase Analog Input Signal and wait for a time period greater than or equal to Wake Time Yes Yes Yes Did a Drive Was a Stop Issued No heset Fault 71 Fault Occur or Power Cycled e SE No Yes Run Which Required Input Stop or Enable was Chosen Open amp Close Input Issue a Start Command HIM Network or TB Drive Running No Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July Consult Factory 2011 185 Appendix B Application Notes Notes 186 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams List of Control Block Flow diagrams on the following pages illustrate the drives control algorithms Diagrams For Information on See Page Overview 189 Speed Control Reference Select 190 Speed Control Reference 191 Speed Control Regulator 192 Process Control 183 Torque Control Torque 194 Torque Control Current 195 Speed Position Feedback 196 Inputs amp Outputs Digital 197 Inputs amp Outputs Analog 198 Control Logic 199 Position Control Interp Direct 200 P
337. mes 1 4 and 9 14 verify that the precharge resistor is present with power off there should be a resistance between DC and BR In frames 5 amp 6 check the precharge board for errors See the precharge board LED for fault sequence Configured with Par 393 BusUndervoltCnfg 43 VoltageFdbk Loss A loss of motor or DC Bus voltage feedback has occurred because e Check the communication line between of a communication failure between Motor Control and Voltage Motor Control MC and the Voltage Feedback board Feedback board e Replace the Voltage Feedback board Configured with Par 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 44 Runtime Data Rst e Runtime data hours energy has been reset to zero due to a Informational Only checksum error 45 Enable Health The safety circuit is active Check the input signal to the safety circuit 46 nterp Out Synch The interpolator for position feedback lost synchronization with Configured with Par 378 Interp Flt Cnfg the Velocity Position Loop VPL 47 CML Task Fail The Current Minor Loop CML task has been delayed or run with Cycle power to the drive an incorrect interval 48 Ctrl Device The controlling device HIM or controller has been disconnected Check the controlling device connections to the while the drive was running drive 49 DPI Loss Port 1 Q The device at DPI port 1 has stopped communicating with the Verify that the DPI device is present and drive function
338. meter presets integrator output Par 101 SpdReg Integ Min Max 48 0000 P U Integer Out to a specified torque level This ensures that the torque command will be at the preset Units PU value when the drive is enabled and run Par 153 Control Options bit 18 SpdRegPreset enables this preset 89 Spd Err Filt BW Default 700 0000 4 RW Real Sets the bandwidth of a 2nd order Butterworth low pass filter which reduces quantization Min Max 0 0000 2000 0000 noise The units are rad sec A value of 0 will disable the filter The value should be greater than Units rad s 5 times the value of Par 90 Spd Reg BW Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 200 0000 to 700 0000 for firmware version 2 003 90 Spd Re Default 10 0000 RW Real Sets the th of the speed regulator in rad sec Bandwidth is also referred to as the Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 crossover frequency Small signal time response is approximately 1 BW and is the time to reach Units rad s 63 of set point A change to this parameter will cause an automatic update of Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain and Par 82 Spd Reg Gain To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to a value of zero 91 Spd Reg Damping Default 1 000 4 RW Real Sets the dree actor of the drive s characteristic equation and factors in the calculation of Min Max 0 5000 3 0000 the integral gain A damping factor of 1 0 is considered critical damp Lowering the damping will prod
339. meters can be a source of data for a link except parameter values that contain an integer representing an ENUM text choice The are not allowed since the integer is not actual data it represents a value Refer to the list of parameters in Chapter 2 for information on which parameters can be destinations All links must be established between equal data types parameter value formatted in floating point can only source data to a destination parameter value that is also floating point Establishing A Link Steps Key s Example Displays 1 Select a valid destination parameter to be linked The parameter value screen displays FG Parameter Accel Time 1 5 Decel Time 1 2 Press Enter to edit the parameter The cursor will e S Curve Time move to the value line 3 Press ALT and then View Sel Next press the Up or Down Arrow to change Present Value to Define c9 Link Press Enter e Min 0 01000 or A Max 6553 5 4 Enter the Source Parameter Number and press e 7 Enter The linked parameter can now be viewed two ea Define Link different ways by repeating steps 1 4 and selecting Present Value or Define Link If an attempt is made to edit the value of a linked parameter Parameter is Linked will be Parameter 32 displayed indicating that the value is coming from Accel Time 1 a source parameter and cannot be edited Link 800 Analog In1 Data 5 To remove a
340. mit Default Par 4 1 2500 RW Real Sets a limit on the speed reference in the positive direction This value can be entered as a in Max 0 0000 8 0000 positive value or zero The maximum value equals Par 532 Maximum Freq 0 95 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 71 Spd Ref TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select speed reference data displayed in Par 79 Spd Ref TP Data and Options 0 Zero 12 S Crv Match d i PD e 1 RPMI amp 5 M d for fi ion 2 00 1 User Ref 13 S Array size ote The values for options 7 8 amp 9 were changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 2 Logic Select 14 S Array Indx 3 Sel Ref 15 Reserved 4 Ramp Spd Ref 16 Sel Ext Trim 5 Ramp n 17 Trim FiltOut 6 Filt Spd Ref 18 Ref w Trim 7 Reserved 19 Amp Lim In 8 Reserved 20 Amp LimStat2 9 Reserved 21 Amp Lim2 Out 10 Amp Lim Stat 22 FTD Ramp Out 11 Ramp Match 23 Reserved 78 Spd Ref TP RPM Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Ref TP Sel in rpm This display should only be used if Min Max 8 0000 the selected value is floating point data Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 79 Spd Ref TP Data Default 0 RO 116 bit Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Ref TP Sell This display should only be used if the in Max 32768 Intege
341. mojioj IM xqpJ uonisod 222d ueuw rgiriTs pve 01002 uonisog 0 uonisog Cex rs s yap4 pds mg sso1upoe 1 pds pereos sms 91607 Ae dsiq WIH OL pys Ionuoo peeds oi PAS 100A 1o l q SSC piqpa mg uoe Lommel suondo Ionuoo L YSEL 40 ISOqg peedsS sso7qyoe 1 21607 snes 01anjoseH oc D oneuulu x Dua Is QureuuepieH voz gt Cruz D suon ul ousou snes 0uueui6 lsS 092 gt EC 2 QJAISSH Cous D oneupds ounsey r 3525 ai iso ns Byuog osenjosey Bju9 oureuuepieH oeqpeeJ ya Dd Cis tuo dusub 22 2 1504 1100 a4 i 19 usod oido 83 0 peg uondo pds oido 83 p 1 a ENUIS usogaw x H aleo pds 1 JOJeINWIS 100W panus Den A H 6p3 HA 1521 HSOd 1010N Cz i 163 peeds Jojo T uonisod Lipou3 Buiss ooiq Udd Soz sapooug Gm pds Jpou 7 ez pue 1 0 po uonisod 04pouz Duisseoojg Hdd 019posu3 lt qp4 pds o1pou3 9 0 1 1 195 1isod 5 IeS HY XAPA aw Ge Ud 18S yap AW Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 196 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams sd g qua H Qu q q os a a snqeig O I 2907 joo K x22 ssed g ejqejeAe jou si 0680 uo eiqeu3 AH Jadwnr M 1 mai
342. mote Program and Faulted 1 Alarm e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop e Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Flt RampStop this event occurs 4 FitCurLimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 3 Ht RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 81 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values a 387 Lgr Timeout Cnig Default 12 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Controller to Drive connection timeout
343. mpStop FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop 1 0 1 2 3 4 FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop 1 0 1 2 3 4 FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop 1 0 1 2 3 4 FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop 1 0 1 2 3 4 FitCurLimStp 22 0000 0 1000 3000 0000 A Real Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 2 o E Name S s No Description Values 5882 401 Rated Volts Default 480 RO 16 bit Nameplate voltage rating of the inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up Min Max 75 750 nteger Units V 402 Frequency Default 2 0000 Fr 5 6 9 amp Up RW Real Carrier frequency for the PWM output of the drive Drive derating may occur at higher carrier 4 0000 Fr 1 4 frequencies For derating information refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Default is Min Max 1 0000 15 0000 10 0000 Fr 5 6 9 amp Up dependant on power structure of the drive Units kHz Note This parameter was changed for firmware version 3 004 to not allow changes while the drive is running 403 Voltage Class Default 13 High Vo
344. n 10 bit resolution 12 bit resolution default setting 14 bit resolution 16 bit resolution Table 268B Resolution and Least Significant Bits Used Resolution LSB Not Used Parameter 250 Increments by All bits used 1 2 LSB not used 4 4158 not used 8 6 LSB not used 64 Table 268C Resolution and Resolver Tracking Speed Resolution Maximum Tracking Speed Tracking Speed Tracking Speed Carrier Freq X1 Resolver for X2 Resolver for X5 Resolver 34 kHz 55 K rpm 27 5 K rpm 11 K rpm 24kHz 13 8 K rpm 6 9 K rpm 2 76 K rpm 14kHz 3480 rpm 1740 rpm 696 rpm 10 kHz 900 rpm 450 rpm 180 rpm Table 268D FIR Filter Settings Bit 12 1 0 Taps 0 o 0 1 2 0 4 8 0 16 32 0 64 127 s 2 Resolution 0 and 3 Resolution 1 select the resolver resolution see Table 268A Resolution Settings This determines the number of significant bits that ated in the value of Par 250 FB pt Posit It does not affect the number of counts created per resolver revolution see Table 268B Resolution and Least 9 Edge Time configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the 0 zero chooses Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed ime Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count up
345. n set to 1 True if the encoder supports mutli turn absolute position This bit is set automatically if bit 1 Not EnDat is set to 0 False Bit 5 Endat24bitSI when this bit is on the Heidenhain encoder works as Endat Single turn 24 bits When this bit is off the Heidenhain encoder works as Endat Single turn 20 bits e Bit 6 VrtlMasterEn when set indicates that the Virtual Master encoder function of the Heidenhain option card is active The Virtual Master function is available with v3 00 or later of the Heidenhain option card Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 1 Not Endat was changed to 0 false and bit 2 Multi Turn was changed to ion 2 004 Bit 1 Not Endat was changed to 1 true bit 2 Multi Turn was changed to 0 False and bit 6 tS was added for firmware version 3 001 Added bit 6 for firmware version 4 001 1 true for firmware vers Endat24bi Options Default Reserved on V RW 16 bit Reserved Not EnDat 0 False 1 True Bit lt Reserved Reserved Reserved 9 c vrtlMasterEn 9 Endat24bitSl Reserved Reserved T Multi Turn gt lt Reserved x Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 63 Chapter 2 267 268 Name Programming and Parameters 1 Description Heidn Encdr PPR Set this val when bit 1
346. n Default 50 RW 16 bit Displays the minimum slip frequency allowed in the motor control The scaling is in hertz x IMin Max 0 100 nteger D 256 This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units 441 Slip P Gain Default 35 RW 16 bit n Slip R e unu ional P gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 nteger 448 Slip Reg Gain Default 100 RW 16 bit A Sets the Integral 1 gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Min Max 0 32767 nteger 449 Srlss FreqReg Ki Default 1250 RW 16 bit Sets the integra Ka of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when Min Max 0 32767 nteger D sensorless feedback is selected Do not change this value 450 Srlss FreqReg g Kp Default 1350 RW 16 bit Sets the proportional gain of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when Min Max 0 32767 nteger D sensorless feedback is selected Do not change this value 453 lu Offset Default 0 RW 16 bit Sets the current offset correction for the phase U current This value is set automatically Min Max 32767 nteger D when the drive is not running and Motor Control MC is not faulted Do not change this value 454 w Offset Default 0 RW 16 bit Sets the current offset correction for the flux producing d axis current regulator This value Min Max 32767 nteger D is set automatically when the drive is not running and Motor Control MC is not faulte
347. n H93 L t pioouz nu POUT Zh Ld jepoous eru uonennoy si1 lsi6 1 yurquou s lepdn SSL Ld 90U919 94 UONISOd JASEN ENLIA Deen S91 Ld 1ndino pue uotpuni een YDS einoex Z 0911 1ndino pue Japooug enuiA ln5 x3 1 LPL l JASEN ENLIA 40 uonnoexa L xse1 sajseyy IPnHIA 202 Japoouz Je1SeWIuA gei 600 ud yanu SENHA QupieH 2 2 19540 apen zm zm zm IT ueos jo Buiuuibeq ye aul wajsAS yurquou s I 409 4 jepoou3 1 0 ueuuepeH jeusog Joie A i 1 I r 309 lepdn eyep uonisog ye aul wajsAS yurquosu sS keja eui I I 1 zaq 602 4 eee bee 2 ua est A d L 1pou3 upieH uotpunj Jo ynsa ayy uu S91 Ld indino YOR eu s le16 lu 1oyejnunooe au LOXO LIL Ld Piluoo uo3 USUM 4 q s ld 29 uonisod HOS dino ndul uonisod 493 uonisod 493 BEKED eno wos uono l s indino L suonouny sN Z9d JO enjeA ayy UNIA ueos z se Wana eziuo1upu s 294 22581 pue 091 Ld L se 1 uonisog 1epoou3 PENYA L SEL 1isod HA s Hd3 16poou3 HA Lasep zyseL 205 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C ya Z1 9un1 Kel q eyeq ziwa Aejaq Cou yeSidz seul Aejaq unooye sew
348. n Max 1 1000 4 0000 current level that the drive will fault at this current in 60 seconds Units PU 340 Mtr 12T Trp ThrH Default 1 1500 RO Real Displays the trip threshold current for the motor overload 2T function The value depends on 0 0500 2 0000 the motor speed and is calculated from the minimum current Par 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min the Units PU minimum speed Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and the motor service factor Par 336 Motor OL Factor 341 Mtr 2T Count Default 10 0 RO Real The accumulator for Motor Overload detection Motor T function When the motor runs at the Min Max 0 0 1 5 over rated motor current the accumulator starts counting up If the motor runs at below rated motor current the accumulator counts down If the value of this parameter exceeds 0 5 the Motor OLoad Pend alarm fault 12 occurs If the value of this parameter exceeds 1 0 the Motor OLoad Trip fault fault 11 occurs The value of this parameter is saved in non volatile memory after power down if Par 153 Control Options bit 20 Motor OL Ret is on Toggling bit 20 of Par 153 Control Options clears the value of this parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 c Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 7 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters w amp 344 345 346 Disp sets conti ratin term cont limit Disp un
349. n gain for the Inertia Compensation function A value of 1 produces 10096 Min Max 1 0000 2 0000 compensation 5 InertiaDecelGain Default 1 0000 v DW Bes Sets the deceleration gain for the Inertia Compensation function A value of 1 produces 100 Min Max 1 0000 2 0000 compensation Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 37 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 5 Name S s No Description Values 5822 59 Inertia Trq Add Default 1 0000 RO Real The torque reference output generated by the inertia compensator This torque level is modified Min Max 8 0000 PU by Par 57 InertiaAccelGain and Par 58 InertiaDecelGain A value of 1 0 represents rated Units PU torque of the motor 60 DeltaSpeedScale Default 1 0000 4 RW Real Multiplier in the Inertia Compensation function affects the value of Par 59 Inertia Trq Add IMin Max 1000 0000 Use in center winder and unwind applications to compensate for roll diameter build up 61 Virt Encoder EPR Default 14096 RW 32 bit Equivalent Edges Per Revolution EPR or line count of a virtual encoder A virtual encoder isa Min Max 10 67108864 Integer qab position reference whose input comes from speed reference It accumulates pulses at the same Units EPR rate as a real encoder of identical Pulses Per Revolution PPR Enter the equivalent PPR For example enter 1024 PPR to match an encoder with 1024 EPR
350. n is available in v2 003 and later 4 Test puts the drive in a test mode to perform the direction test Test is automatically selected during the direction test portion of the Start Up routine and does not need to be set manually by the user Field Oriented Control Permanent Magnet Motor Control and Volts Hertz Control are described in further detail below Field Oriented Control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance Motor data and an autotune is required for correct operation in this mode Field oriented control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 FOC In field oriented control the drive takes the speed reference that is specified by the Speed Reference selection Block and compares it to the speed feedback The speed regulator uses Proportional and Integral gains to adjust the torque reference for the motor This torque reference attempts to operate the motor at the specified speed The torque reference is then converted to the torque producing component of the motor current This type of speed regulator produces a high bandwidth response to speed command and load changes In field oriented control the flux and torque producing currents are independently controlled Therefore you can send a torque reference directly instead of a speed reference The independent flux control also allows you to reduce the flux in order to run above base motor sp
351. nal installation operation and maintenance procedures beyond those stated in the standard User Manual Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if all additional instructions in this document are not observed Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 219 Appendix E ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7005 Phase II Drives in Group l Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Motor Requirements Drive Wiring 220 The motor must be manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC It must be installed operated and maintained per the motor manufacturer supplied instructions Only motors with nameplates marked for use on an inverter power source and labeled for specific hazardous areas may be used in hazardous areas on inverter variable frequency power When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in gas environments Category 2G the motor must be of flameproof construction EEx d according to ENS0018 or Ex d according to EN60079 1 or IEC60079 1 Group II motors are marked with a temperature ora temperature code When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in dust environments Category 2D the motor must be protected by an enclosure according to EN5028 1 1 1 or according to IEC61241 1 Ex tD Group II motors are marked with a temperature The motor over temperature signal supplied to the drive must be a normally clod cont
352. nalog Input 3 Analog Input 3 is a uni polar voltage input Min Max 0 0 10 0 only and cannot be configured for current Units V Type of Input Voltage Polarity Uni Polar Resolution 10 bit 0 to 1023 a is set 1 this parameter Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Uni cannot be viewed from the HIM 814 Anlg In3 Scale Default 0 1000 v DW Real Scales the raw analog input data plus the input offset if any to the desired data range The Min Max 2200000000 0000 scaled data for Analog Input 3 is displayed in Par 812 Anlg In3 Data and is available for usage Units V in the drive Enter the units you want per volt For example If Par 813 Anlg In3 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this parameter Par 812 Anlg In3 Data will equal 0 60V Par 813 Par 814 Par 812 Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 this parameter cannot be viewed from the HIM 815 10 In3 Offset Default 0 0000 v RW Real Applies an offset to Analog Input 3 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create Min Max 20 0 an offset to the actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to Units V produce Par 813 Tent In3 Value Note When bit 2 AI3 Thermstr of Par 821 Analog 1 0 Units is set 1 cannot be viewed from the HIM 816 Al3Filt Gain Default 1 0000 V RVV Real Provides the Lead term for the Analog Input
353. nd Par 454 Iw Offset is used as the phase W current edback offset value When this bit is not set default the phase U and W current feedback offset values are automatically updated when the drive is in a stop ondition except during the first 10 seconds of the stop condition it17 ManuVItOffst when this bit is set Par 549 Vuv Fdbk Offset is used as the UV voltage feedback offset value and Par 550 Vvw Fdbk Offset is used as the VW voltage feedback offset value Bit 23 SyncTrans En when set default the synchronous transfer algorithm using voltage feedback data is active Notes Bit changes were made for firmware version 2 003 Bits 10 and 11 were added for firmware version 3 001 Changed bit 3 from Reserved to FastFluxDsbl for firmware version 3 003 Added bits 4 7 12 16 17 and 23 for firmware version 4 001 ec Data Type 2 x i o u u o w ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options is i 2255 682 48 9828 2 ce 3S o D ze 2 g922995s22z22725EIszSiIssBs 5E575E elg ei ez x 8yz6es342I s2X 2QM2S3s elel S 26602 2 22 29 2 29 181 212185181212111212156 6 G E 210 xx 2288 6 e 6 6 ee 6 ee ee slal S elo e s sz m gt Saele ez cr le r ice C c AS Ale l B 155 00 165 i o c Default x x x
354. nd Parameters 2 To Name s No Description 2 915 SL Rev Events Displays the received event status from Par 917 SL Rx PO Regis 916 ISL Clir Events Set these bits to clear the corresponding event latches indicated in Par 915 SL Rcv Events e e e o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oO e e e e giziz giziZ ec e e iziziz ce giz e m e iziz PIP l l o o o Qo Qo alaa Q So Q Qo QO Qo Q Q 9 Qo So an na S Q 2 9 Q e e e o e e o o e e o e e o e e o o e e o e e o e o gim K tc Oe cc SC l C SC 22 cc ice ice SC uu uu SC Cc 62 C SC ee C cc 62 cc cc LA L Default x x x x x x x x Xx x Xx X X X x X X X X X Xx x Xx x x 0x x x x JO 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 917 SLRx PO Regis Default 0 RO 32 bit Displays received port 0 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 0 in Max 2147483648 Integer registration data by the Rx Direct Data Selector Parameters 905 909 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window 918 ISL Rx P1 Regis Default 0 RO 132 bit Displays received port 1 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 1 in Max 2
355. nfig 517 PPMP TP DataReal 147 PeakDtct Status 211 Port Mask Act 714 PPMP TP Select 145 PeakDtct1 Preset 214 Posit Actl Load 765 PreCharge Delay 472 PeakDtct2 Preset 218 Posit Detct1 In 784 PreChrg Control 411 PI Error 183 Posit Detct2 In 785 PreChrg Err Cnfg 381 PI Feedback 182 Posit FB EGR Div 767 PreChrg TimeOut 410 PI High Limit 191 Posit FB EGR Mul 766 Preset Speed 1 4 PI Integ HLim 188 Posit Gear Ratio 796 Preset Speed 2 5 PI Integ LLim 189 Posit Load Fdbk 764 Preset Speed 3 6 146 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Preset Speed 4 17 Sel Swtch In04 033 SL Buf Data Rx17 951 Preset Speed 5 18 Sel Swtch In05 034 SL Buf Data Rx18 952 Preset Speed 6 19 Sel Swtch In06 035 SL Buf Data Rx19 953 Preset Speed 7 20 Sel Swtch In07 036 SL Buf Data Rx20 954 Pt Pt Accel Time 759 Sel Swtch In08 037 SL Buf Data Rx21 955 Pt Pt Decel Time 760 Sel Swtch In09 038 SL Buf Data Rx22 956 Pt Pt Filt BW 761 Sel Swtch In10 039 SL Buf Data Rx23 957 Pt Pt Posit Ref 758 Sel Swtch In11 040 SL Buf Data Rx24 958 PWM Frequency 402 Sel Swtch In12 041 SL Buf Data Rx25
356. nteg 770 MulDiv 2 Result 060 PLL FiltPositOut 733 PositReg P Gain 768 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 392 PLL Posit Ou 731 PositTP DataDInt 738 Normal Stop Mode 168 PLL Posit OutAdv 732 PositTP DataReal 739 Notch Filt Freq 18 PLL Position Ref 721 Power EE TP Data 413 NotchAttenuation 17 PLL Rev Inpu 723 Power EE TP Sel 412 Nth Amplitude 595 PLL Rev Output 724 Power Loss Level 408 Nth CompOff Freq 534 PLL Speed Out 734 Power Loss Mode 406 Nth Phase Shift 596 PLL SpeedOut Adv 735 Power Loss Time 407 Nth Torq Compen 594 PLL TP DataDint 718 PPMP Accel Time 139 OL ClsLp CurrLim 344 PLL TP DataReal 719 PPMP Contro 134 OL OpnLp CurrLim 343 PLL TP Select 717 PPMP Decel Time 140 Opt 0 Regis Ltch 257 PLL VirtEncdrRPM 727 PPMP Fwd Spd Lim 137 Opt 1 Regis Ltch 258 PM AbsEncd Offst 504 PPMP Over Ride 138 Opt0 1 RegisCnfg 254 PM D Inductance 521 PPMP Pos Command 130 Opt0 1 RegisCtrl 255 PM Mtr CEMF Coef 523 PPMP Pos Div 132 Opt0 1 RegisStat 256 PM Mtr CEMF Comp 427 PPMP Pos Mul 131 Output Curr Disp 297 PM Q Inductance 520 PPMP Pos Output 143 Output Current 308 PM Stator Resist 522 PPMP Pos To Go 144 Output Freq 310 PM Test Freq Ref 508 PPMP Rev Spd Lim 136 Output Power 311 PM Test FeqRamp 507 PPMP Scaled Cmd 133 Output Voltage 307 PM Test Ref 509 PPMP SCurve Time 141 ParamAccessLevel 196 PM Test Idc Ramp 506 PPMP Spd Output 142 PeakDetect1 Out 215 PM TestWait Time 505 PPMP Status 135 PeakDetect2 Out 219 PMag Mode Config 512 PPMP TP DataDInt 146 PeakDtct Ctrl In 210 PMag Tune Co
357. nternal bandwidth response of the PLL function in rad sec The setting for very noisy Min Max 0 00 8000 00 mechanical systems could range from 1 to 10 rad s while well behaved high line count input Units rad s devices could range upwards of 100 rad s Higher bandwidths will quickly resolve tracking errors while the lower bandwidths will take longer to settle into a steady state Some adjustment will be necessary to effect the best compromise between noise and tracking response ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 723 PLLRev Input Default 1 RW 32 bit Revolution of the input encoder This parameter must be coordinated with Par 724 PLL Rev Out Min Max 1000000 Integer to resolve the gear ratio between input revolutions and output virtual revolutions The ratio of input to output revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and should be reduced to their lowest common factor ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 724 PLL Rev Output Default 11 RW 32 bit Revolution of de output encoder This parameter must be coordinated with Par 723 PLL Rev In Min Max 1 2000000 Integer to resolve the gear ratio between input revolutions and output virtual revolutions The ratio of input to output revolutions can always be resolved into integer values and should be reduced to their lowest common factor ote This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 725 PLLEPR Input Default 1
358. o perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 392 NetLoss DPI Cnig Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a communication fault from a network card at ooon 0 a D I port Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs j Eat e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Flt RampStop this event occurs 4 FitCurlimStp e 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are
359. o the position regulator when selected by Par 742 Posit Ref Sel Min Max 2147483648 nteger 1 This input is designed to be linked to a position count accumulator such as a virtual encoder or hardware accumulator 744 PositRef EGR Out Default 0 RO 32 bi Accumulated output of the position reference Electronic Gear Ratio EGR When the position in Max 2147483648 nteger regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 745 PositRef EGR Mul Default 1 RVV 32 bi An integer value in the numerator of the EGR function that is precision multiplied by the in Max 2000000 nteger selected position reference A negative value will effect a change in polarity 746 PositRef EGR Div Default 11 RVV 32 bi An integer value in the denominator of the EGR function that divides into the product of the in Max 1 2000000 nteger numerator and the selected position reference Remainders are accumulated and not lost 747 Position Cmmd Default 0 RO 32 bi Final accumulated command to the position regulator When the position regulator is not in Max 2147483648 nteger enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Position Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 750 Position Control bit 6 Thereafter its value will reflect the result of reference and offset changes 748 CoarsePosit Trgt Default 0 RW 3
360. oastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit 4 FitCurLimStp in response to this event 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Notes The default value was changed from 1 Alarm to 3 Fit RampStop for firmware version 3 001 The default value was changed from 3 to 2 for firmware version 4 002 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a al n to configure the drive s response to a Motor Overload OL Trip exception event Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs M Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FltCoastStop this event occurs 3 Fit RampStop e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit 4 FitCurlimStp in response to this event e 3 Ft RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 372 Mtr OL Pend Cnfg m i Default 1 Alarm value to configure the drive s r
361. ode for the Motor Contro one In EOC Vi Value 0 Field Oriented Control FOC is induction motor control with voltage adaptation Options ma ae 2 EU Value 1 Field Oriented Control 2 FOC 2 is induction motor control with temperature 2 PMag Motor adaptation This option is used only for motors manufactured by Reliance Electric Japan Value 2 Permanent Magnet Motor Control Pmag Motor is permanent magnet motor operation Value 3 V Hz is volts per hertz motor control Value 4 Test is the test mode 486 Rated Slip Freq Default 0 470 RW 16 bit Displays the control slip frequency determined from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz and Par 4 Motor Min Max 0 000 32 000 Integer D NP RPM Measured and updated by the autotune procedure Do not change this value Units Hz Note Changed the attributes to allow changing this parameter while the drive is running for Scale x 1000 firmware version 3 001 487 Motor NTC Coef Default 100 RW 16 bit Defines a coefficient used to calculate the rotor temperature from the measured stator Min Max 50 200 Integer O temperature Used only in Field Oriented Control 2 2 mode See Par Par 485 Motor Units m Ctrl Model 488 Flux Current Default 30 00 RW 16 bit Specifies the magnetizing current that produces rated flux in the motor in a per unit percent Min Max 0 00 75 00 nteger representation Measured by the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Units
362. offset to Analog Input 1 Use the offset to correct for zero signal errors or to create Min Max 20 0000 an offset to the actual input The output of the A D converter is summed with this parameter to Units V mA produce Par 801 Anlg In1 Value 804 Al1Filt Gain Default 1 0000 V RW Real Provides the Lead term for the Analog Input 1 filter Min Max 5 0000 805 HAnig int Filt BW Default 10 0000 V RW Real Provides the Lag term for the Analog Input 1 filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 00001 Units rad s Light Heavy Par 804 Al 1 Filt Gain 025 10 1 Par 805 Anlg In1 Filt BW 150 10 806 Anta In2 Data Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 2 Min Max 2200000000 0000 807 Anlg In2 Value Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at Analog Input 2 Analog Input 2 may be configured for voltage Min Max 20 0000 or current input signal For proper selection of the input signal the DIP switch S 5 and Par 821 Units V mA Analog 1 0 Units must be set to match Par 807 Anlg In2 Value is multiplied by Par 808 Anlg In2 Scale produce the input to the lead lag filter function Type of Input Configurable Voltage or Current Polarity Bi Polar Resolution 14 bit 8191 to 48191 DIP Switch Analog 1 0 Units Al 2 Voltage 1S5 1 Open Par 821 Bit 1 0 False AH 2 Current S5 1 Closed Par 821 Bit 1 1 True
363. ogic 174 Communication DPI Data Links 32 DriveLogix 1 0 32 Masks amp Owners 32 Security 32 SynchLink Config 32 SynchLink Input 32 SynchLink Output 32 communications programmable controller configurations 174 control block diagrams 187 controller DriveLogix 10 copycat HIM function 169 D data saving 169 defaults resetting to 169 diagnostic data viewing 169 documentation ordering 10 drive status indicator 152 DriveLogix BAT LED 154 COM LED 154 FORCE LED 154 1 0 LED 154 OK LED 154 RUN LED 154 DriveLogix controller 10 Dynamic Control Configuration 25 Overload Protect 25 Power Loss 25 Stop Brake Modes 25 Index F factory defaults resetting to 169 fault queue 169 faults descriptions 157 manually clear 156 Non Resettable 156 faults and alarms types 156 FORCE LED DriveLogix 154 H HIM 165 Access the Start Up Routine 167 ALT Functions 167 External Connections 165 fault indication 156 Internal Connections 165 LCD Display Elements 166 Menu Structure 168 169 Removing the HIM 172 HIM menus Diagnostics 169 Memory Storage 169 Preferences 170 1 0 LED DriveLogix 154 indicator drive status 152 Inputs amp Outputs Analog Inputs 33 Analog Outputs 33 BitSwap Control 33 Digital Inputs 33 Digital Outputs 33 L LCD HIM Menus 169 logic command word 174 Logic Status Word 175 manual conventions 11 Menu Structure HIM 169 Monitor Control Status 23 Drive Data 23 Metering 23 Ro
364. ogramming and Parameters No 234 235 56 Name Description Encdr 0 1 Error Indicates the error status of the encoder 0 and encoder 1 Note Bit 4 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options mim gt gt 6 o Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Enc1 PhseLev Enc1 PhseLos Enc1 QuadLos Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved lt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Enc PhseLos gt Enc0 QuadLos gt Enc0 Missing Reserved 9 Enc0 PhseLev Default x x D x X x x 16 1 X X X X Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 0 RegisLtch0 Value Default 0 Displays the registration data of port 0 Indicates the position reference counter value latched Min Max 42147483648 by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 236 RegisLtch 0 1 Cnfg K l gt ol S gt x x Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Data Type 0 False 1 True RW 32 bit Integer Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 236 Read Write Data Type Name Description RegisLich 0 1Cnfg Configures the registration latch at port or port 1 to be used wi
365. ojanug Wo4 280121901607 xi601 00xi6oT Aud OL Sne 91607 J40 UONOW 61 120 0 uuuuoO x61 Coos xiBo1eAug OL xI6o J AuG JOMUOD Auq Z eseud S002 X9 4160M0gd Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 214 Compatible Permanent Appendix D PovverFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications The following table contains a list of specifications for the permanent magnet M agn et Motors 7 compatible with PowerFlex 700S drives Note that you must have a high resolution Stegmann or Heidenhain encoder or compatible resolver Table 9 Motor Name Plate and Rating Specifications Parameter No 1 2 3 4 5 7 Model Number Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA Motor NP Motor NP Motor NP Motor Current System Cont Motor line to line V Arms Frequency RPM Power Poles peak Stall Torque Max RPM rms Hz oper rpm KW Arms Nem rpm MPM A1151M 1240 4 2 333 3 5000 0 90 8 21 6 2 18 6000 MPM A1152F 1240 5 9 266 7 4000 1 40 8 31 7 4 74 5000 MPM A1302F 1240 74 266 7 4000 1 65 8 35 6 5 99 4500 MPM A1304F 1240 8 1 233 3 3500 2 20 8 34 2 9 30 4000 MPM A1651F 1240 14 5 200 0 3000 2 50 8 52 2 10 70 5000 MPM A1652F 1240 18 1 233 3 3500 4 03 8 73 0 13 50 4000 MPM A1653F 1240 23 2 200 0 3000 5 1
366. omation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 23 MC Commissn Fail Description The drive has failed to complete either the Motor Autotuning procedure or the Power Circuits Diagnostics test Par 463 MC Diag Error 1 Par 464 MC Diag Error 2 and Par 465 MC Diag Error 3 display Motor Autotuning and Power Circuit Diagnostic faults Par 465 MC Diag Error 3 Drive current inductance voltage and speed are not within motor nameplate specifications This fault occurs most frequently on low horsepower motors Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Action e Verify that the motor nameplate data Is entered correctly into the drive e Verify that the motor is wired for the correction voltage entering into the drive e Verify that the encoder if used and velocity feedback is correct e Change the tuning mode in Par 515 FVC Tune Config to 9 NoRotate Tune 24 DC Bus Overvolt A DC Bus overvoltage has occurred e Verify the AC Line e Verify that either the brake or bus regulator is enabled Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit Brake Enable or bit 3 Bus Reg Enable respectively e Verify that Par 128 Regen Power Lim is set properly e f Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 0 Brake Enable is set verify that the braking resistor is properly sized 25 lnv Trans Desat The IGBT detects a transistor failure Desaturation 26 Ground Fault A current to earth exceed
367. omer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com support americas phone en html or contact Canada your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A S Kar Plaza Is Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 vvvvvv rockvvellautomation com Povver Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Midd
368. on Description Drive Identity Add text to identify the drive Change Password Enable disable or modify the password User Dspy Lines Select the display parameter scale and text for the User Display The User Display is two lines of user defined data that appears when the HIM is not being used for programming User Dspy Time Set the wait time for the User Display or enable disable it User Dspy Video Select Reverse or Normal video for the Frequency and User Display lines Reset User Dspy Return all the options for the User Display to factory default values The PowerFlex 7008 drive is initially set to Basic Parameter View To view all parameters set parameter 196 ParamAccessLvl to option 1 Advanced Parameter 196 is not affected by the Reset to Defaults function LCD HIM Steps 1 In the Main Menu press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll to Parameter Press Enter FGP File appears on the top line and the first three files appear below it Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll through the files Press Enter to select a file The groups in the file are displayed under it Repeat steps 3 and 4 to select a group and then a parameter The parameter value screen will appear Press Enter to edit the parameter Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to change the value If desired press Sel to move from digit to digit letter to letter or bit to bit The digit or bit that you
369. on Ref i e 0 1000 1000 e Setting bit 8 Xzero Preset presets Par 744 PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 765 Posit Ac Load with the value in Par 762 Position Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset upon drive enable Setting bit 10 Pt Pt ReRef enables setting or changing Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref without changing the actual position Setting bit 16 X Watch En enables position Watch 1 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 8 Posit Watch e Setting bit 17 X Watch1 Dir causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is greater than Par 780 PositDtct1 Stpt Re setting bit 17 causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is less than Par 780 PositDtct1 Stpt e Setting bit 18 X Watch En enables position Watch 2 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 9 Posit Watch2 Setting bit 19 X Watch Dir causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is greater than Par 781 PositDtct2 Stpt Re setting bit 19 causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Position Actual is less than Par 781 PositDtct2 Stpt Setting bit 20 Pt Pt RampStop enables the Ramp to Stop function for point to point positioning When reset and the stop command is given during a move the drive will stop at 0 ramp time When set and the stop command is given during a move the rive wi
370. on sensor 478 VPL Mem Password Default 0 RW 32 bi VPL memory password Min Max 2147483648 Intege D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 479 VPL Mem Address Default 0 RW 32 bi VPL memory address Min Max 0 4294967295 Intege D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 480 NPL Mem Data Int Default 32 RW 32 bi VPL memory data integer Min Max 4 2147483648 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 481 VPL Mem Data Fit Default 11 25 RW Real VPL memory data filter Min Max D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 482 VPL Mem Data Bit Default 11 25 RW 32 bit VPL memory data bit Min Max Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 43 NPL Mem Link Int Default RO 132 bit VPL memory link integer Min Max 4 2147483648 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 484 NPL Mem Link Fit Default 1 25000 RO Real VPL memory link filter Min Max D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 o Name s No Description Values 485 Motor Ciri mone R TM Default FOC nter a value to select the operating m
371. op and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 82 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values 390 SL MultErr Cnfg Default 12 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the Drive Module s response to a SynchLink Multiplier error Refer to Options 0 Ignore Ear 327 SL Mult State for possible causes for multiplier errors 1 Alarm e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 2 FltCoastStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 3 Fit RampStop this event occurs 4 FltCurlimStp e 2 FltCoastStop configures th
372. or firmware version 4 001 1124 Home Actual Pos Default 0 RO 32 bit Actual home position after the Homing function is complete The value in this parameter Min Max 2147483648 Integer displays the raw position feedback data at home position Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 ech 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 5 Name S s No Description Values 5882 1125 Brake Level Default 0 0 V RW Real Defines the DC brake current level injected into the motor when DC Brake is selected Min Max 0 0 3000 0 D stop mode This also sets the braking current level when Fast Stop is selected Units V The DC braking voltage used in this function is created by a PWM algorithm and may not generate the smooth holding force needed for some applications Refer to the PowerFlex 700S with Phase l Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 but is not functional for future use The maximum value was changed from 1170 0 to 3000 0 for firmware version 4 002 ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized dur
373. osition Control Point to Point 201 Position Control Auxiliary Control 202 Point To Point Motion Planner 203 Phase Locked Loop 204 Virtual Master Encoder 205 User Functions 1 206 User Functions 2 207 Synchlink 208 V Hz 209 Diagnostic Tools 210 Inverter Overload IT 211 DriveLogix Connection Speed Control 212 DriveLogix Connection Position Control 213 DriveLogix Connection Motion Control 214 Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 187 Appendix Control Block Diagrams Diagram Conventions and Definitions Definitions of the Per Unit system 1 0 PU Position Distance traveled 1 sec at Base Spd 1 0 PU Speed Base Speed of the Motor 1 0 PU Torque Base Torque of the Motor C Read Only Parameter C D Read Write Parameter X Read Only Parameter with Bit Enumeration CJ Read Write Parameter with Bit Enumeration Provides additional information Enumerated Parameter Page and Coordinate erm ex 2 pg 3 Column A Row 2 1 Constant value 188 Processor Task time selection NOTE Faster Task time selections may require program functions to be disabled to stay within processor load capabilities FW TaskTime Sel FW TaskTime Actl Notes Important 1 Parameter 147 FW Functions EN is used to activate and deactivate firmware functions The PowerFlex 7008 drives ships with the position regulator deactivated To ena
374. pStop this event occurs 4 FltCurLimStp e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 388 Lgx Closed Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 389 LgxLinkChngCnfg Default 12 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to Controller to Drive default links being Options 0 Ignore removed A default link is a link automatically set up when a communication format is selected 11 Alarm for the Controller to Drive connection 2 FltCoastStop e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 3 Flt RampStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 4 FltCurlimStp this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast st
375. parameter contains the parameter number of an incorrectly configured parameter If more than one parameter is incorrectly configured each is displayed in turn after the previously identified parameter is fixed If there are no configuration problems relating to Motion then this parameter contains a value of zero and the bit 0 Config OK of parameter 690 Motn Cnct Status is cleared 712 Write Mask Act Status of write access for DPI ports When bit 15 Security is set network security controls the write mask instead of Par 669 Write Mask Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Options m Els gt E s S e gt e e e e e e ses 2z olg lz S lt s 212 12121212 12121812 5 n ya a S 9 9 9 2 9 S 9 lt CO S E See e e ee e ces sie Z s S Default O x x x x x x x 0x 10 x 00 100 10 0 po False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 113 Logic Mask Act Indicates status of the logic mask for DPI ports When bit 15 Security is set network security controls the logic mask instead of Par 670 Logic Mask Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Oros amp S B S 4 1888 1815 1315 53 90 0 0000005000 oco cc ac olo 6 6 6 6 6 6 G 06 m amp ES C2 SC E m m m O 0 jojo la Default x x x Xx x x x x x 0 x JO JO jO 40 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 714 Port Mask Act Bits 0 5 indicate status for DPI port communication Bit 15
376. pas OPA Peo 1soci I dooiq yqp I uono l s I pds 100W I xXoeqpeeJ 1 Be peeq 5 I wh peeds uonissod MCK ra Cr JoyeinBay Id 1 jeu p ds ioloyy INO Id Dou pds Jet Id poyy IL ysel 101ejnBeg 0 14000 peeds LION uoho l s z uu p ds julogd asualajaH you WEG xny Jojejodieju swelbeig yoolg ee ured d B tlisoq 1611 1150 2951800 1ndino pds 1504 A seyd 9002 X l H M Od 23851 IonuoO uonisod 189 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C Z 4seL eyed dL Jed pds 67d Wd d L Jed pds 82d les dL jeu pds 224 Slulodis Coz p ds 61 9 p ds jesalg Ca S p ds 19s91d Cu v p ds jesalg Car paads 1eseJd Cee zpeeds bor E Ks e Kao puioibo p llddy oc l z ez Kei puuOol6o1 paiiddy JAS u 1 4 4 Jo4uo2 p ds r 2 p ds jesald m S uod Idd WWOD Idd EI 5 Kr d uod Idd WIH louu8H Mod Idd WIH souen Er L uod Idd WIH peuuno Aug mi Coz 1 p ds 18s 1d ds 1959 bi Ct D 9 posts seid ds 959 s Ce D s needs s d V t p ds 1eseJd 7 Ca p ds jesald
377. pd Ref 10 X Spd Ref I1 X Spd Ref DH Bis 1 1413112 Sp Re A 0 0 1 Spd Ref B 011 O Preset 2 01111 Ref 3 Preset 3 1 0 0 Ref 4 Preset 4 1 0 1 1866 5 Preset 5 111 0 Ref 6 Preset 6 11111 Ref 7 Preset 7 Reserved 1 A Not Stop condition logic bit 0 logic bit 8 and logic bit 9 0 must first be present before a 1 Start condition will start the drive 2 To perform this command the value must switch from 0 to 1 174 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Application Notes Appendix B Logic Status Word TogicBits AAA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 15 4 3 2 1 0 Status Description X Active Not Active Active x Running 0 Not Running Running Command 10 Reverse Direction Forward X Actual 0 Reverse Direction Forward X Accel 0 Not Accelerating Accelerating X Decel 0 Not Decelerating Decelerating X Jogging 0 Not Jogging Jogging X Fault 0 No Fault Fault X Alarm 0 No Alarm Alarm X Flash Mode 0 Not in Flash Mode n Flash Mode X Run Ready 10 Not Ready to Run Ready to Run X At Limit 0 Not At Limit At Limit X Tach Loss 10 Not Tach Loss Sw Sw Tach Loss Sw X At Zero Spd 10 Not At Zero Speed At Zero Speed X At setpt Spd 0 Not At Setpoint Speed At Se
378. po o o 0 000 o ra Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 321 Exception Event2 esence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the fault alarm configuration Indicates the p group of the utility file Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Options E Elo 5 g i le lz Z IZ Z IE IE z le le lm z 2 S s Z 8 21918 se si iglizis 2 2 m iz n R z z lalelelel4 6 5 18 5 4 5 5 Is 2 2 sees 55835 sls l i lm s s z z z slsis is siz s 2 zs iz e s Z Z4 2 5151 12Z iz z s en s z z S Z 25 lt m la laz S Z Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 JO 10 0 0 jO JO 1000100 00 jo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 SEN False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 6 54 3 2 1 O 1 Tue 322 Exception Event Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the fault alarm configuration group of the utility file Bit 11 HH HW Ver is sed to indicate a High Horsepower hardware version fault Bit 12 HH CurUnbInc is used to indicate a High Horsepower output current un
379. quency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode 0 0 1000 0 Intege Units s Scale 10 434 Mtr Vds Base Default 0 RO 16 bi Displays the motor flux producing d axis voltage command when running at nameplate Min Max 8192 0 Intege D motor speed and load This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 435 Vqs Base Default 0 RO 16 bi Displays the motor torque producing q axis voltage command when running at nameplate Min Max 0 8192 Intege D motor speed and load This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 437 Vgs Max Default 7971 RW 16 bi Displays the maximum torque producing q axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation is Min Max 0 32767 Intege D disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 438 Vds Max Default 5793 RW 116 bi Displays the maximum flux producing d axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation is Min Max 0 32767 Intege D disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change this value Used only in FOC modes 439 Vqs Min Default 246 RW 16 bi Displays the minimum torque producing q axis voltage required for motor control Min Max 32767 Intege D adaptation This value is determined during the auto tune procedure Do not change
380. r of the position feedback such as Par 229 MtrPosit Stimulat Units EPR 226 Motor Speed Est Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the estimated motor speed calculated when the selected feedback is sensorless or in Max 14112 0000 when encoderless ridethrough is enabled Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 227 Motor Posit Est Default 0 RO 32 bit Summation or integration of Par 226 Motor Speed Est scaled by the value in Par 225 Virtual Min Max 2147483648 Integer Edge Rev 228 MtrSpd Simulated Default 0 0000 RO Real The motor speed output of the motor simulator The motor simulator provides motor speed in Max 14112 0000 information during setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or Units rpm possible To use the motor simulator enter a value of 4 in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt 229 MtrPosit Simulat Default 10 RO 132 bit The motor position output of the motor simulator The motor simulator provides motor position Min Max 2147483648 Integer information during setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or possible To use the motor simulator enter a value of 4 in Par 222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri or Par 223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt 230 EncdrO Position Default 10 RO 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from encoder The value changes by a value of Min Max 42147483648 Integer
381. r Bit 9 Alarm Optics displays an alarm when fiber optics require cleaning Bit 10 Out of Range indicates that the encoder read count is at the maximum value 524 287 e Bit 11 ErrBits16 31 displays a diagnostic error code refer to bits 16 31 e Bit 16 Fault Optics indicates that the read head for fiber optic cable must be cleaned or replaced e Bit 17 Read Head indicates that the fiber optic cable read head must be checked aligned or replaced Bit 18 RAM error indicates that the fiber optic cable read head must be replaced e Bit19 EPROM error indicates that there is an error with the communication module replace read head Bit 20 ROM error indicates replace read head Bit 22 No Position Cycle power to Stahl read head Options 5 AE b 2 B B U bi 5 f S S E E Ee le lela 2 8 8 2 8 81212 sss ls s ss s s c s S iz 2 sis SlelelElel slislsisisisisls 0 0 0 l lO o o E S S m m m m m m m ez oc C Z ju LE oc C ac jen lt Z a SC r 0 False Default x x xx xxxxx0x00000xxXx x 0 0 x x xo x X x X X 1 fT e Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 65 43 2 1 0 Motor Freq Ref Default 10 00 Real Currently not used in Max 500 00 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003
382. r 800 Anlg In1 Data Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the scaled final value for Analog Input 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 e Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 11 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 EE zz Name S s No Description Values 5882 801 Anlg Ini Value Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the actual input value at Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1 may be configured for voltage Min Max 20 0000 or current input signal For proper selection of the input signal the DIP switch 5 5 and Par 821 Units WMimh Analog 1 0 Units must be set to match Par 801 Anlg In1 Value is multiplied by the value in Par 802 Anlg In1 Scale to produce the input to the lead lag filter function Type of Input Configurable Voltage or Current Polarity Bi Polar Resolution 114 bit 8191 to 8191 DIP Switch Analog 1 0 Units AI 1 Voltage S5 2 Open Par 821 Bit 0 0 False AI 1 Current S5 2 Closed Par 821 Bit 0 1 True 802 Anlg Ini Scale Default 0 1000 V RW Real Scales the range of Analog Input 1 to the range of Par 800 Anlg In1 Data Enter the units you Min Max 2200000000 0000 want per volt or mA For example If Par 801 Anlg In1 Value 0 10V and you enter 6 in this Units N or mA parameter Par 800 Anlg In1 Data will equal 0 60V Par 801 Par 802 Par 800 803 1 111 Offset Default 10 0000 V RW Real Applies an
383. r selected value is integer data 81 Spd Reg P Gain Default 20 0000 4 RW Real Sets the proportional gain of the speed regulator This value is automatically calculated based Min Max 0 0000 3000 0000 on the bandwidth setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 90 Spd Reg BW to a value of zero Units are per unit torque per unit speed The maximum value for Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain Par 90 Spd Reg BW Par 9 Total Inertia Total Inertia Maximum Speed Regulator Maximum Speed Regulator Par 9 Bandwidth Par 90 Proportional Gain Par 81 0 01 475 0 5 ms 4 75 0 01 650 0 25 ms 6 50 0 01 30 sensorless mode 0 03 2 0 475 0 5 ms 950 20 650 0 25 ms 1300 2 0 30 sensorless mode 60 Note The Max value was increased from 600 0000 for firmware version 3 001 82 Spd Reg I Gain Default 50 0000 RW Real Sets the integral gain of the speed regulator This value is automatically calculated based on Min Max 0 0000 100000 0000 the bandwidth setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Integral gain may be manually adjusted by Units s setting Par 90 Spd Reg BW to a value of zero Units are per unit torque sec per unit speed Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 e Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name Description SpdReg AntiBckup By setting this parameter to 0 3 the drive will not over shoot to a step response
384. r component Lang Function not available Auto Man Function not available Allows HIM removal without causing a fault if the HIM is Remove not the last controlling device and does not have manual control of the drive Exp Allows the value to be entered as an exponent Param Allows entry of a parameter number for viewing editing Access the Sta rt Up The start up routine asks simple yes or no questions and prompts you to input Routine required information To access the Start Up routine from the User Display screen 1 On the User Display screen press The Main menu displays 2 Use the key to scroll to Start Up in the list and press 3 select Continue and press 89 The PowerFlex 7005 Start Up screen displays 4 Follow the prompts as necessary Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 167 Appendix A HIM Overview Menu Structure Figure 2 HIM Menu Structure User D 0 E Y Y Faults f F P View Fault Queue Status ino gt Logic Status Clear Faults Device Version gt PowerFlex 700S Run Inhibit Stat Clr Fault Queue e HIM Version Product Data Logic Control State Reset Device Main Control Board Power Unit Board LCD HIM Product Data LCD HIM Standard Control Board Keyboard Numeric View selected through Y Param Access Lvl
385. r the latched value upon enable if re reference was not performed e Bit 6 AbsPositCtrl may be set when a multi turn absolute feedback device is used for Point to Point positioning Activating this bit will ReRef the position reference to the absolute feedback when position control is activated in bit 7 Regulator On of Par 741 Position Status If the value at Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref is different than the feedback in Par 763 Position Actual a position error will exist and the machine will move to position when activated When bit 6 AbsPositCtrl is high bit 9 SetZeroPosit of Par 740 Position Control may be used to set the zero home position accumulators This can only be used when the drive is not in run and Par 740 Position Control bit 6 1 true Setting bit 7 AbsoluteMode puts the position regulator in Absolute mode When using the Homing function while in Absolute mode the value in Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref must be set relative to the value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing is complete For example When homing is complete Par 763 Position Actual 000 counts If you want to move to an absolute position of 2000 counts relative to the home switch you must enter a value of 3000 counts into Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref i e 1000 2000 3000 If you want to move back to the home switch using the same value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing 1000 you must enter a value of 1000 into Par 758 Pt Pt Positi
386. r to the PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC drive as drive PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 2005 drive or PowerFlex 700S AC drive To help differentiate parameter names and LCD display text from other text the following conventions will be used Parameter Names will appear in brackets after the Parameter Number For example Par 307 Output Voltage Display text will appear in quotes For example Enabled The following words are used throughout the manual to describe an action Word Meaning Can Possible able to do something Cannot ot possible not able to do something May Permitted allowed Must Unavoidable you must do this Shall Required and necessary Should Recommended Should Not ot recommended Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 11 Preface General Precautions 12 Qualified Personnel gt ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with the PowerFlex 700S Drive and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation start up and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage Personal Safety GPP P ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing any work on the drive Measure the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the DC and DC terminals between the DC
387. rameters 170 POD NA aa 170 Numeric Keypad Shortcut 170 Parameter Links 171 Establishing A Dinka m aaah a aeai 171 Remove Installthe HIM 172 Appendix B DPI Communication Configurations 174 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations 174 Logic EE 174 Logic Status Yordu z EFIE aa 175 DPI Device Limitations 175 Input Voltage Range Tolerance 176 Motor Control Mode 177 Field Oriented Control 177 Permanent Magnet Control 178 Volts Hertz Control v2 003 and Later 178 Motor Overload 179 Setting Parameter 338 Mtr DT Spd Minl 179 Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC 180 Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings 181 DEC DE Dul rt eee TE 182 EE 182 Stop Dwell Tim E EES 183 Sleep Wake Mode ue obey olam 184 Denn O EE 184 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications ATEX Approved PowerFlex 700S
388. ration state relating to motion connections Options sZ e s 8 5 218212121218181212 Se S7 olo s 6 6 e e s s s 5 Oo e S E S E z o 6 6 Go 6 6 6 6 2 E z s 5 29 S ee gt I lt ud 162 5 Default x Xx x x Xx x x x x 0 10 0 j j 0 i 0 False Bit 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True 691 Motn EventStatus Status of all events supported by the Mo Note Added bit 9 Watch Fb Arm and b Options WatchFbPosit Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ion Event Connection it 10 WatchFbPosit for firmware version 3 003 0 False watch Fb Arm gt Reserved Default x x 1 i x x 1 C e Home Arm gt Regis2 Posit 5 Regis2 X Arm Regis Posit 7 Regis1 X Arm 7 9 Watch Posit e Watch X Arm o E o 0 7 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 True 692 693 Motn Event Ctrl Shows configuration state of Motion Eve nt functions Note Added bit 7 Watch Fb Rev for firmware version 3 003 Options mi lm 1 1 liz e uem 0 09 5 5 5 9 K K K N n N l Oo O o x x 0 False 7 Reserved Default x x 1 x x Reserved 7 Reserved Home Axis Event Cndt 5 Home Type 1 Home Type 0 e Wndw Regis2 WWndw Regis gt watch X Rev Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 True In
389. re Reserved Options H ics 127 1 17 PositionCtrl 32 CustmUserDef 601 From DL DataType ac Sets the type of data for each word communicated from DriveLogix to the PowerFlex 7005 drive Setting a bit High will configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit Low will configure it for Integer data type Options ig B E IS Bl zz SEI B e 8 e 2 S s s s e ss sess s 9 RAZ L Dele m s cm sasss ssmsss sa eee es ee e e esezm a mmmmmm ma mmmmmm mmmmmi ma Default x x x x x x x UO 0 0 0 JO JO JO o 0 0 0 JO JO JO O JO JO O 0 O False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 B 2 1 0 2198 602 FomDrivelLogix00 32 bit to to 1 From DL Integer 622 FromDriveLogir20 These parameters display the input values communicated from the DriveLogix controller to the PowerFlex 7008 drive 625 To DL DataType Sets the data type for each word communicated from the PowerFlex 7008 drive to DriveLogix Setting a bit High will configure the associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit Low will configure it for Integer data type mim s sz zz zz z 8848 ele 2 2 e 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ss sss sss 9 9 9 amp lesecisemsi iriesss5s5ss5ais5si55s eee e elel dt le set ie e lala len a a e a a a le elen elen elen jaa len le Le Default x x x x x x x x x x x oj o o oj oj o
390. re control the HIM installed on the drive will also act as a 2 wire device In 2 wire mode the drive will start when the HIM Start key is pressed and stop when the HIM Start key is released Q Analog and Digital I O parameter values may be modified when using the Assisted Start routine IMPORTANT Ifyou have a DriveLogix application you must first connect the battery before starting this section Refer to the DriveLogix 5730 Controller for PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Phase Il Control publication 200 03 for details Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 15 Chapter 1 Drive Start Up Prepare for Initial Drive Start Up 16 start up procedure Some of the voltages present are at incoming line potential To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment only qualified service personnel should perform the following procedure Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning ATTENTION Power must be applied to the drive to perform the following Confirm that all inputs are connected to the correct terminals and are secure Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated value of the drive 3 Verify that control power voltage is correct Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive The drive and HIM will power up IMPORTANT When power is first app
391. red for 0 5msec 2 Xsync Gen Period 0 5 msec hH 1 msec 5 16 msec Note Values 5 16 msec and 6 32 msec were added for firmware version 2 004 2 msec 6 32 msec 4 msec 118 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 e E Name S s No Description Values 5882 188 ini Default 10 V RW 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 789 Xsync Out 1 Link any 32 bit Min Max 0 4294967295 Integer integer parameter to this input parameter Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 789 Xsync Out 1 Default 0 RO 132 bit Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 788 Xsync In 1 every time bit 0 Sync 0 4294967295 Integer Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Note This parameter was changed to an unsigned integer data type and linkable to parameters that are either real or integer values for firmware version 4 001 790 Xsync In2 Default 10 v RVV 32 bit 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 791 Xsync Out 2 Link any 32 bit 0 4294967295 nteger integer parameter to this input parameter
392. rigger b 4 Wait Disable Value 1 First Scan indicates the Trend function is executing the first pass through the trend sample buffer This takes 512 ms 0 5 ms x 1024 samples When it enters this state the Trend function clears bit 1 Triggered and 2 Complete bits of Par 557 Trend Status While in this state the Trend function refreshes the data Also while in this state the En Coles state them cleared While If the enters the Pos Wait Value trend 3 Post inputs un 557 Trend Sta e Value 4 Wait Collect of Par TrendBuffPoin Trend Rate Value 2 Pre trigger indicates the Trend function is sampling the trend inputs and s cleared the function sets bit 2 Comp Enable state function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero When done it enters the Pre trigger oring n memory at a rate determined by Par 559 Trend Rate Sampling continues until either the trend trigger event occurs or bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 556 Trend Control is in this state the Trend function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero rigger event occurs the function sets bit 1 Triggered of Par 557 Trend Status and trigger state If bit 0 Enbl Collect of Parameter 556 Trend Control ete of Par 557 Trend Status and returns to is he rigger indicates the Trend function is continuing to sample and save the il the buffer is full While in this
393. rmistor compatible motors 181 ratings 181 Torque Control Current 27 Torque 27 U User Functions Electronic Gear Ratio 34 Math amp Logic 34 Param amp Config 34 Select Switches 34 Timers 34 user sets 169 Utility Diagnostics 31 Drive Memory 31 Fault Alm Config 31 Peak Detection 31 Test Points 31 Trending 31 V View and Edit Parameters 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Rockwell Automation Support US Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support Tel 1 262 512 8176 Fax 1 262 512 2222 Email support drives ra rockwell com Online www ab com support abdrives Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience an anomaly within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Cust
394. ror The precharge function has failed to complete within 30 seconds Verify the value in Par 410 PreChrg default of the precharge request The precharge time out is TimeOut configurable in Par 410 410 PreChrg TimeOut Verify the bit value in Par 411 PreChrg A precharge request is initiated when the DC Bus voltage is above Control 1 Enbl PrChrg the Undervoltage Trip level and the precharge input is high the requirement for the precharge being high can be bypassed by Configured with Par 381 PreChrg Err Cnfg setting Par 411 PreChrg Control bit 01 PreChrg Enable to 0 Off 32 PWM Asynch The Motor Control Processor is not synchronized with SynchLink 33 15volt Power The12V DC control voltage is outside the tolerance range The Replace switch mode power supply For smaller positive voltage power must be within the band from 17 00 to 11 61V DC The negative voltage power must be within the band from 17 00 to 11 61V DC frames replace drive Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 159 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting No Name Type Description Action 35 ParameterChksum 6 The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match the Cycle power to the drive checksum calculated e Replace the Main Control board 38 Brake OL Trip The calculated temperature of the dynamic braking resistor is
395. rsion 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added 2 Reserved 33 Hrd vrTrvl and value 39 was deleted for firmware version 4 001 3 Jog 2 34 UserGen Sel0 1 2 m 2 4 Normal Stop 35 UserGen Sel1 Opening an Enable input will cause the motor to coast to stop ignoring any programmed 5 Spd Ref Sel0 36 UserGen Sel Stop modes 6 SpdRefSell 37 UserGen Sel3 7 Spd Ref Sel2 38 ExtFault nv 8 CurLim Stop 39 Reserved 9 Coast Stop 41 Find Home 20 Accel Decel2 42 Return Home Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 123 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values 831 Anlg Out Sel Default 117 Speed Fdbk Identifies the signal used on Analog Output 1 If the desired signal is not available in the 8 za selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 832 Anlg Dut1 Dint or Par 833 Options 2207 1 Mea d ef Anlg Out1 Real to select the desired parameter for output 7 se Spd Ref 16 Mutracurher The following table provides the parameter that corresponds to the option selected in this 4 E T Cur iq S Sheed Edbk parameter 5 Motor Flux 19 Torque Est
396. rt Up Checklist Drive Start Up Chapter 1 This chapter provides the information necessary to start up the PowerFlex 7008 Phase II drive For Information on See Page Drive Start Up Checklist Below Prepare for Initial Drive Start Up 16 Start Up the Drive 17 1 A Human Interface Module HIM is required to complete this Start Up procedure which uses the Assisted Start routine The Assisted Start routine prompts you for information that is needed to start up a drive for most applications such as line and motor data commonly adjusted parameters and I O settings The Assisted Start routine also performs autotuning procedures See Figure 1 on page 18 for a flow chart of the Assisted Start routine A HIM must be installed in Drive Peripheral DPI Ports and Interface DPI Port 1 or 2 Ifa HIM is not installed a remote device should be used to gt start up the drive Refer to HIM Overview on page 165 for more information on using the PowerFlex 7 Class DPI HIM Refer to the g 0 Enhanced PowerFlex 7 Class HIM User Manual publication 20HIM UM001 for information m on using the Enhanced HIM if installed i 3 wire control is the default and recommended mode of use for the Assisted Start routine In this case the drive will start when the HIM Start key is pressed and stop when the HIM Stop key is pressed If the drive c is configured for 2 wi
397. rved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt VltMinorLpEn gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ReflWaveComp BusGain Comp Default Bit xx Co lt N gt airs Reserved 9 Reserved gt Reserved 5 Reserved FastFluxDsbl l Reserved Reserved gt 7 Reserved 0 False 1 True RO Se lt co gt lt CO gt lt s l Reserved x x 3 22 21 20 N 29 28 27 26 25 24 99 99 514 Test Mode Config Configures the Motor Control MC test mode Note This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options Reserved ReflVVave Comp BusGain Comp gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 0 False 1 True gt o x gt 5 gt lt gt x c gt Reserved Reser
398. rved 18 Reserved 908 SLRx DirectSel2 5 Reserved 19 Reserved Determines the destination for the data received at word 2 of direct received data Configure 6 Reserved 20 Reserved a he selection by using the Peer Communication window 7 Reserved 21 Dir Tx Data 909 SLRx DirectSel3 8 Reserved 22 Dir Rx Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 3 of direct received data Configure 9 Reserved 23 EO Accum he selection by using the Peer Communication window 10 Event Status 24 E1 Accum Notes Options 16 26 were added for firmware version 2 004 These parameters were 11 Reserved 25 pt Accum changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 12 Reserved 26 Accum 13 Reserved je SCH une ication f f itting SynchLink data This d i h efines the node s communication format for transmitting SynchLink data This determines the number of axis data words direct data words and buffered data words transmitted Configure Value Axis A Direct D Buffered B the format by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming Options 0 0 0 0 software 7 0 2 18 e Value 14 can be used to allow the drive to transmit position data that can be used as a position reference 9 0 4 8 Note Option 14 was added and this parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware 14 1 3 14 version 3 001 17 0 4 18 91
399. s orque Trim he Power Diagnostic test he Permanent Magnet Motor offset test he Slip Frequency Auto Tune function he System Inertia test he flux producing d axis current test for the Field Oriented Control FOC encoder mode Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 47 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description Values Stop Dwell Time Default Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque Min Max 0 0000 10 0000 regulators when responding to a stop command For more information please see Stop Dwell Units Time on page 183 SILinkable Read Write Data Type Important Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter 155 Logic Status Displays the status condition of the drive Options e x N S853 0 23243212 25 325 g E ukunga 3 5ssB55isi crrgsts szso osSixe iss Ssss EgzsEg2522sEBsiSe Bez2 l 5 s s2 5sgR2283 2852 25z25558588 l8555 S 2 2 2 S le 5 S IAL Z 2 gt lt lt 5 Z lt Z S lt a ic lt S S SG lt lt lt Default 0 O 0 jo 0 0 0 0 jo o0 0 J0 0 j0 0 0 0 oj oj oj o0 oj 0 0 0 0 q ralse Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 123 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 48 2 1 0 1 True Bit Name Current Function Bit Name Current Function 0 Active Drive is controlling motor 15 Enable On 1 Running Run command received
400. s 3 amp 4 19 amp 20 Table 254A Edge Selection Settings Bit 4 20 3 19 please refer to Table 254A Edge Selection Settings below Table 254B Direction Settings Bit 6 22 5 21 5 14 13 12 111 SRL Filt biti IRL Filt bit Reserved cl 0 False 1 True 2100 RLIrgEdg1 100 RLTrgEdgO l Reserved 1 Reserved gt Reserved of 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 Capture on rising edge Disable capture 1 Capture on falling edge 1 0 Capture on both edges 0 1 Disable capture 1 pt0 1 RegisCtrl Configures the registration control on port 0 of the feedback option card the next occurrence of the trigger input After the registration is cap DisarmReq are on pt Armed and ured bit 0 00 Arm Req and bit 16 01 Arm Req automa y needed to disarm a registration latch that has not been found yet bit 16 Opt1 Armed and clears bits 1 Opt0 Found Options D lt Reserved Reserved Reserved 2101 DisarmReq ET o e o Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Ka o gt o Ke o e o X gt Reserved gt Reserved Default x Reserved ical Sett Reserved gt Reserved Capture position during either rotation Set bits 1 00 DisarmReq and 17 01 DisarmReq to disarm the registration logi
401. s 35 of the peak drive rating Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 27 Overcurrent The instantaneous motor current exceeds 214 of the rating e Reduce the mechanical load e Check the motor and external wiring to the motor 28 VPL MC Comm Fail A communication failure has occurred between the Velocity Cycle power to the drive Position Loop VPL processor and the Motor Control MC Reflash the firmware processor on the main control board Possible cause are 357 The VPL is flashing the MC firmware into the MC processor Replace the Main Control board when HIM indicates Loading Config e The MC has failed to complete or pass diagnostic tests The MC has not detected VPL handshake activity for over 32 ms e The VPL has not detected MC handshake activity for over 32 ms This is indicated when Fault Test Point 15 or 16 equals 1 This test point is viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Data when Par 329 Fault TP select is set to value 15 or 16 29 PWM Signal Short This fault is detected when ever the actual IGBT gate is different than the commanded IGBT states This fault is detected by the Motor Control MC processor 30 MC Firmware One of the following Motor Control MC firmware errors has Cycle power to the drive occurred Reflash the firmware MC Task Over Run Replace the Main Control board llegal Interrup Self Diagnostic Fault e Data Error 31 Precharge Er
402. s a601 2 Tig onus nH ge Ces go mo Dese sse eno um E 0 E 80 281 E oss Coes 62 gz eounogag uibig ps ou Bia s unogsg z Kee ounogeg 9 ulbiql Coss ano bia EIC snie1S Ou 2907 21 YA Ce D gz eounogeq ulbiq les sul Big eelste W o 3 o 2 o a AM LL Hi so Kee s uiia nye e30 1815 1 2907 oz eiqeu3 AH 828 si st eouncgag uibia 2 orca eS pul 5iq ounoq q z si Kez 2lsi zar viza AW ty vo K rzs gt lv up uowwog 9 14 5 al OV SLL 10 uedo rS El sindul OWASLL OQAYC r El eounoqeq ulb q ett Kore era uno bia snlels 2007 uloH Puls dois 16200 61 YoU euoH e dois urn g l Ne WKS BE des jeu pds L 6196 u pl sn ze les jeu pds 91 295 ue sn 96 095 jeu pds SL Mes u pl sn se dois IBWON fei 195 uecuesQ pe z Bor ci WLLIAO PIH g 21 ALMAQ Diir 2 p s k LL LE Bor 01 ug 0 paniesay 6 pue11 62 g SH WL Id 82 uny Z PIOH WHL 14 Z esieneu 9 WL 4 92 uas s 19594 dOW SZ 204015 won p 299 dOW rz x3 g Sul dOW c Sine 8212 2 udisxpupsa zz ejqeua deis xpupsg 12 p sn 10N 0 suono l s indy jeubiq les eui 5iq ounoqeq yurmnueuno rl g v z idui9 gz qur peeds 21 ger v z1dui z p d ol z iy 21 8 v id
403. s by this value Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Changed the default value minimum value and made the parameter linkable for firmware version 4 001 1139 PPMP Accel Time Default 10 00 V RW Rea Sets the ramp time for acceleration time to go from zero to full speed in Max 0 01 6553 50 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units 8 1140 n Decel Time Default 10 00 V RW Rea Sets the ramp time for deceleration time to go from full speed to zero speed in Max 0 01 6553 50 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Units S 1141 Hm SCurve Time efault 0 05 V IRW Bea Sets the amount of time that is applied to the S Curve Half of the time specified is added at the Min Max 0 00 4 00 beginning and half end of the acceleration and deceleration ramp Units 5 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1142 PPMP Spd Output Default 10 0 RO Rea Provides a speed eir output from the Motion Planner Typically this parameter would be Min Max 8 0 used by the drives speed loop A link could be made from a velocity reference input to this Units parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1143 PEME Pos Output Default 10 0 RO Real Provides a position po output from the Motion Planner This output is scaled in counts in Max 2147483648 0 Typically this parameter would be used by the drive s Position Loop A link could be made from auxiliar
404. s parameter was changed from 0 2500 to 0 2000 for firmware Units PU version 2 003 Scale 11 0 PU Motor to Torque Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values a 130 n Ref TP Sel i n E Default 0 Zero nter or write a value to select torque reference data displayed in Par rq Re ata inne z Zayn 2 Note The value for option 5 was changed to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options 1 eh Output 16 2 Spd Torque 18 RPwr Par Lim 3 T q Mode Out 19 Trq ParLim 4 TrqMode 20 Trq ParLim 5 Reserved 21 Nom Bus Volt 6 Irq En Input 22 Bus Volt Hys 7 NotchFiltOut 23 Bus Reg Ref 8 NotchFilt In 24 Bus Reg Err 9 Trq Lim In 25 Bus Reg Intg 10 Bus Reg Out 26 BusReg Clamp 11 Pos Pwr Lim 27 BusRegOutput 12 Neg Pwr Lim 28 IAA Filt Out 13 Pos Atun Trq 29 IAA dVf dt 14 Neg Atun Trq 30 MC Trq Lim 15 Pos Lim Src 31 IgActlTrqLim 131 Trq Ref TP Data Default 10 0 Real Displays the data selected by Par 130 Trq Ref TP Sell Min Max 8 0 PU Units PU Scale 11 0 P U Motor to Torque 132 Inert Adapt Sel Configures the Inertia Adaptation Algorithm IAA Function e Bit Inrtia Adapt when set to 1 on the Iner
405. s that the primary structure detected a power supply failure he primary structure detected a hardware disable primary structure fault was generated but no indicating bit was set the converter expected but none logged in he converter commanded to start but did not become active cture detected a Dsat on phase U cture detected a Dsat on phase V Cnv NotLogin indicates tha Cnv NotStart indicates that Dsat Phs U2 indicates that Dsat Phs V2 indicates that Dsat Phs W2 indicates that Ovr Current2 indicates that Ovr Volt2 indicates that the Asym DcLink2 indicates tha he second str he second str he second str onfigured as faul ected a Dsat on phase U ected a Dsat on phase V rrent he second structure detected a Dsat on phase W the second s Pwr Suply2 indicates that the second structure detected a power s HW Disable2 indica Latch Err2 indicates es that that the gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Latch Er the second st er was added for firmware version 2 003 second structure faul HW Disable2 Pwr Suply2 Ovr Current2 Dsat Phs W2 Dsat Phs V2 0 Dsat Phs U2 Cnv NotStart S Cnv NotLogin ucture detected an over current second structure detected an over voltage ructure detected an unbalanced DC Link pply failure ucture detected a hardware disable was generated but no
406. s which adapters can control the drive Start Mask Controls which adapters can issue start commands Jog Mask Controls which adapters can issue jog commands Direction Mask Controls which adapters can issue forward reverse direction commands Fault Clr Mask Controls which adapters can clear a fault Stop Owner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid stop command Start Owner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid start command Jog Owner Indicates which adapter are currently issuing a valid jog command Direction Owner Indicates which adapter is currently has exclusive control of direction changes Fault Clr Owner Indicates which adapter is currently clearing a fault o e a a gt lt Ext DPI Conn Terminal Blk MotnUpdatePeriod The servo update period for the servo axis drive Motn CoarseMulti Number of Par 684 MotnUpdatePeriod comprising one Course Update Period from the Motion Period Motn Config i Configuration bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis Default 2000 32 bit Min Max 1 999999 Integer Unit us Default 4 32 bit Min Max 2 16 Integer Options gt a Ieren Pi ren Pim Ve Ve Le im ye Er Lk o o o o o o o o o o e o elgei siz ix giziziz Siz 6 S Em o o o o o o o o o o o o E c le o l op l o o o o o o o o o
407. sS 2 o e o ka e SISSIES is 5 Biz zz 25 Az 55 E E x Z zz Sle en 2122 Default 0 0 0001090190 0 JO 00 jO 0 0 0 0 JO 0 0 0 JO jO 0 0 JO jO 0 0 J0 00 0 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 65 43 2 1 0 1 Tue Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 71 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description 324 Fault Status 2 Data Type Indicates the occurrence of exception events that have been configured as fault conditions These events are from Par 321 Exception Event2 Note Changed bit 14 to NonCnfgAlarm for firmware version 3 003 Options c fio lm E 2 mon 2 2 s lela Z c o e s S s s HIS 2 s Z s E S S s a 61616 6 6 fa jo ja ja joa orc S lt S Z E S F Z S E eil gl o o o c o o o r l l l l r m ill E elz S Z u _ S EI SIE S 2S S S S SHS e e ooQQcmmx le 02 5 481 44 1912 510 5 sls s s s s s s ISIS ISISIS IS 5 12 15 5 s 5 JS s e lS 102 02 mul sos s sla S sss sss 2 Ee l 12 S s S s S E S S gt Deaut 0 00 D D jp O B O O D o 0 go D O 0 00 0 00 00 0 o P0 Ant False 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 True 325 Fault Status 3 Indicates the occurrence of exception events
408. sed Stop Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode New Start or Run Cmd Hl Analog Sig Sleep Level nvert Mode Analog Sig lt Sleep Level ew Start or Run md Enable Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode New Start or Run Cmd Analog Sig gt Sleep Level nvert Mode Analog Sig lt Sleep Level ew Start or Run Cmd Run New Run Cmd New Run Cmd New Run Cmd ew Run Cmd H Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal 1 When power is cycled if all of the above conditions are present after power is restored restart will occur 2 If all of the above conditions are present when Sleep Wake Mode is enabled the drive will start 3 The active speed reference is determined as explained in Reference Selection in the PowerFlex 7005 AC Drives Phase II Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM003 The Sleep Wake function and the speed reference may be assigned to the same input 4 Command must be issued from HIM TB or network 5 Run Command must be cycled 6 Signal does not need to be greater than wake level 279 alee Wake Ref Analog In 2 Selects the source of the input controlling the Sleep Wake function Analog In 1 Note This parameter was added with firmware version 5 002 Analog In 2 280 Wake
409. sed on Digital Output 1 If the desired signal is not available in the ion 10 U EL imi selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 846 Dig Out1 Data and Dar Dptions n m rd 1 Lu 847 Dig Out Bit to select the desired parameter and bit for output 2 NotAlarm 17 Fault 3 Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir 6 Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 In Position 8 Active 23 Posit Watch 9 At Speed 24 Posit Watch 10 At Setpt 1 25 Cmpr 1 A B 11 Above Setpt 2 26 Cmpr 1 A gt B 12 At ZeroSpeed 27 Cmpr 2 A B 13 Speed Limit 28 mpr 2 A B 14 CurrentLimit 846 Dig Outi Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 RW 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control Digital Output 1 The bit within the selected Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean word that will control Digital Output 1 is set by Par 847 Dig Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 847 Dig Out1 Bit Default 10 V RVV 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 846 Dig Out1 Data that will change the status of Min Max 32 31 nteger Digital Output 1 e g when Par 847 Dig Bit equals 0 bit of Par 846 Dig Out1 Data will control Digital Output 1 848 Dig ut1 n Time Default 10 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time betw
410. sed on Digital Output 2 If the desired signal is not available in the one D o L imi selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data and Par Options FALA e un p 852 Dig Out2 Bit to select the desired parameter and bit for output 2 Not Alarm 17 Fault 3 Ready 18 Alarm 4 Running 19 Command Dir 5 Reserved 20 Actual Dir 6 Reserved 21 Jogging 7 Enable On 22 In Position 8 Active 23 Posit Watch1 9 At Speed 24 Posit Watch2 10 At Setpt 1 25 Cmpr 1 A B 11 Above Setpt 2 276 Cmpr 1 A B 12 At ZeroSpeed 27 Cmpr 2 A B 13 Speed Limit 28 Cmpr 2 A B 14 CurrentLimit 851 Dig Out2 Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 RW 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control Digital Output 2 The bit within the selected Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean word that will control Digital Output 2 is set by Par 852 Dig Out2 Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 852 Dig Out 2 Bit Default 0 V RW 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data that will change the status of Min Max 32 31 Integer Digital Output 2 e g when Par 852 Dig Out 2 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 851 Dig Out 2 Data will control Digital Output 2 83 Dig Out2 On Time Default 10 00 RW 16 bit Defines the amoun
411. sing edges and negative numbers specify falling edges 566 Trend PreSamples Default 511 v DW 16 bit Specifies the number pre trigger samples in the trend buffer Pre trigger samples are the 0 1022 Integer samples that occur before the trigger and remain in the buffer The remainder of the trend buffer will contain post trigger samples 567 Trend Mark Dint Default 10 v RW 32 bit arks the start of data for trend buffers that are using integer data The Trend Marker can be Min Max 2147483648 Integer used to provide a scope trigger signal for the Auto Output function 568 Trend Mark Real Default 0 0000 V RW Real arks the start of data for trend buffers that are using real data The Trend Marker canbe Min Max 2200000000 0000 used to provide a scope trigger signal for the Auto Output function 569 JrendBuifPointer Defa v RW 16 bit Selects the trend buffer element to be displayed in the Trend Output Parameters when the Min Max G T Integer rend function is inactive not collecting data samples A zero value points to the element hat corresponds to the trigger event Negative values point to pre trigger data Positive values point to post trigger data When the Auto Output function is running this parameter will automatically sequence through it s full range at a rate set by Par 559 Trend Rate 570 Trend In1 Dint Default 0 v RW 32 bit Provides integer input to the Trend 1 The Trending function samples this parameter for
412. sion 4 001 Bit 0 PM Cogging was added for firmware version 5 002 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Opti 2 ptions Be e 8 3 5 5 5 99 e e Z e e e e e Se e el e e e e Plolgie e e 1 1 1 dz 62 ud dz 278 Ez 6 zz zz 6 ze S S Z g Z 8 d z y s z s 555 5 222 25 252 5 8 215 5555 7 amp g8 l x loioiuolooi mr5ioo ooo0mous bpp5i doioioi iolo s 1 EE LL 22 n W Olek 2 SC EE n jn SC 22 2 2 OC 122 2 lic YA E Aa eke lec 26 ix Default 0 D x O x x x O ix x x ix M ix x i ix x x i x 1 1 x x x x x x x 0 7 Bit 1431 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 2019 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 T 109 87 6 543210 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 97 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name No Description 513 V Hz Mode Config Configures V Hz control mode operation Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Changed bit 3 from Reserved to FastFluxDsbl for firmware version 3 003 Bits 8 9 and 21 were changed to be not changeable while the drive is running E 2 EI x E i ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Rese
413. sponse to this event 381 PreChrg Err Cnf Default Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Precharge Error exception event Options Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when FltCoastStop this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 382 MC Cmd Lim Cnfg Default Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Controller MC Command Limitation Options Ignore exception event This event is triggered when the motor controller detects limit of the command Alarm values used in the motor controller and returns the exception event to the Velocity Position FltCoastStop Loop VPL e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 80 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No Description Values 383 SLCommLoss Data Default 1 Last State Enter a value
414. stMark7D 126 TestMark7E 127 TestMark7F 128 RWVuOut 156 158 59 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 RWVvOut RWVwOut RWuErr RWveErr RWwErr RWVuOut2 RWVvOut2 RWVwoOut2 RVVPosState RWNegState BusDropVolts RecoverVolts DbDuty VdsFdbkFltr VasFdbkFltr VbusFdbkFltr VbusMemory VpEnctVelFbk VpEnc1VelFbk VPOptOVelFbk VPOpt1VelFbk BitSelect1 BitSelect2 SrLssWeEst2 MulqsRefZ EstThetaByMV ETVdsFbkA ETVqsFbkA ETVdsFbkS ETVqsFbkS ETAtanVqVd ETByMtrVDfr VelRef2 VelOutput Flux Up Time FrameSize VdTargetMon ThetaELiner PprCntDfcOt PprCntDfcTh LinearPprCnt ActiveFdbk VdsComp 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 72 VqsComp 73 S4096 2 5V 74 FreqAdjustFS 75 Reserved 76 FreqlntMonFB 77 MtrCntrlSel 78 WeMon 79 BusUtIMtrVit 80 IqsCmd2 81 PosErrSum 82 NegErrSum 83 Reserved 84 VLmtVqsRef 85 VRefVqsRefNm 86 VhRefRslqsNm 87 VRefVqsSpdVN 88 EconoVoltGn 89 F Output Fre 90 TrqCreflqsCm 91 SnkWr 92 SrlssWrAve 93 CurFbklqsFbk 94 ACRlqsErr 95 CrefsgldsCmd 96 CurFbkldsFbk 97 VqsCmd700B 98 VdsCmc700B 99 VqsRefNom 00 VashslqsNom 01 VasSpdVltNom 02 VitLmtVqsRef 03 IdsFbkDeriv 04 VdsRefNom 05 VdsRsldsNom 06 VdsSpdVltNom 07 VitLmtVdsRef 08 ldsFbkDeriv 09 VuvFbkOffset 10 VvwFbkOffset 11 luFbkOffset 12 lwFbkOffset 13 KSlipNP 14
415. state the function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero value When the buffer is full the function sets bit 2 Complete of Par us and enters the Wait Disable state Disable indicates the Trend function is complete and waiting for bit 0 Enbl 556 Trend Control to be cleared When this is done the trend function returns to the Wait Enable state While in the Wait Disable state Par 569 er and the Trend Output Parameters are active Sets the sample ti me for both trend input and output updates Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001 Val 0 Wait Enable Enbl Collect Val 4 Wait Disable Buffer Full Val 1 First Scan Val 3 Post Trigger Pre Trigger 0 5000 v RW 0 5000 1000 0000 ms B EN P July 2011 Trigger Event Default Min Max Units 103 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters s e 26 Name S lt s No Description Values 5882 560 Trend TrigA Dint Default 0 v RW 32 bit Provides the integer input for the A trigger function This integer is converted to a real Min Max 2147483648 Integer number and summed with Par 561 Trend TrigA Real The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend tr
416. t The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared After corrective action has been taken clear the fault using one ofthe methods Press Stop on the HIM Cycle drive power Select Clear Faults from the Diagnostics gt Faults menu on the HIM Fault and Alarm Types A fault is a condition that stops the drive An alarm is a condition that if left untreated may stop the drive There are three configuration types for indicating a fault and or alarm Table 5 Fault Type Descriptions Type Fault Description Non Configurable The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be Fault cleared User Configurable Programming and commissioning personnel can configure the drive s response to the exception events Response include Ignore e Alarm Fault Coast Stop Fault Ramp Stop e Fault Current Limit Stop Non Configurable Can only be configured as a alarm Alarm 156 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Fault Alarm Descriptions Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Table 6 Fault Alarm Descriptions Actions and Configuration Parameters No Name Type Description Action 1 Abs Ovespd Det D The motor speed has exceeded the limits set in Par 75 Rev Speed l Check to see if the encoder feedback polarity Limit Par 76 Fwd Speed Limit and Par 335 Abs OverSpd Lim is correct Check to see if the driv
417. t is active 1 0 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to the value of Par 1164 EGR Pos Input 1 1 Par 1165 EGR Pos Output is set to the value of Par 1166 EGR Pos preset Note This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Options o o o o o o o o o o o o o o e e e e x e eko x x m is 2995 12121212 10 1010 0210 18 esrde e 1212 le amp le ie le ie ie i6 6 Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x JO 0 0 False Bi 15 14 13 1211 109 817 6 5 4 3 2 10 1 Tue 1162 EGR Mul Default 11 0 v RW 32 bit Itiplier numerator of the EGR user function position input Min Max 2000000 0 Integer Par 1164 EGR Pos Input x Par 1162 EGR Mul Par 1163 EGR Div Par 1165 EGR Pos Output ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 1163 EGR Div Default 1 0 V RVV 32 bit Divisor denominator of the EGR user function position input Min Max 1 0 2000000 0 Integer Par 1164 EGR Pos Input x Par 1162 EGR Mul Par 1163 EGR Div Par 1165 EGR Pos Output ote This parameter was added for firmware version 4 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 141 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o a SACH Name S s No Description Values 5822 1164 Pos Input Default
418. t 693 Logic 1B Bit 066 OP Scale Dint 1091 Inv OL Pend Cnfg 376 Logic 1B Data 065 otn Axis Resp 689 Inv OL Trip Cnfg 377 Logic 2A Bit 068 otn Axis Status 687 Inv OT Pend Cnfg 375 Logic 2A Data 067 otn AxisControl 688 Iq Actual Lim 353 Logic 2B Bit 070 otn Cnet Status 690 Iq Actual Ref 350 Logic 2B Data 069 otn CoarseMulti 685 Iq Rate Limit 354 Logic Command 51 otn Config 686 Iq Ref Limited 355 Logic Config 061 otn Event Ctrl 692 Iq Ref Trim 351 Logic Ctrl State 57 otn EventStatus 691 105 Command 495 Logic Mask 670 otn Mx Neg Trvl 695 qs Integ Freq 421 Logic Mask Act 713 otn Mx Pos Trvl 694 lgs Rate Limit 423 Logic State Mach 150 otn Posit Cmmd 698 qs Reg P Gain 422 Logic Status 155 otn Posit Sync 700 reg IGain Fctr 428 Logic TP Data 162 otn PositErrTol 696 Is Actual Lim 352 Logic TP Sel 161 otn RotaryCmmd 705 lu Offse 453 Logic Cmpr State 1062 otn Speed Cmmd 699 lw Offset 454 LstFaultStopMode 331 otn TP Select 703 Jerk 42 Max Spd Ref Lim 31 otn TP Value 704 Jog Mask 672 Maximum Freq 532 otnCnfgErrParam 711 Jog Owner 679 Maximum Voltage 531 otnPositLockTol 697 Jog Speed 1 29 MC Build Number 456 otnUnwdTurnCmmd 706 Jog Speed 2 39 MC Cmd Lim Cnfg 382 otnUpdatePeriod 684 Kd Current Limit 364 MC Diag Done 519 otor Ctrl Ackn 167 Ki Current Limit 363 MC Diag Error 1 463 otor Ctrl Cmmd 166 Language 20 MC Diag Error 2 464 otor Ctrl Mode 485 Leak Indc Satur1 493 MC Diag Error 3 465 otor Flux Est 359 Leak Indc Satur2 494 MC Diag Status 518 otor Freq Ref 29
419. t Gain 804 BitSwap 2B Bit 868 Dead Time Comp 405 Al 2 Filt Gain 810 BitSwap 2B Data 867 Decel Time 1 33 Al 3 Filt Gain 816 BitSwap 3 Result 874 Delayed Spd Ref 45 Alarm Status 1 326 BitSwap 3A Bit 871 DelayTimer1 Accum 1 Alarm Status 2 327 BitSwap 3A Data 870 DelayTimer1PrSet 0 Alarm Status 3 328 BitSwap 3B Bit 873 DelayTimer1 Stats 2 Analog 1 0 Units 821 BitSwap 3B Data 872 DelayTimer2Accum 6 Anlg Ini Data 300 BitSwap 4 Result 879 DelayTimer2PrSet 5 Anlg Ini Filt BW 805 BitSwap 4A Bit 876 DelayTimer2Stats 7 Anlg In1 Offset 303 BitSwap 4A Data 875 DelTmr1 Trig Bit 09 Anlg In1 Scale 302 BitSwap 4B Bit 878 DelTmr1 TrigData 08 Anlg In1 Value 801 BitSwap 4B Data 877 DelTmr2 Trig Bit 4 Anlg In1LossCnfg 1093 BitSwap 5 Result 884 DelTmr2 TrigData 3 Anlg In2 Data 306 BitSwap 5A Bit 881 DeltaSpeedScale 60 Anlg In2 Filt BW 811 BitSwap 5A Data 880 Dig Ini Sel 825 Anlg In2 Offset 809 BitSwap 5B Bit 883 Dig In2 Sel 826 Anlg In2 Scale 808 BitSwap 5B Data 882 Dig In3 Sel 827 Anlg In2 Value 807 BitSwap 6 Result 889 Dig In4 Sel 828 Anlg In2LossCnfg 1094 BitSwap 6A Bit 886 Dig 115 Sel 829 Anlg In3 Data 812 BitSwap 6A Data 885 Dig In6 Sel 830 Anlg In3 Filt BW 817 BitSwap 6B Bit 888 Dig Out1 Bit 847 Anlg In3 Offset 815 BitSwap 6B Data 887 Dig Out Data 846 Anlg In3 Scale 814 Brake OL Cnfg 369 Dig Out OffTime 849 Anlg In3 Value 813 Brake PulseWatts 416 Dig Out1 On Time 848 Anlg In3LossCnfg 1095 Brake TP Data 419 Dig Out Sel 845 Anlg Dutt Dint 832 Brake TP Sel 418 Dig Ou
420. t RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 79 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters o Name s No Description Values a 375 InvOTPend Cnig Default Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Inverter Over Temperature OT Pending Options 0 Ignore exception event This event is triggered when the Inverter Negative Temperature Coefficient H Alarm NTC function detects the heat sink temperature reaches to the overload warning level FltCoastStop e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Fit RampStop e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when FltCurlimStp this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 FtCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event 376 InvOLPend Cnfg Default Alarm Enter a v
421. t is not set the data type is integer Use the this selection 0 False SL Dir Data Tx00 to SL Dir Data Tx03 configuration Tx Buf Data Type This is the SynchLink direct data transmitted See Par 964 Tx Dir Data Type for data type 0 in Max 32 bits o V RW 32 bit Integer Options Reserved Reserved Default x SL Buf Data Tx00 to SL Buf Data Tx17 configuration This is the SynchLink buffered data transmitted See Par 969 Tx Buf Data Type for data type Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 ype of each Buffered Transmit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the bit is not set the data type is integer Use e e e e e bei e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e eo o o eo o eo o o eo o o eo eo o o eo o eo o o eo o o o O EE 102 02 m m x n LBE E n Je o xx JE JEE m xu im z C cO ir co L st MH CD IO CO r CO L st C C M O 200 E cO LO t CN E NIN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN y lt lt x 3 lt 3 lt 2 S O S 3 e s s s eio e eie E gt x i gt i 60 59 122 120 29 me 20 a VE 22 22 22 201 E 22 aS
422. t of time between a False to True transition on the output status and the Min Max 0 00 600 00 Integer corresponding change in state of Digital Output 2 If a transition on an output condition occurs Units s and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its original state before the delay imer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Par 853 Dig Out2 On Time can be disabled by setting he delay time to 0 zero Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 854 Dig Out2 OffTime Default 0 0 RW 16 bit Defines the amount of time between a True to False transition on the output status and the Min Max 0 0 600 00 Integer corresponding change in state of Digital Output 2 If a transition on an output condition occurs Units s and starts the time delay and the output condition returns to its original state before the delay imer reaches the setpoint the delay timer will be aborted and the corresponding output status or digital output will not change state Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 855 Rly Out3 Sel Default 1 Not Fault Identifies the signal used on Digital Output 3 If the desired signal is not available in the ine D L imi selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 856 Rly Out3 Data and Par 857 Options 1 e ee R H 1 Rly Out3 Bit to select the desired paramet
423. t to the Real switch When Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 6 SW Min Max 2200000000 0000 nteger Dint 1 On is high this input is updated to Par 1028 Swtch Dint 1 Output 1028 Swtch Dint 1 Out Default 0 0000 RO 132 bit his is the result of the switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Par 1022 Min Max 2200000000 0000 nteger Sel Switch Ctrl bit 6 SW Dint 1 On If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 1029 Sel Swtch In00 Defa 0 0000 V RW Real to 0 Min Max 2200000000 0000 1044 Sel Swtch In15 Set these values for the inputs to the selector switch specified in Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl All inputs are entered as Real values You may use the output of the selector switch as either Real or Dint A conversion is done to create the Dint value 1045 SelSwtch RealOut Default 10 0000 RO Real This is the result of the selector switch The output is loaded with the selected input based on Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 0 and bits 1 4 The output is only updated when Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 0 SSW DataPass is high If Par 1022 Sel Switch Ctrl bit 0 is not high the output will not be updated to the selected input If this parameter does not update check the setting of Par 1000 UserFunct Enable bit 1 User Params 1046 SelSwtch DIntOut Default 0 RO 32 bit This value is the value of Par 1045 SelSwtch R
424. t2 Bit 852 Anlg Out Offset 834 Brake Watts 417 Dig Out2 Data 851 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 143 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Param Name Text Parameter Dig Out1 fffime 854 Err Count Lmt 589 FromDriveLogix09 611 Dig Out2 On Time 853 Est Theta Delay 477 FromDriveLogix10 612 Dig Out2 Sel 850 Estimated Torque 47 FromDriveLogix11 613 Digln ConfigStat 59 Exception Event1 320 FromDriveLogix12 614 Digln Debounce 823 Exception Event2 32 FromDriveLogix13 615 DInt2Real1 In 047 Exception Event3 322 FromDriveLogix14 616 DInt2Real1 Scale 048 External DB Res 544 FromDriveLogix15 617 Dint2Real1Resul 049 Ext Fit Alm Cnfg 379 FromDriveLogix16 618 Dint2Real2 In 150 Fault Clr Mask 674 FromDriveLogix17 619 DInt2Real2 Scale 151 Fault Clr Owner 68 FromDriveLogix18 620 Dint2Real2Resul 152 Fault Status 1 323 FromDriveLogix19 621 Direction Mask 673 Fault Status 2 324 FromDriveLogix20 622 Direction Owne 680 Fault Status 3 325 FVC CEMF Comp 469 DPI CommLoss Cfg 391 Fault TP Data 330 FVC Mode Config 510 DPI Data In A 651 Fault TP Sel 329 FVC Tune Config 515 DPI Data In A2 652 FB Opt0 Posit 250 FVC2 Mode Config 511
425. tFault Inv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 Home Switch was added for firmware version 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added for irmware version 4 001 Note Option 20 Accel Decel2 is not functional 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 Name No Description Values d 826 Dig In2 Sel Default 0 Not Used Enter a value to select the function of digital input 2 Refer to Par 825 for a description of fames Bz 2 options 34 UserGen 5610 37 UserGen Sel3 Options 1 Z 17 L SE Note For all Stop Functions Low Stop High to Run In Norm Stop CF Low Normal 2 Clear Faults 23 MOP Inc Stop and Clear Fault 3 Ext Fault 24 MOP Dec 4 Norm Stop CF 225 MOP Reset Note Notes Option 38 ExtFault nv was added for firmware version 2 004 Option 39 5 Start 26 PI Trim En Home Switch was added for firmware version 3 001 Values 41 and 42 were added 6 Reverse 27 PI Trim Hold for firmware version 4 001 7 Run 28 Pl Trim Rst 8 Reserved 29 Trend Trig 9 Reserved 30 PreCharge En 0 Jog 1 31 Regis 2 Ltch 1 Reserved 32 Hrd Ovrirvl
426. talled This parameter was changed to non linkable for firmware version 3 001 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 117 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters e E Name Sge No Description Values 588 118 X Notch Atten Default 50 V RW Real Sets the depth for the Position Notch Filter Attenuation is the ratio of the output to the input at Min Max 0 500 the notch frequency An attenuation of 30 means that the notch output is 1 30th of the input at the specified frequency Calculation Attenuation Input Output AR Freq Hz 779 Notch FiltFreq Default 10 0 V RW Real Sets the center frequency of the Position Notch Filter Min Max 0 0 500 0 Units Hz 780 PositDetct1 Stpt Default 10 V RW 32 bit Provides the set point for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured with Min Max 2147483648 Integer Par 740 Position Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 784 Posit Dect In and sets bit 8 Posit Watch of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied 781 PositDetct2 Stpt Default 0 V RW 32 bit Provides the set point for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured with Min Max 2147483648 Integer Par 740 Position Control bits 18 amp 19 Posi
427. tart Aoosl Boost Run Boost Break Motor NP Hertz Maximum Frequency Frequency Setting Parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min sets the minimum speed for the motor overload T function This value determines the minimum speed the drive should run below the minimum current threshold set in parameter 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min Parameters 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min and 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min set the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor set in parameter 336 Motor OL Factor Figure 3 Motor Overload Curve When Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Is Less Than 1 0 When motor current exceeds the value of the curve the motor overload output integrates A motor overload exception event occurs when the value of the motor overload output reaches 1 0 The value of P336 Motor OL Factor the motor overload output is visible in Par 330 Fault TP Data when the value of Par 329 Fault TP I equals 13 Current P337 Mtr 12T Curr Min Speed P338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Base Speed 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 179 Appendix B Application Notes Figure 4 Motor Overload Curve When Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Is Equal To 1 0 When the value of Par 338 Mtr 127 Spd Min equals 1 0 the curve is flat at the value of rated motor current times the value of Par 336 Motor OL Factor If the motor current e
428. ted 145 53 Rs Temp Coef 358 Curr Ref TP Data Default 0 0000 RO Real Sets the limit value for the motor torque producing current in Max 8 0000 PU Units PU 359 Motor Flux Est Default 10 0000 RO Real The Q axis motor voltage is divided by the motor frequency while field weakening is active This Min Max 8 0000 PU value is used to convert the torque command to a motor current Iqs command Units PU 360 Min Flux Default 0 2500 v RW Real Sets the smallest level of flux used to convert Par 303 Motor Torque Ref to a current reference Min Max 0 1000 1 0000 above base speed Note Changed the minimum value from 0 2500 to 0 1000 for firmware Units PU version 4 001 361 FixLpassFilt BW Default 12 0000 V RW Real Sets the bandwidth of the low pass filter that adjusts the response of the flux estimate used in iMin Max 0 5000 100 0000 the torque to current conversion Since the field time constant varies between motors a better Units rad s control response may be obtained by adjusting the filter time constant Normally this parameter is not changed unless a significant disturbance occurs as the motor enters field weakening AND Par 360 Min Flux is less than 1 per unit 362 Current Limit Gain Default 250 RW 16 bit Sets the responsiveness of the current limit This parameter should not be changed by the user Min Max 0 10000 Integer D Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 363 Ki Current Limit Default 11
429. ted from the PowerFlex 700S drive to an external controller via a DPI communication module Setting a bit high will he associated word as a Real data type and setting the bit low will configure it for Integer data type Options D2 Rea D1 Rea Default C2 Rea C1 Rea B2 Rea B1 Rea A2 Rea A1 Rea lp gt e lpp e pP T pP gt DPI Data ut A1 DPI Data Out A2 DPI Data Out B1 DPI Data Out B2 DPI Data Out C1 DPI Data Out C2 DPI Data Out D1 DPI Data Out D2 These parameters display the output values communicated from the PowerFlex 7005 drive to DPI communication modules 0 False 1 True Default 0 WA Min Max 32 dependant on Par 659 DPI Out DataTypel RW Set by Par 659 Write Mask Options Default 1 Enables disables write access parameters links etc for DPI ports Changes to this parameter only become effective when power is cycled the drive is reset or bit 15 Security of Par 712 Write Mask Act transitions from 1 to 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Aux DPI Conn Ext DPI Conn Local HIM Terminal Bik Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 107 Chapter 2 No 670 671 672 673 674 677 678 679 680 681 684 685 686 Programming and Parameters Name Description Logic Mask Determine
430. ter the ramp block modified by Par 32 Accel Time 1 Par 33 Min Max 8 0000 PU Decel Time 1 and Par 34 S Curve Time Units pm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Delayed Spd Ref Default 10 0000 RO Real One sample period delayed output of Par 43 Ramped Spd Ref Used in some applications to in Max 14112 0000 synchronize the speed reference value through SynchLink This master drive Par 43 Ramped Units rpm Spd Ref would then be transmitted to the slave drives over SynchLink Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Scaled Spd Ref Default 0 0000 RO Real Displays the speed command after scaling in Max 14112 0000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 SpdRef Spd Trm1 Default 10 0000 RO Real Displays the final speed command used by the Speed Regulator It is the sum of Par 46 Scaled Min Max 8 0000 PU Spd Ref and Par 21 Speed Trim 1 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Spd Ref Bypass2 Default 0 0000 4 RVV Real The speed command after the limit ramp and s curve blocks Link a source directly to this in Max 8 0000 PU parameter to bypass these blocks Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 4 Selected SpdRefA Default 0 0000 RO Real Used to view the value of Speed Reference A Par 27 Speed Ref A Sel from a Human Interface Min Max 8 0000 Module HIM Units rpm Note This parameter is new for firmware version 3 001 5 Selected SpdRefB Default 0 0000 RO Real
431. terp Synchinput Bit zero of this parameter is used as the synchronization pulse for the Interpolator This parameter is linked to Par 700 Motn Posit Sync for a Motion Servo Axis It is linked to Xsync Status for a SynchLink Bits 1 4 have been changes to Reserved for firmware version 2 004 Options Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default x application Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved gt Reserved 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18 Motn Mx Pos Trvl Positive soft overtravel threshold for the Motn Mx Neg Trvl Negative soft overtravel threshold for the Motion Servo Axis Reserved Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt Reserved Reserved gt x 1 True gt x Co x Default 0 RW 32 bit Motion Servo Axis Min Max 2147483648 Integer Default 0 RW 32 bit Min Max 2147483648 Integer Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 109 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 2 o E Name S s No Description Values 5842 696 Motn PositErrTol Default 4096 RW 32 bit
432. tes all the post trigger data samples have been gathered and the trend buffers are full It will also be set if the Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect is cleared before the trigger occurs The trend data outputs will be updated from the contents of the trend buffer data when this bit is set Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect can be cleared after this bit is set without affecting the trend data buffer contents This bit will clear in response to the rise of Par 556 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect The trend outputs will be forced to zero while this bit is clear Options g g g8 g8 8 8 8 8 sS S S S S S Au 2 2 2 2 22 26 2 212 21212 1212 12 2 2 2 2 2 121212 12121 121 215 2 Z2 SZ2 2 2 B8 B B B8 S B8 S B8 2 B8 8 28 8 B 28 82 8 8 28 8 28 8 S 8 S E 8 a 212121212 212121212 212121212 SIS S SS e e Se S S lt S S E Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x K x x x x x K x x K x x 0 0 X p False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 543 2 1 0 1 True 558 Trend State Default O Wait Enable Value indicates the state of the Data Trend function n2 Wai Value 0 Wait Enable indicates the trend function is ready and waiting to begin data Options 5 z collection Setting bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 556 Trend Control will cause data collection 2 Pre trigger to begin In this state Par 569 TrendBuffPointer and the Trend Output Parameters are 3 Postt
433. th Encoder 0 or Encoder 1 respectively e Bit 0 RLO Encoder 1 selects the encoder for the input source of latched data Setting bit 0 selects encoder 1 resetting the bit to zero selects encoder 0 e Bits 1 RLO TrgSrcO and 2 RLO TrgSre1 select the trigger source see Table 236A Encodert Trigger Source Settings Bits 3 RLO TrgEdget 4 RLO TrgEdge1 19 RL1 TrgEdget and 20 RL1 TrgEdge1 select which edges signal the position see Table 236C Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 RLO Dir Rev 6 RLO Dir Fwd 21 RL1 Dir Rev and 22 RL1 Dir Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 236D Trigger Direction Settings Bits 8 SL DI Filt 0 9 SL DI Filt 1 10 SL DI Filt 2 and 11 SL DI Filt 3 configure a filter for the digital input 1 and 2 see Table 236E Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Bits 8 11 add 100ns filter per stage to external trigger 17 RL1 TrgSrc0 and 18 RL1 TrgSrc1 select the trigger source see Table 236B Encoder1 Trigger Source Settings e Bit 0 amp 16 off Enct input to latch on Enc1 input to latch Options z 2 l9 9 len US el e ua z S8 Coe 11 z e e SIS SSS ss z BE IE sz z sss SSlS EIEIEIEIE EIZICIEE asi eala lal IS Sis Si Side 121212 2 2 12 im im m im ix ix x 18 8 81 l
434. the HIM to view and edit parameters As an alternative programming can also be performed using DriveTools software and a personal computer For information on See page About Parameters ST How Parameters are Organized 23 Parameter Data in Linear List Format 35 Parameter Cross Reference By Name 143 About Pa rameters To configure a drive module to operate in a specific way certain drive parameters may have to be configured appropriately Three types of parameters exist ENUM Parameters These parameters allow a selection from two or more items The LCD HIM will display a text message for each item Bit Parameters These parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions If the bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false If the bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numeric value for example 0 1 Volts The example tables on the following page illustrate how each parameter type is presented in this manual Rockwell Automation Publication 200 PM0018 EN P July 2011 21 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Table 2 Table Explanation A 110 151 2 Read Write o Name E Description Values 5 Motor NP RPM Default Calculated Set to the motor nameplate rated rpm Min Max 1 30000 Units rpm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU Spd Torg Mod
435. tia Adaptation function will effect enhanced stability higher bandwidths and dynamic stiffness Useful when systems with a gear box becomes disconnected from the load Also used with motors that have very little inertia that otherwise lack dynamic stiffness even at high bandwidths e Bit 1 Load Est when set to 1 on the Load Estimate option removes or greatly reduces load disturbances and gives quicker system response Bit 2 First Diff selects the first difference feedback for Inertia Adaptation Notes When setting both Bit 0 amp 1 stability is enhanced and load disturbances are removed Bit 2 First Diff was added for firmware version 3 001 Options ee ee ejes ese eee s sees 12 2 elelele sizsiz gs siziziz xgizin m lt 6 e e e is a 6 l3 261312 S E 22 Ie 262 122 162 jc CE 162 6C E E ie S JOE Ju 1 Default x x x x X X x x x x x x x x 0 0 pD False Bit 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 87 6 5 4 2 10 1 146 133 Inert Adapt BW Default 100 0000 v RW Real This parameter sets the bandwidth of the Inertia Adaptation function when the IAA function is Min Max 10 0000 250 0000 selected Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 Typical IAA bandwidths range from 70 to 150 rad Units rad s sec with 100 rad sec nominal best If the Load Estimate function is selected Par 132 Inert Adapt Sel bit 0 1 then this parameter sets the natural frequency of a filter in rad sec Typical values range from 10 to 150 rad sec with higher values b
436. tion Watch 2 compares this value with Par 785 Posit Dect2 In and sets bit 9 Posit Watch of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied 782 nPosit BW Default 1200 V RW 32 bit Sets the overall bandwidth of the In Position detector The detector sets bit 10 In Position of Min Max 0 1000000 Integer Par 741 Position Status when Par 769 Position Error is within this bandwidth for a sufficient ime specified by Par 783 In Posit Dwell A modest hysteresis count is added to the position bandwidth after the position error is within specified limits 783 ln Posit Dwell Default 0 0040 V RW Real Position error must be within the value specified by Par 782 In Posit BW for this amount of Min Max 0 0000 10 0000 ime before the In Position detector sets bit 10 In Position of Par 741 Position Status A Units s momentary out of position indication will reset the internal timer and clear the In Position status bit 784 PPosit Dect In Default 10 v RVV 32 bit Provides the input variable for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured Min Max 42147483648 Integer with Par 740 Position Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 780 PositDetct1 Stpt and sets bit 8 Posit Watch of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Position Actual 785 Posit Dect2 In Default 10 v RVV 3
437. to 1 inverts the count up down direction of the linear feedback position Par 252 FB Opt1 Posit If FB Posit has been counting up for forward feedback sensor travel then setting this bit will cause FB Opt1 Posit to count down The opposite behavior will occur when the sensor moves in the other direction e Bit 6 Stahl Linear Setting this bit to 1 indicates to the MDI card that a Stahl type linear device is being used It this bit is set to 0 then a Temposonics linear device is being used Bits 10 12 form a 3 bit moving average filter sampling rate See Table 285A Sample Rate Bit Settings Options d si m ele l 5 amp D HHHREBHHRHAHAHEE HElilislslololo g g e EjE E je eg e 2 8 2 2 21 1212 co lo la C O O o 6 s s s s g 1 1 1 lo lo liw l o o l o l o o o o o oj l5 oioos s lolo o o ez O O TO a nc le l nc c nc nc Default x x x 0 1 x x x 0 0 x X X X X ralse Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True Table 285A Sample Rate Bit Settings 0000 4 0 0 1 2 0 0 2 4 0 3 8 Default 1 0 0 4 16 1 0 5 32 1 0 6 64 1 7 127 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 67 Chapter 2 No 286 287 Programming and Parameters Name Description Linear1 Status Indicates faults on the Multi Device Interface MDI Bit 8 Open Wire
438. to determine what is done with the data received from SynchLink when a Options 0 Zero Data communication loss occurs Refer to Par 902 SL Error Status for possible causes of 1 last State communication loss 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero e 1 last State Holds data in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Par 383 SL CommLoss Data lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configures the drive s response to SynchLink communication loss enar fpe a Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs 1 Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when 2 FltCoastStop this event occurs 3 Fit RampStop e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit 4 FltCurlimStp in response to this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response to this event e 4 HtCurLimStp configures the drive to
439. too Verify actual temperature of brake high The temperature is calculated by a thermal model f hot wait for the brake to cool If the resistor is internal the model uses the resistor 5 characteristics stored in the power structure EEPROM memory lf cold cycle power to the drive If cold If the resistor is external the model uses values of Par 416 Brake verify that the values of Par 416 Brake nn PulWatts and Par 417 Brake Watts are PulWatts and Par 417 Brake Watts correct Configured with Par 369 Brake OL Cnfg 39 PowerEE CRC Fail The Cycling Ring Checksum CRC of the data stored in the Power Cycle power to the drive Board EEPROM does not match the stored CRC In frame 9 14 drives check the communication bus lines 10 pin connector on the Main Control board Fiber Optic Power Interface board and fiber optic cable connections 40 SLink Mult Oflow Q A SynchLink Multiplier Overflow has occurred Par 927 SL Mult 1 Configured with Par 390 SL MultErr Cnfg State displays SynchLink multiplier overflow errors 41 Ridethru Timeout The drive has been in a bus loss ridethrough condition for more e Verify the AC Line than two seconds default The ridethrough timeout is configurable in Par 407 Power Loss Time e Verify the value in Par 407 Power Loss Time 42 DC Bus Undervolt The Bus voltage has fallen below the level configured in Par 409 Verify the AC Line Line Undervolts In fra
440. tor after the amount of time specified in Par 407 Power Loss Time has expired e Enter a value of 2 to make the drive fault and continue normal operation after the amount of time specified in Par 407 Power Loss Time has expired Enter a value of 5 to make the drive provide only motor flux current during the power loss time 407 Power Loss Time Default 2 0000 RW Real Sets the amount of time that the drive will remain in a ride through condition before a fault Min Max 0 0000 60 0000 is detected Units S 408 Power Loss Level Default 22 1 RW 16 bit Sets the percentage of the bus voltage at which ride through begins and modulation ends IMin Max 15 95 Integer When the bus voltage falls below this level and Par 406 Power Loss Model is set to 0 Units Coast or 5 Flux Only an alarm F92 Ride Thru will be displayed on the HIM and the Scale 0 drive prepares for an automatic restart Enter a percentage of the bus voltage derived from the high voltage setting for the voltage class For example On a 400 480V drive 0 221 x 480Vac x 4 2 150Vdc Note The definition was updated to include the bit settings for parameter 406 for firmware version 4 002 409 Line Undervolts Default 61 5000 RW Real Controls the level of bus voltage that is needed to complete precharge and sets the level for Min Max 10 0000 90 0000 qe undervoltage alarm fault detection Enter a percentage of the bus voltage derived from the Units value in Par 401
441. tpoint Speed X Enable 0 Not Enabled Enabled 1 See parameter 304 Limit Status for a description of the limit status conditions DPI Device Limitations PovverFlex 700S drives use a 450mA device on the 12V DPI power supply Due to the typical load ofa external DPI device of 140mA there is a three DPI device limit Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 175 Appendix B Application Notes Input Voltage Range Tolerance 176 Drive Rating Nominal Line Nominal Motor Drive Full Power Drive Operating Voltage Voltage Range Range 200 240 200 2001 200 264 180 264 208 208 208 264 240 230 230 264 380 400 380 3801 380 528 342 528 400 400 400 528 480 460 460 528 500 600 600 5751 575 660 432 660 Frames 1 4 Only 500 690 600 5751 575 660 475 759 Frames 5 8 6 Only eem 690 690 759 475 759 Drive Full Power Range Nominal Motor Voltage to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Rated current is available across the entire Drive Full Power Range Drive Operating Range Lowestt Nominal Motor Voltage 10 to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Drive Output is linearly derated when Actual Line Voltage is less than the Nominal Motor Voltage e 5 i 2 H E amp S i f lt Derated Power Range No Drive d e Output Full Power Range lt Drive Operating Range Nominal Motor Voltage 10 gt
442. ts Par 744 PositRef EGR Out Par 747 Position Cmmd Par 763 Position Actual and Par 165 Posit Actl Load with the value in Par 762 Position Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset pon drive enable 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref Default 0 V RW 32 bit Provides position reference to the point to point position regulator when the value in Par 742 IMin Max 2147483648 Integer Position Ref Sel 2 Pt to Pt The initial value is latched upon position enable without causing movement Subsequent changes to reference are relative to the latched position unless the position is re referenced by Par 740 Position Control bit 10 Pt Pt ReRef Position moves may be made within the limits of plus or minus 31 bits Point to point reference may be changed and even reversed during a move 759 Pt Pt Accel Time Default 10 0000 V RW Real Acceleration time sec to base speed active only in point to point mode Acceleration to a Min Max 0 1000 6553 5000 relatively low speed may be exponential Units s 760 Pt Pt Decel Time Default 10 0000 V RW Real Deceleration time sec from base speed to zero active only in point to point mode Some Min Max 0 1000 6553 5000 ailing can be expected at the end of a move as the drive comes into command position t is Units is left to the user to select a time that does not place the drive in current or torque limit Deceleration from relatively low speed may be exponential 761 Pt PtFilt BW Default 25 0000 V
443. tten from the DSP or the board status test will fail sgChecksum Er indicates a message checksum fault ck sum associated with the Endat communication device must be correct and acknowledged by the feedback option card 12 Time Out Err indica PPR Error indicates Bootup Error indica FW VersionEr indicates that the firmware version of the encoder does not match the firmware version of the Heidenhain option card in the drive LightSrc Er indicate Sig Amplitud indica PstvValue Er indica Over Voltage indica Undr Voltage indicates an Endat under voltage fault 21 Over Current indica FqExced Alm indicates an Endat frequency exceeded alarm 25 Temprtr Alm indicates an Endat temperature exceeded alarm LghtCtrl Alm indica RefPoint Alm indicates an Endat reference point alarm otes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Bit 14 was changed from Endat BootEr to Bootup Error and bit 15 FW VersionErr is new for rmware version 3 001 Bits 0 and 1 were added for firmware version 4 001 gt Reserved gt Reserved RefPoint Alm gt Reserved es an Endat time out fault an encoder PPR setting mismatch fault es an Endat boot up fault s an Endat light source fault tes an Endat signal amplitude fault es an Endat positive value fault tes an Endat over voltage fault es an Endat over current fault es an Endat limit of light control alarm 0 False 1 True
444. u 92 ades LL a V Lidw9 sz Ladies iv 0L ZUPIBM USOd pZ paads iv 6 LUPIBM usod EZ any 8 uontsoq ul 22 uo egeug Hi le ul6iq snieis O I 2907 aq renpy oz S AO puewwog 61 Buuung p uuely 84 Apeoy yned L Vue ION Z qur d sod 91 JON L ywn si 1oejes 1esn 0 eounoqeg z ul ql SnielS O I 2007 so vo eo eounoqeq ulb q suonoejes indino Eug eounoqeqg M m oaa v z0 za uowwo9 QA t io io za 1 SEL yey q s nd no y sindu ofo t ul idl snlels O I 2907 uou 6 1 1d s ndul 9dApZ 197 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Control Block Diagrams Appendix C 4 i or vo Jeu Aneoy os sco au Ma ures sBumes Jeu indu Bojeuy osez zino Suy anea zino Suy Krve gt za rs s zino Suy z s Q Cire iesuo ano Buy eet a Ma Ud eui Sjuv Q1s0 81 ule 11 IV queuing zov suun O I Boreuy jeu zino Suy Cers 1esio eui Suy quid zno Buy eeg eui Buy Q 90 191 anjea Lino Buy Ces o1ez LINO Bjuy nsuueu 617 spun O Bojeuy Queuno Low spun 1 Boreuy Dag 80 81 eea z l ro i81 nbiol JOlON 08d Hbil oloNW GL penieseg pL EL NANO 1d 08 td NANO Id L ep ANO Dei Sd ep z Bue Z 10113 Id 8 1d 10133 Id LL 1410 ANO Fuel 9 84 q
445. uce faster load disturbance rejection but may cause a more oscillatory response When Par 90 Spd Reg BW is set to zero damping factor has no effect 92 SpdReg P Gain Mx Default 100 0000 4 RW Real Places a limit on the maximum value of proportional gain in Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain and Par 104 Min Max 0 0000 3000 0000 Srlss Spd Reg Kp When gains are automatically calculated this parameter is necessary to limit the amplification of noise with increased inertia Note The Max value was increased from 600 0000 for firmware version 3 001 93 SRegFB Filt Gain Default 1 0000 RW Real Sets the lead term for the speed feedback filter Values greater than 1 will result in a lead Min Max 5 0000 20 0000 function and values less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter 94 SReg FB Filt BW Default 35 0000 RW Real Sets fhe frequency for the Speed Feedback filter Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 Units rad s 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 s o XA Name S s No Description Values sed 95 SRegOut FiltGain Default 11 0000 V RWReal Sets the lead term for the Speed Regulator output filter Values greater than 1 will result ina Min Max 5 0000 lead function and values less than 1 will result in a lag function
446. ue n Filter Sample Size 2 00 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 2 4 D P 3 8 Default 1 0 0 4 16 1 0 1 5 32 1 1 0 6 64 111 7 127 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 No 264 266 Name Descript Heidenhain0 Stat Indicates fault and alarm statuses on the Heidendhain encoder feedback option card and Endat communication a Read Write Data Type 0 VM Enc Out when set indicates that the encoder output from the Heidenhain option card is the virtual encoder position determined by Par 1155 Heidn VM Pos Ref Bit 1 Emul Enc Out when set indicates that the encoder output from the Heidenhain option card is the emulated encoder position determined by the connected he pat 1 he che e CO COO I 4 Co e e 0 09 0 ee e ions 2 Default Heidenhain encoder Bit 5 Sig Amplitud indicates that the signal amplitude is insufficient or too large Bit 6 Quadrate Er indicates that there is a signal quadrature error Bit 7 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault Bit 8 VoltageLvIEr indicates that the operating voltage is too high or too low B B B ern on the FPGA m it 9 PowerSup Er indicates the failure of the power supply it 10 PowerUpDiag Er indicates the option board failed its power up diagnostic test st be identical to the pattern wri
447. ue The output of the Speed Regulator Min Max 0 0000 6 0000 is limited by adjustable high and low limits Units PU Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 103 Spd Reg Neg Lim Default 1 3 0000 v RVV Rea Sets the negative limit of the Speed Regulator output value The output of the Speed regulator Min Max 6 0000 0 0000 is limited by adjustable high and low limits Units PU Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 104 SrLss Spd Reg Kp Default 18 0000 4 RW Rea Sets the proportional gain of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is in Max 0 0000 200 0000 used This value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 Srlss Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero This gain setting has no units per unit torque per unit speed error 105 Srlss Spd Reg Ki Default 18 0000 RW Real Sets the integral gain of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used Min Max 0 0000 4095 8000 This value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 Srlss Spd Reg Units s BW Integral gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero Units are s per unit torque sec per unit speed error 106 SrLss Spd Reg BW Default 10 0000 V Hu Real Sets the Hand idin of the Speed Regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used in Max 0 0000 30 0000 Bandwidth
448. ue of 1 can represent either base Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 192 PI Lower Limit Default 1 0 1000 v RW Real The low limit of the Process Control regulator output A value of 1 can represent either base Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Units PU 196 ParamAccessLevel Default 0 Basic RW 16 bit The value of this parameter establishes the level of parameter access for the Human nterface Options 0 Basic nteger Module HIM Advanced e Value 0 Basic grants access to the minimum number of parameters e Value 1 Advanced grants access to a larger group of parameters 201 Language Default 0 English RW 16 bit Selects the display language when using an LCD HIM Currently only option 0 English is Options 0 English Integer available 1 Alt Language 202 Time Axis Rate Default 1 0000 V RW Real Sets rate 1 sec for the Time Function Generator to ramp from an output of 0 to 1 and from 1 to Min Max 0 0100 20 0000 Units s 203 Time Axis Output Default 0 0000 RO Real The output of the Time Function Generator When the Time Function Generator is enabled by Par Min Max 0 0000 1 0000 151 Logic Command bit 3 Time Axis En or Par 153 Control Options bit 24 Time Axis En the value of this parameter ramps from 0 to 1 at a rate determined by Par 202 Time A
449. uid z pua 92 xoeqpee4 dzgid Id fey UNO pue11 6 94 et puau sz ou l l ki ld Bld Id 6 N 0 pino pue LZ Sd 10 L pue yz 6eyoa sng 049084 5 0 518 Ja 8 194 ane dOW 060Ld 18497 dOW ES eBeyoA 1ndino 064 SyoA indino 2 queuing 217 suun 1 Bojeuy 60 181 mo Id Deu pds 2064 mo Bay pds 22 Jemog INNO LLEd i wodindio 9 jeu pds r0d Lz XNA JOON 966064 JOIOW S yap pds pereos 2 04 pds pe oz biL66rd bl inO but enbio pejeuinsa LZ vd 153 nbiol 61 queuing indino goed uino indino apJpds L 0d yap4 p ds GL Jeu pds pei ejles orod Jeu pds ies 2 jeu paads Jojo 1084 jeu p ds L indinooled beijindino L jeu uno bil AN SO amp d l zinobalayy Di p uy q s s ebe 1 sN 0 suono l s 1ndino Boyeuy eq Lul Du T H AOL else anien kul Buy K 108 gt UOWWOD Jay el vii jeu AOL ele e queuing LIv spun 1 Dou 1 YSBL Bojeuy sjndjno y sinduJ Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 198 Appendix C Control Block Diagrams 199 Kjenisnjoxe qeu3 10 Deen s g l Big pue e qejre e jou si 0680 moj SI 0 14 7280 ueuM JOUMO 410 me ASEN 119 12 sd g Iqua mH JeuwQ uomoeiq ep uonoeuig sm O I 12907 okt suiqiuu es 9210 1eumo Bor ysey Bor 1 UMO Ups ASEN ueis snes 91601 ss 10
450. ult 1 1 0 RO Rea Sets the internal torque limit for negative torque reference values The internal negative motor Min Max 8 0 0 0 orque will not be allowed to exceed this value Units PU 1 Torque Pos Limit Default 2 0000 RW Rea Sets the external torque limit for positive torque reference values The external positive motor Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 orque will not be allowed to exceed this value Units PU 1 Torque Neg Limit Default 2 0000 RW Rea Sets the external torque limit for negative torque reference values The external negative motor Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 orque will not be allowed to exceed this value Units PU 1 Mtring Power Lim efault 8 0000 RW Rea Sets the maximum motoring positive power of the drive This can be calculated by multiplying Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 he desired maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 nominal Units PU motor power 1 Regen Power Lim Default 0 5000 RW Rea Sets the maximum regenerative negative power of the drive This can be calculated by in Max 8 0000 0 0000 multiplying the desired maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 Units PU nominal motor power Note The default value for this parameter was changed from 1 0000 to 0 5000 for firmware version 2 003 1 Atune T q Ref Default 10 50 RW Real Sets the motor torque that is applied to the motor during the flux current and inertia tests Min Max 0 2 1 0 Note The minimum value for thi
451. ults of the compare are displayed in Par 1062 Logic Cmpr State Available functions are A B A B 1086 MOP Control Motor Operated Potentiometer MOP control and configuration Bit 0 Increase if set increments the MOP level output from Par 1087 MOP Rate to Par 1088 MOP High Limit Bit 1 Decrease if set decrements the MOP level output from Par 1087 MOP Rate to Par 1089 MOP Low Limit Bit 2 Reset if set resets the MOP level output to zero and bit 0 Increment and bit 1 Decrease are inhibited Bit 3 Reset Stop if set resets the MOP level output to zero when stop is set Bit 4 Reset Q PwrLs if set resets the MOP level output to zero when power is lost Vote If either bit 3 or bit 4 is not set the MOP level output will be saved until bit 2 Reset is set Options 2 ee 28 e e o e I mi m O Default 0000 10 Bit 43 2 1 1087 MOP Rate Default 0 1000 5 V RW Real Sets the rate of change increment or decrement for the MOP The setting 0 1 sec will equate 0 0000 2200000000 0000 to an increment or decrement of 0 1 for every second active If this is used for the speed Units s reference that equals 10 of base speed every second for a total of 10 seconds to reach base speed reference 1088 MODE High Limit Default 1 0000 s V RW Rea Sets the r limit for the MOP output The MOP cannot be incremented above this level in Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000
452. us voltage e Par 330 Fault TP Data displays the minimum value when Par 329 Fault TP I is set to five e The drive must first complete precharge before this check is made Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 157 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting No Name Type Description Action 11 Motor OLoad Trip A motor overload trip has occurred Par 308 Output Current is Reduce mechanical load squared scaled and integrated over time When this integrated Enter correct motornameplaleulll ad amps value exceeds 1 0 this exception event occurs Par 2 Motor NP FLA p p The integrator s output can be viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Data Configured with Par 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg when Par 329 Fault TP I is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by Par 336 Motor OL Factor Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and Par 339 Mtr 12T Calibrat 12 MotorOLoadPend A motor overload is pending Par 308 Output Current is squared Reduce the mechanical load scaled and integrated over time When this integrated value Enter correct motornamebplate full load ambs exceeds 0 5 this exception event occurs Par 2 Motor NP FLA p p Configured with Par 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg The integrator s output can be viewed in Par 330 Fault TP Dat
453. usLimitVBEr ParDecelRtMC ACRIqsRef ACRIqsCmd IqsCmdFltr ISpdCmd AccDecRate RecThetaEx4 RecVqsFdbk RecVdsFdbk VdeFilter VqsFdbkTrans VdsFdbkTrans Excitation ExciteStatus CommldsCount ThetaEsample Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 93 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters Name Description MC TP2 Value Displays the data selected by Par 473 MC TP2 Select This display should only be used if the selected value is integer data This parameter is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters This parameter should not be changed by the user Note This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 Values Default Min Max 0 0 2147483648 Linkable Read Write Data Type 32 bit Integer 475 FaultTPSelect Enter or write a value to select the Motor Control MC Fault Data displayed in Par 476 MC FaultTP Value This parameter should not be changed by the user D Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 2 003 The value for option 67 was changed from HH GateShort to MCStatus1 for firmware version 2 004 Values 68 76 were added for firmware version 3 001 Options 0 lqsRef2 14 DcBus 29 DbDuty 43 RotorFluxEst 57 VbusDrop 71 HH OverLoad 1 Ws 15 VbusFdbk 30 VelFdbkEnc 44 Ws2 58 VdsMax 72 HH Pr
454. ut 2 If the desired signal is not available in the TE EE selection list choose option 0 User Select and link with Par 839 Anlg 12 DInt or Par 840 Options Ha Output Frag 7 Mec d Ref Anlg Out2 Real to select the desired parameter for output Refer to Par 831 for a list of 2 SelSpdRef 16 MirTrqCurRef parameters that correspond to the option selected in this parameter 3 Output Curr 17 Speed Ref 4 T q Cur Iq 18 Speed Fdbk b Yo Motor Flux 19 Torque Est 6 Output Power 20 Scl Spd Fdbk 7 Output Volts 21 RampedSpdRef 8 DC Bus Volts 22 Spd Reg Out 9 PI Reference 23 MOP Level 10 PI Feedback 24 Trend 1 Dint 11 P Error 25 Trend 1 Real 12 PI Output 26 Trend 2 Dint 13 Reserved 27 Trend 2 Real 124 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 SE Name S s No Description Values 5882 839 Anlg Out2 Dint Default 10 V RVV 32 bit Link this parameter to an integer source parameter that will control Analog Output 2 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 840 Anlg Out2 Real Default 10 0000 V RW Real Link this parameter to a real floating point source parameter that will control Analog Output Min Max 2200000
455. utomation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 for constant General Information Appendix E ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7005 Phase l Drives in Group l Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors This document provides information on operation of an ATEX approved drive and ATEX approved motor The motor is located in a defined hazardous environment while the drive is not A protective system is required to stop current flow to the motor when an over temperature condition has been sensed in the motor When sensed the drive will go into a stop condition To restart the drive the over temperature condition must be resolved followed by a valid start command to the drive The PowerFlex 700S Phase II drive must have the DriveGuard Safe Off with Second Encoder option board installed for ATEX applications Consult the option board User Manual for installation instructions if necessary The drive is manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC The Drives are in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Certification of the drive for the ATEX group and category on its nameplate requires installation operation and maintenance according to this document and to the requirements found in the User Manual and appropriate Motor Instruction Manual s ATTENTION Operation of this ATEX certified drive with an ATEX AN certified motor that is located in a hazardous environment requires additio
456. ved Reserved Reserved 7 Reserved gt Reserved co N 4 23 22 21 20 19 18 N 515 FVC Tune Config Configures FOC tuning mode O Bit 1 FluxCurrTune when set the value in Par 488 Flux Current is used as the flux current at the beginning of the magnetic inductance test When this bit is not set default an automatically calculated preset flux current is used as the flux current at the beginning of the magnetic inductance test e Bit 2 Nolimelimit when set the time limit fault detection during the magnetizing inductance test is disabled Note Bits 1 and 2 were added for firmware version 4 001 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage may result Options p p ol 2g ez ocio ec oo ac inc 0 False 1 True 9 INoRotateTune Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved gt NoTimeLimit lHuxturrTune gt Reserved Default x x Bit 15 1 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Chapter 2 Programming and Parameters 59 dAL eq g 2 I lqeyur m suassng Bpd gt suessnqA D o UOd MUL uod Beipd gt 0041 lt 004
457. ver Hi Res Encoder Linear Sensor Speed Limits Setup Select Direction Control FWD REV and Absolute Speed Limits Power Circuit Test Diagnostic Check for Drive Power Circuit Speed Control Select Speed Reference Sources Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Direction Test Verify Direction Start Stop Configure Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Done Exit Drive Start Up Chapter 1 Table 1 Common Causes of a Start Inhibit Examine Parameter 156 Start Inhibits Bit Description Action 1 No power is present at the Enable Terminal TB2 16 Apply the enable 2 3 4 A stop command is being issued Close all stop inputs 5 Power loss event is in progress indicating a loss of the AC input Restore AC power voltage 6 Data supplied by the power structure EEprom is invalid or corrupt Cycle the power if problem persists replace the power structure 7 Flash Update in Progress Complete Flash Procedures 8 Drive is expecting a Start Edge and is receiving a continuous signal Open all start buttons and remove all start commands 9 Drive is expecting a Jog Edge and is receiving a continuous signal Open all jog buttons and remove all jog commands 10 A conflict exists between the Encoder PPR programming Par 232 or Verify encoder data and reprogram ES and the encoder configuration for edge
458. ver rvl Motion Only Configured with Par 396 Sft OvrTrvlCnfg The position feedback exceeds the maximum negative travel setting in Par 695 Motn Mx Neg Trvl 83 Hard Over Trvl Motion Only Configured with Par 397 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg The signal for the hardware positive over travel appears on a digital input 84 Hard Over Trvl Motion Only Configured with Par 398 Hrd OvrTrviCnfg The signal for the hardware negative over travel appears on a digital input 85 Position Error Motion Only Verify the value in Par 696 Motn PositErrTol The value of Par 769 Position Error exceeded the value of Par 696 Configured with Par 399 Position ErrCnfg Motn PositErrTol 86 Drive Homing When the drive is in Drive Homing mode Par 740 Position Check Par 740 Position Control bit14 Find Control bit 24 or bit 27 is On the Drive Homing Alarm triggers Home or bit 27 Return Home and the drive moves to a home position automatically 162 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 No Name Type Description Action 88 Stahl Optics 3 The Linear Stahl encoder detected a fault Par 291 Lin1Stahl e Reconnect encoder or replace encoder Status displays the details of the fault e Reconnect option
459. was added for firmware version 3 001 PPMP Control Establishes the operating condition for the Motion Planner The operating mode s is selected if the corresponding bit is set Bit 0 Absolute Absolute mode When using the Homing function while in Absolute mode the value in Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref must be set relative to the value in Dar 763 Position Actual after homing is complete For example When homing is complete Par 763 Position Actual 1000 counts If you want to move to an absolute position of 2000 counts relative to the home switch you must enter a value of 3000 counts into Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref i e 1000 2000 3000 If you want to move back to the home switch using the same value in Par 763 Position Actual after homing 1000 you must enter a value of 1000 into Par 758 Pt Pt Position Ref i e 0 1000 1000 it 1 Incremental Incremental mode 2 Start Start 4 Scaling En Scaling enabled 5 Over Ride En verride enabled 6 S Curve En S Curve Enabled 7 8 9 Cond Hold Conditional Hold Pause Pause Re Synch Re Synch This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 WW Ww ww 9 00 Zeeeeeee o o Reserved O IRe Synch e lPause Cond Hold 991 S S Curve En Sn C lOver Ride En gt Scaling En Reserved gt e Start gt lincremental O
460. x current required to compensate for the flux saturation 0 0 51 3 Integer effect of the motor Active only for FOC 2 motor contro mode Units Scale x 10 427 PM Mtr CEMF Comp Default 10 RW 16 bi Provides CEMF compensation for the torque producing q axis current in the permanent in Max 0 100 nteger magnet motor mode Units 196 428 IIReg IGain Fctr Default RW 16 bi Adjustment for current regulator integral frequency factor gain Min Max 1 20 nteger 429 185 Integ Freq Default 10 RW 16 bi Sets the break frequency of the flux producing d axis current regulator This and Par 430 iMin Max 0 32767 Intege D Ids Reg P Gain determine the integral gain for the d axis current regulator Set by the Units rad s autotune procedure Do not change this value 430 185 Reg P Gain Default 11 0 RW 16 bi Sets the proportional gain of the flux producing d axis current regulator Set by the Min Max 0 0 100 0 Intege D autotune procedure Do not change this value Scale 10 431 Test Current Ref Units 190 RW 16 bi Sets the current reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Default 50 0 Intege D Min Max 0 0 799 9 Scale x 10 432 Test Freq Ref Default 11 0 RW 16 bi Sets the frequency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Min Max 799 9 Intege D Note The default value was changed for firmware version 2 003 Units Scale x 10 433 Test Freq Rate Default 5 0 RW 16 bi A Sets the rate of change of fre
461. xRatio3 43 FluxRatio4 44 MuFlxRtioRef 45 RepFlxRatio1 46 MulfluxRef 47 MultestRef 48 MotVntc 49 BaseSlip 50 VbusFdbk2 51 VdsFdbk2 52 VqsFdbk2 53 VdsSpdVItFIt 54 WrEst1 55 MuTestFrqRef 56 TestFrqRef 57 HuxFltrN 1 58 PrchgDlayCtr 59 PrchTimOutCr 60 PrchPilotCtr 61 TrqEnableCtr 62 1 63 ErStatFromCp 64 FixCurRteOut 65 ThetaE 66 SinThetaE1 67 SinThetaE2 68 SinThetaE3 69 SinThetaE4 m m 70 SinThetaE5 71 SinThetaE6 72 ThetaEcor 73 SinThtaEcor1 74 SinThtaEcor2 75 SinThtaEcor3 76 SinThtaEcor4 77 MulRef2B 78 SpdFdbk 79 Spdintegral 80 SpdPrportnal 81 SpdPl 82 SpdRef 83 SlipGainEst 84 LatchSlipGin 85 Ws2 R D 86 SlipGainRate 87 FiltSlipGain 88 SlipScale 89 SlipSclShif 90 VdsError 91 MotorRegen 92 VqsSlwRtCLim 93 MotorVits 94 BusUti 95 IdsCompMon 96 IqsLimit 97 VqsSlwRtCnt 98 VasErrMon 99 VqsNoErrCnt 100 VqsldsCmd 101 VqsMaxMotor 102 VqsMaxVbus 103 FregMinFB 104 FreqMaxFB 105 IdsCmdFilter 106 DelFeqlntFB 107 VqsError 108 SlipBrkErrFB 109 FastBrkOnFB 110 FreqOutput 111 AbsFreqOut 112 TestMark70 113 TestMark71 114 TestMark72 115 TestMark73 116 TestMark74 117 TestMark75 118 TestMark76 119 TestMark76 120 TestMark78 121 TestMark79 122 TestMark7A 123 TestMark7B 124 TestMark7C 125 Te
462. xceeds the value of the curve the value of the motor overload output integrates The value of P336 Motor OL Factor the motor overload output is visible in Par 330 Fault TP Data when the value of Par 329 Fault TP equals 13 Current Speed Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC The PowerFlex 7005 drive with Phase II control firmware 3 001 and higher has the ability to retain the motor overload count at power down per the 2005 NEC motor overtemperature requirement To enable motor overload memory retention set bit 20 Motor OL Ret of parameter 153 Control Options to 1 To disable motor overload memory retention set bit 20 Motor OL Ret of parameter 153 Control Options to 0 The motor overload count value can be viewed in parameter 341 Mtr 12T Count 180 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings Th mw Rated o 0 Motor Type Base Speed Voltage Current Ex Current Motor Type kW Catalog No 1 Poles RPM Vrms Arms Arms GD2 Kg m 20 otor 1 5 0102 4 15 1 15 024 2 2 M 51028 4 1500 180 11 0 045 37 M 51001 4 1500 180 18 0 066 37 M 51007 4 1500 180 18 0 066 5 5 M 51002 4 1500 180 25 0 12 5 5 M 51008 4 1500 180 25 0 12 7 5 M 51003 4 1500 180 33 0 15 7 5 M 51009 4 1500 180 33 0 15 11 M 51004 4 500 180 47 0 32 11 M 51010 4 500 180 47 0 32 15 M 51005 4 500 80 63 0 43 15 M 51011 4 500 80 63 0 43 18
463. xis Rate Conversely when the Time Function Generator is disabled the value of this parameter ramps from 1 to 0 204 LimGen Y axis Mx Default 0 2500 v RW Real Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Dar Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 206 LimGen X axis In is greater than or equal to 1 Units PU 205 LimGen Y axis Mn Default 0 0500 V RW Real Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Dar Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 206 LimGen X axis In is equal to 0 Units PU 206 LimGen X axis In Default 10 0000 4 RW Real The X axis input to the Limit Generator Typically this parameter is linked to a speed reference or Min Max 8 0000 PU to Par 203 Time Axis Output 207 Limit Gen Hi Out Default 8 0000 RO Real Displays the positive output of the Limit Generator When Par 206 Limit Gen X axis In is greater Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 than or equal to 1 this value equals Par 204 Limit Gen Y axis Mx When Par 206 Limit Gen X Units PU axis In is equal to 0 this value equals Par 205 Limit Gen Y axis Mn For values of X Axis input between 0 and 1 the value of this parameter is interpolated from Y axis min and max values Typically it is linked to Par 188 PI Integ HLim 208 Limit Gen Lo Out Default 8 0000 RO Real Displays the negative output of the Limit Generator The value of this parameter is the negative Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 of Par 207 Limit
464. y 2011 ATEX Approved PowerFlex 700S Phase Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Appendix E Safe Off Terminal Descriptions No Signal Description 24V DC Connections for power to energize coil 24V Common 33 3 mA typical 55 mA maximum 1 2 3 Monitor Normally closed contacts for monitoring 4 Common NC relay status Maximum Resistive Load 250V AC 30V DC 50 VA 60 Watts Maximum Inductive Load 250V AC 30V DC 25 VA 30 Watts Wiring Example AC Line Input Power PowerFlex 700S Phase ll AC Drive 1 24V DC Common 24V DC Gate Control Power Supply Safe Off Option Motor 3 Over Temperature 4 Sensor s 5 CO O LO 1 p j FX 2 Gate Control Circuit A Digital In 4 6 Com Digital In 6 Enable Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM001B EN P July 2011 221 Appendix E Drive Hardware Configuration Operation Verification 222 ATEX Approved PowerFlex 7008 Phase Drives in Group II Category 2 Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Digital Input 6 must be configured as a Hardware Enable Ensure that Jumper P22 on the Main Control Board is set to HW Enable Pins 2 and 4
465. y position input to this parameter Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1144 PPMP Pos To Go Default 0 0 RO Real Provides indication of feedback counts remaining in the move in Max 2147483648 0 Note This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 1145 4177 Select Default Zero Motion Planner test point selection ons O Zero 2 Notes This parameter was added for firmware version 3 001 Selection 9 was changed to Options N duani K L P Aulae Reserved for firmware version 4 001 2 MP WholeAcem 19 MP Rate In 3 MP EPR 20 MP Rate Out 4 MP NBase 21 MP Gain 5 MP Once Flag 22 MP Kx 6 Pos Fdbk 23 MP FrctAccmR 7 MP Pos Fdbk1 24 MP AccelRate 8 MP ErrorSum 25 MP DecelRate 9 Reserved 26 MP Cal 10 MP IntegHold 27 SC Sum 11 MP Pos Exact 28 SC Index 12 MP Pos Diff 29 SC ArraySize 13 MP One Shot 30 SC Once 14 MP Run Delay 31 SC Enable 15 MP ResyncOne 32 SC Ipos 16 MP Task Time 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 20D PM0018 EN P July 2011 Programming and Parameters Chapter 2 To Name S

Programming Manual, PowerFlex 700S AC Drive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents